+
:
as yi Reports of | eae
a
~ The Princeton University oe
: to Patagonia, ee :
* J. B. HATCHER w Cuanes
e
EDITED BY
Lm
Lon WILLIAM B:-SCOTT ;
ae ; ew me
BLAIR PROFESSOR OF GEOLOGY AND PALMONTOLOGY, PRINCETON UNIVERSITY
J i
¢ ,
° ni Ss
® | if VOLUME Ill , : :
} A ms
; i x oe 1 cpt z OF atti, A
ZOOLOGY 1 ates pence
_PartT 1, Mammatia or SoupHern Pataconia Sf
BY : x
‘ ay Vs
pa J ACALLEN: 4 Soe oA hee
1 { AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY, NEW YORK q a i
ee 1 a.
Na Soa, f ON et ee av” > en ve
Mets eins, NP » 4
| ue % ,
1 “ f Y, a
eal cers (Pp. 1-210. *Pl. I-XXIX) ( ies ae y
¥ : : } ; Res
- 5 Oe ‘es
ad . bent
5 wad ut
e's are et
i det REM Soe PRINCETON, N. J, J ee ej
Beek. Tue UNIVERSITY ee Be BEN ae A €
STUTTGART ; rot &
‘E. Scuweizerpart’scuzt VERLAGSHANDLUNG (E. NAcELE) t Bea’ S Ms
‘ a
TOSS 2 ’ j i,
; bis : Pa
ar Se
SVNT CNTs i
5 re EBAY OF ee eae g \ ; ri ae
4 | MARINE DARIEALOGY |
5 ‘SWPRSOMMN INSTITUTION | he
en Ved id - > werk sigh
REMINGEON KELLOGG © satay. %,
4
oe
Gay, Somat S In Len.
jwz lk f 22 fp A Pe
/
PABST
MAMMALIA OF SOUTHERN PATAGONIA.
J. A. ALLEN,
AmeEriIcAN Museum or Natura Hisrory, New York.
INTRODUCTION.
HE area covered by the present report includes that portion of
Argentina situated south of south latitude 40°, Tierra del Fuego,
and the southern part of the Chilian Territory of Magellan, or that
portion of it lying west of Tierra del Fuego. The main Andean chain
thus forms the western boundary. Its basis is primarily the collections
made by the Princeton Expeditions, gathered mainly in the Territory of
Santa Cruz, to which material it was intended at first to restrict the
report. Later it seemed desirable to extend the scope to include what
seems to be a fairly well marked faunal region. Finally, to impart to it
something of the character of a monograph, and perhaps thus add to its
usefulness, it was decided to include not only full bibliographical refer-
ences, but also, in most instances, descriptions of the species, and such
accounts of their life histories as could be conveniently brought together,
including especially the field notes of the collectors.
The Princeton Expedition’s collections of mammals were made partly
on the coast, and partly in the interior at the eastern base of the Andes,
by O. A. Peterson in 1897, and Mr. E. A. Colburn in 1898, and aggre-
gate about 600 specimens. A few specimens collected by Mr. Barnum
Brown in 1899, and by him presented to the American Museum of Natu-
ral History, and various specimens belonging to the U. S. National
Museum have also been utilized, while great assistance has been derived
from the examination of the material from this and adjoining parts of
South America in the British Museum.
I
2 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Mr. Peterson’s collection! numbers about 370 specimens, of which 134
—70 large mammals, and 64 small mammals—were taken along the
coast, at different points from the Rio Gallegos to the Rio Coy, from May
13 to November 29, of which the greater part were collected in July and
August, and are thus in midwinter pelage. They include a large series
of the Guanaco and Gray Fox, and about 64 Rodents of various species.
The remaining, and by far the larger part of the collection (about 240
specimens), was made on the headwaters of the Rio Chico de Santa Cruz,
at the eastern base of and in the Cordilleras, including a few from the
Pacific Slope. These embrace a small series of the Chilian Deer or Gua-
mul, the rest being Rodents, which number nearly 20 species. The Cor-
dilleras collection was made January 31 to March 6, and hence consists
of midsummer to early fall specimens, and they are thus not satisfactorily
comparable with the coast series. The coast series, however, fortunately
contains, in several instances, summer and winter specimens of the same
species, showing the quite different pelages of the two seasons. The
Peterson collection was purchased by Dr. C. Hart Merriam for the Bio-
logical Survey, and now forms part of the collection of the U. S. National
Museum.
Mr. Colburn’s collection consists of about 200 specimens, of which 18,
representing five species, were taken at Punta Arenas during the first
week in January; and 10 were taken near Port Desire (labelled ‘‘ Mount
Observation ’’), February 21-23, and represent three species. Then fol-
lowed a continuous journey of some 250 miles up the Rio Chico de Santa
Cruz, to the mouth of the Rio Belgrado, during which no specimens of
mammals appear to have been collected, and only a few (about 25) were
taken on the way north from the Rio Belgrado to the vicinity of Lake
Buenos Aires.2 During the month of April work was prosecuted con-
? While Mr. Peterson was charged with the collecting of the recent material, it should be noted
that Mr. Hatcher at all times codperated with him in the work, and that many of the specimens
were collected by him. (See Hatcher, Narrative of the Expedition, pp. 62, 65, 138, 144.)
? Most of the specimens are labelled “ Arroyo Eche” (= Aike) a locality not indicated on
maps nor even mentioned in Mr. Hatcher’s Narrative of the expedition, but which he has kindly
located for me as covering the Basalt Cafions and Swan Lake localities, the dates on the labels
indicating to which they refer. While Mr. Colburn’s specimens are well made, and are accom-
panied by measurements, indication of sex and date of collecting, he informs me that he “took
no field notes.” Besides this, about one third of the skulls are unavailable for study, owing
either to their actual loss or to the loss of their labels, or to illegibility of the labels due to
soiling from lack of care in the preservation of the skulls.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA OF SOUTHERN PATAGONIA. 3
tinuously at camps in the Basalt Cafions, a pampa country having an
altitude of about 3,000 feet. A few specimens were collected near Swan
Lake, some fifty miles to the southward, in March, but none were taken
after May 15, during the return journey to the coast. Hence nearly all
of the 200 specimens collected by Mr. Colburn were taken in March,
April, and the first half of May, or during the season corresponding to
fall in northern latitudes, and in the elevated pampa country, at the east-
ern base of the Andes, between the mouth of Rio Belgrado and Lake
Buenos Aires. This collection is the property of the Princeton Univer-
sity, except a series of the duplicates which has been presented to the
American Museum of Natural History.
The coast material is especially important as containing practically topo-
types of a number of Waterhouse’s species of Muridz, based on specimens
collected by Darwin during the voyage of the “‘ Beagle.”” The sub-Andean
series represents a wholly new field, and, as might be expected, contains
forms allied, on the one hand, to species previously known only from
Tierra del Fuego, and on the other, to species described from Mendoza,
nearly a thousand miles to the northward. A number of these prove to
be new, though not widely different, respectively from their northern or
southern allies.
In attempting to work up this material —the first collection of mammals
of any magnitude ever received in this country from Patagonia—it was
recognized at the outset that it would be of the utmost importance to make
direct comparison of the species represented in it with the types and other
authentic material from the same general region contained (almost exclu-
sively) in the British Museum, in which are the types of Bennett’s and
Waterhouse’s species, described more than a half century ago, and the
types of Thomas’s more recently described species from northern Argen-
tina and Paraguay. Accordingly a good series of specimens was taken to
London during the summer of 1901, and through the kindness and cordial
assistance of Mr. Oldfield Thomas, Curator of Mammals at the British
Museum, I was able to make the necessary critical comparisons with the
historic material relating to South American Mammalogy contained in this
great Museum. Following the custom of earlier days, the Bennett and
Waterhouse types were exhibited for many years as mounted specimens,
and thus through long exposure to light suffered much deterioration, but
they are still, of course, invaluable as standards of reference.
4 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
In the present report only such species are included as have been defi-
nitely recorded from within the geographical limits of the region here
under consideration. Possibly a few already recorded have been over-
looked. However that may be, doubtless many described from points
further north will be found to extend into it, and probably some, not here
included, described from the coast district of southern Chili, will be found
to extend southward and eastward into Patagonia.
As very few of the species of this region have been adequately figured,
as regards the skull and dentition, advantage is taken of the present oppor-
tunity to publish illustrations of the cranial and dental characters of a
considerable number of species, particularly among the Rodents, to serve
as standards of comparison in considering allied forms.
As regards the general facies of the Patagonian land mammal fauna, the
paucity of types is noteworthy, due to the high southern latitude of the
region. It is of course far beyond the range of monkeys and marsupials,
while bats, of one or two species, barely reach its northern border. The
families Leporide, Dasyproctide, and Sciuride are absent, and the
Ruminants are represented by the Guanaco, this region being its metrop-
olis, and by a single species of deer. The Mustelidz are represented by
three genera, Conepatus, Lyncodon, and Lutra, while’ the Canide and
Felidz have each several species. A single species of Armadillo is found
as far south as the Rio Santa Cruz. There are two representatives of the
Caviide, and the family Chinchillidz is represented by one of its three
genera. The abundant genus Cyexomys alone represents the Octodon-
tide; but the region may be said to be the headquarters of the Murine
genera Reithrodon and Euneomys. Its other characteristic genera of
Muridze are Akodon, Oxymycterus, Phyllotis, and Eligmodonta, while
the wide ranging genus Ovyzomys has here a few outlying species. The
only murine genus peculiar to the region is /Voftomys, known thus far by
a single specimen taken near Santa Cruz, nearly twenty years ago, by the
French Mission Scientifique du Cap Horn.
The shores and outlying islands of Patagonia were formerly great
resorts of antarctic types of Pinnipedia, representatives of which still exist,
but in greatly reduced numbers, including of the Otariida, the genera
Otaria and Arctocephalus, and of the Phocide the genera A/zvounga,
Flydrurgus, Leptonychotes and Lobodon. ;
During the preparation of this work several new forms have been dis-
ALLEN: MAMMALIA OF SOUTHERN PATAGONIA. 5
covered among the Rodents, and several changes of nomenclature in
other groups proved imperative, and have been made known in advance
of the publication of the completed work. The following papers have
therefore been the outgrowth of the present undertaking.’
In this connection my thanks are especially due to Dr. C. Hart Mer-
riam, who kindly turned over to me the whole of the Peterson Collection
of Mammals for elaboration ; to Professor W. B. Scott of Princeton Uni-
versity, at whose solicitation this work was undertaken, for superintending
the preparation of a large part of the drawings for the illustrations here
presented, and for seconding in every way my efforts to secure a satis-
factory presentation of the results of my work; to Mr. J. B. Hatcher for
an early transcript of his field notes (since published in his narrative, to
which they are herein duly credited); to Mr. Barnum Brown, who accom-
panied the Princeton Patagonian Expedition of 1899, for important field
notes, a few specimens, and much verbal information about the country ;
*tg01. New South American Muridze and a new Metachirus. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
XVI, pp. 405-412, Nov. 30, Igo!.
Eligmodontia morgant, sp. nov. ( p. 409), Patagonia.
1901. The proper generic names of the Viscacha, Chinchillas, and their Allies. Proc. Biol, Soc.
Washington, XIV, pp. 181, 182, Dec. 12, 1901.
On the relation of the generic name Ca//omys D’Orb. & Geoff.
1901. Note on the names of a few South American Mammals. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington,
XVI, pp. 183-185, Dec. 12, 1901.
The specific name ci/iatus Fischer (1814) shown to antedate patagonicus Desmarest
(1819) for the Armadillo of southern Patagonia.
1902. The Generic and Specific Names of some of the Otariide. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
XVI, pp. 111-118, March 15, 1902.
Otaria byronia (Blainville) adopted for the Southern Sea Lion, and discussion of its
synonymy. ss ;
1902. A further note on the name of the Argentine Viscacha. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington,
XV, p. 196, Oct. 10, 1902.
Oken, instead of Schinz, shown to be the authority for the name Véscaccia, and the specific
name of the Viscacha to be chz/ensis Oken instead of maximus Desmarest.
1902. Mammal names proposed by Oken in his “ Lehrbuch der Zoologie.” Bull. Am. Mus.
Nat. Fiist., XVI, pp. 373-389, Oct. 11, 1902.
The generic name Viscaccta carried back from Schinz (1825) to Oken (1816), and chélensts
Oken (1816) shown to have priority over maximus Desmarest (1817), for the Viscacha of
Azara.
1903. Descriptions of New Rodents from Southern Patagonia, with a Note on the Genus
Euneomys Coues, etc. Bull, Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XIX, pp. 185-196, May 9, 1903.
Ctenomys robustus, C. sericeus, C. colburni, Oxymycterus microtis, Reithrodon cuniculoides
obscurus, R. hatchert, and Euneomys petersoni, spp. et. subsp. nov.
6 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
to Mr. Oldfield Thomas, of the British Museum, for free access to the
collections under his charge, and for much valuable assistance.
Subclass DEIN AoA.
Order DASYPODA.
Of the Edentates, so numerously represented in tropical America, only
the Armadillos reach Patagonia, and of these only a single species is repre-
sented in the collections made by the Princeton University Expeditions ;
and this finds its southern limit of distribution at the Rio Santa Cruz. A
second species of Armadillo, 7ata hybridus (Dasypus hybridus Desm.), is
recorded from northern Patagonia, and is said to extend as far south as to
the Rio Negro, which region, however, is outside of the geographic limits
assigned to the present report.
Not only are the Sloths (Bradypodidz) and the Anteaters (Myrmecopha-
gidz) absent from the existing fauna of Patagonia, but, according to Pro-
fessor Scott, no trace of them has yet been found in the Santa Cruz beds,
in which Armadillos are represented in such great abundance and diver-
sity. This seems to show, as stated by Scott, that the true Sloths and
Anteaters ‘‘must have originated in some other part of the South American
Continent and were prevented by climatic or other barriers from extend-
ing their range into Patagonia.” !
The majority of the Armadillos of the Santa Cruz beds ‘belong to
extinct lines,’ which for the most part ‘‘are not known to pass beyond
the limits of the Santa Cruz formation.’’ To quote from Professor Scott
(2 ¢., p. 8) in respect to the relationship of the extinct to the modern
forms, he says:
“Attention has already been called to the difference between the Santa
Cruz and the recent Armadillos, a difference which can be made clear in
afew words. No probable forerunner of Dasypus, Priodontes, Tolypeutes,
Chlamydophorus, or Tatu, has been found in these beds, though some
one of the species of Prozaédius was almost certainly an ancestor of the
recent Zaédyus, and it is possible, though far from certain, that some
species of Stenotfatus stood in the same relation to the modern Cadassous.
In view of the stage of differentiation attained by the Santa Cruz Arma-
‘Reports Princeton University Exped. Patagonia, Vol. V, Part I, 1903, p. 4.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: DASYPODIDA. if
dillos, it is most improbable that all these modern types should have
originated since that period. This confirms the conclusion indicated by
several other mammalian series, that in Miocene times Patagonia was
not the principal theatre of evolution of the South American fauna. This
would explain the entire absence from the Santa Cruz beds of many
types which would naturally be expected to occur there.”’
Famity DASYPOD/D Az.
Genus ZAEDYUS Ameghino.
Zaédyus Ameghino, Contr. al Conoc. Mamm. fos. Rep. Argent., 1889,
867. Type, Dasypus minutus Desmarest.
Dasypus, Auct., part.
Euphractus, Auct., part.
ZAEDYUS CILIATUS (Fischer).
(Plates I, Animal ; I, Skeleton ; III, Skulls.)
Tatou pichty Azara, Quad. Paraguay, II, 1801, 192.
Dasypus ciliatus G. Fischer, Zoognosia, II], 1814, 127. Based on “le
tatou pichiy Azara.”’
Zaédyus cilliatus Allen, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XIV, 183, Dec. 12, 19OI
(“‘celliatus”’ in error for celiatus).
_ Dasypus patagonicus Desmarest, Nouv. Dict. d'Hist. Nat., XXII, 1819,
491. Based on “ le tatou pichiy, Azara.”’
Dasypus minutus Desmarest, Mamm., ii, 1822, 371. Based on “le tatou
pichiy ou tatou septi¢éme ” of Azara, and hence = Dasypus patagonicus
Desm., 1819.— Fischer, Syn. Mamm., 1829, 393. — Waterhouse, Voy.
Beagle, Mamm., 1839, 93, notes on distribution and habits by Dar-
win. —Turner, P. Z. S., 1851, 214. — Wagner, Schreber’s. Saug.
suppl, IV, 1844,- 177; V;. 1855; 176,'— Cassin, U.S Expl exp:
(Wilkes), Mamm. and Orn., 1858, 54, Rio Negro, Patagonia. —
Prichard) P+ ZS: Today I a773 Through Patagonia, 1902, 40, 67,
248 (distribution), 258.
Tatusta minuta Lesson, Man. de Mamm., 1827, 312.—Gray, Mamm. Br.
Mus., 1843, 190. — Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm., 1862, 286.
Dasypus (Euphractos) minutus Burmeister, Reise durch die La Plata-
Staaten, II, 1861, 427.
8 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Euphractus minutus Gray, P. Z. S., 1865, 377, fig. skull.
Dasypus (Tatusta) minutus Burmeister, Desc. phys. Rép. Argent., III,
1879, 440.
Zaédyus minutus, Ameghino, Contr. al Conoc. Mam. fos. Rep. Argent.,
1889, 867.
Tatusia hybrida Hatcher, Narrative Patagonian Exped., I, 1903, 116.
Habits and distribution.
General color of cephalic shield and carapace dark brown, irregularly
varied with lighter, the lateral edges of both areas much lighter, pale
yellow or whitish, particularly the lateral row of plates on the carapace;
tail yellowish, mottled with darker; posterior edge of dorsal plates thickly
set with very short fine blackish hairs, interspersed with long yellowish
brown and whitish bristles, 40 to 50 mm. long, thinly veiling the carapace ;
below thickly clothed with long rather coarse hairs, yellowish white on the
ventral surface, brownish on the shoulders and thighs ; sides of head thickly
covered with fine short dark brown hairs, forming a broad lateral band.
Measurements.— Adult male, total length, 395 mm.; tail, 140; hind
foot, 63; ear (in dry skin), 14. Adult female, total length, 390; tail, 120;
hind foot, 60. Skull, total length, 68-70; zygomatic breadth, 39-42;
mastoid breadth, 35-37.
Represented by 6 specimens (two immature), collected by Mr. Colburn
near Swan Lake, March 5 and 6, and by one specimen collected by Mr.
Barnum Brown, near the junction of the Rio Chico and the Rio Santa Cruz.
This species, like other Armadillos, varies greatly in cranial characters
with age, as shown by the three skulls figured on Plate III, where Fig.
1-16 represents the skull of an animal about half grown; Fig. 2-26, a
skull of a much older animal, and apparently full grown to judge by the
appearance of the skull; Fig. 3-36 represents the skull of a very old
individual, the skull being much larger, very heavily ossified, and dispro-
portionately broader than either of the others. Compared with full-grown
middle-aged specimens, it differs from the latter so strikingly that, without
intermediate specimens, it might readily be mistaken for a different species.
According to Mr. Hatcher’s observations, the Rio Santa Cruz forms the
southern boundary of the range of the species, whence it extends north-
ward to Paraguay and northern Argentina.
Mr. Hatcher in referring to the animal life of the country bordering the
lower Rio Chalia, chronicles (Narrative, pp. 116, 117) his first meeting
ALLEN: MAMMALIA > DASYPODIDé. 9
with this little Armadillo (erroneously here called Zatusta hybrida), and
gives the following important imformation about its distribution and habits
in southern Patagonia:
“In addition to all these and many other birds and mammals, which
had been our daily companions ever since our arrival in Patagonia, there
was one curious little mammal belonging to an entirely different order,
representatives of which we had not met with south of the Santa Cruz
River. I refer to the little Armadillo, 7atusca hybrida. Frequent exam-
ples of these were to be seen running about over the pampa or lying
prone upon the ground. Immediately on touching one of these little
animals, they roll themselves up into a compact ball in much the same
manner as do some of the leeches or species of chitons, on being detached
from the stones to the surface of which they are usually fixed. When in
this position the bony covering of the carapace serves to protect them
from their ordinary enemies. They live in shallow holes excavated in the
surface of the pampa, and if by any chance they succeed in reaching the
mouth of one of these before being captured, they force the serrated edges
of the carapace into the surrounding dirt in such manner that they can be
extracted only with the greatest difficulty. At this latitude they hibernate
in winter and prefer a warm sandy soil and sheltered locality. In such
places they are fairly abundant north of the Santa Cruz River, but we never
observed a specimen south of that stream, nor after careful enquiries could
I discover that they had ever been seen by others in the region lying south
of this river. It seems probable, therefore, that this stream has afforded
an effective barrier to their further distribution to the southward, for not
only are there many localities to the south that would seem quite as well
adapted to their needs as those to the north, but the entire southern half
of the valley of that river is especially well suited to them. Though com-
mon in the valley on the north side of the river, no example has ever been
taken to my knowledge in the valley on the south side. The temperature
of the water in this stream, its great size, and the absolutely treeless nature
of the entire region through which it flows renders it particularly capable
of presenting an effective barrier to the free migration of certain mammals,
and more especially those like Za¢esza, which are probably not capable of
swimming and are known to hibernate in winter, at which period alone
they would be able to cross such a stream on the ice. Their flesh is of
an excellent flavor and highly prized by the natives as food.”
1fe) PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Mr. Prichard confirms Hatcher’s statement regarding the absence of this
animal south of the Rio Santa Cruz. He found it ‘‘very common in the
vicinity of Bahia Camerones.” He further says: ‘I saw no specimen
in the forests of the Andes, but near Lake Buenos Aires and Lake Viedma
we found them about the foothills” (2 c., p. 258).
Order UNGULATA
The Ungulates are represented in the existing fauna of southern Pata-
gonia by two species only, the Guanaco, belonging to the Camelidz, and
the Guamul, a Cervid.
Famity CERV/DA2.
The Deer of Patagonia constitutes a peculiar type restricted to the
southern Andean region. Although it has only recently become well
known, it has a peculiarly interesting literary history, as shown below.
Genus HIPPOCAMELUS Leuckart.
Fiippocamelus Leuckart, De Equo bisulco Moline, 1816, 23. Type, Azf-
pocamelus dubius = Equus bisulcus Molina. — Thomas, P. Z. S., 1898,
212.—T.S. Palmer, Science (2), X, No. 249, Oct. 6, 1899, 494;
Index Gen. Mamm., 1904, 326.
Cerveguus Lesson, Nouv. Tabl. Régne Anim., 1842, 173. Type and only
species, Aguas brsulcus Molina.
Furcifer Wagner, Schreber’s Saug. Suppl., IV, 1844, 384. Type and
only species, Cervus antistensts Pucheran = Equus bisulcus Molina. —
Gray, Po Z..S., 1850,-226:
Xenelaphus Gray, P. Z. S., 1869, 498. Type, Xenelaphus huamel, sp.
nov.=Fguus bisulcus Molina (fj with malformed antlers).
Anomalocera Gray, Scientific Opinion, Oct. 6, 1869, 385. (Cf Philippi,
Arch. f. Naturg., 1870, i, 46.)
Fluamela Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), X, Dec. 1872, 445 (in
text); zb¢d., XI, March, 1873, 217. Type, Auamela leucotis (Gray)
= Equus bisulcus Molina.
Creagoceros Fitzinger, Sitzb. Akad. Wien, LXVIII, 1873, 358. Includes
Cervus antistensts D’Orbigny, and Cervus chilensis Gay & Gervais.
In 1782, Molina, as is well known, mentioned and gave names to a
large number of the mammals of Chili, describing some of them in suffi-
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: CERVIDé. res
cient detail for their easy recognition, and others more vaguely, so that
their identification is more difficult. Among the latter is the ‘“Guemul,”
or ‘Huemul,” which he named technically Aguas db¢sulcus. He certainly
could not have been familiar with the animal, and probably described it
from hearsay information, comparing it with the horse and ass, and in no
way making any suggestion of its relation to the deer tribe. In fact he
gives no character that is in any way distinctive of the animal. Yet,
apparently mainly on the basis of its vernacular name, the animal is now
universally conceded to be the species first properly introduced into scien-
tific literature by Gay and Gervais in 1846 under the name Cervas chilensis,
which they recognized as ‘‘le Guamul des Chiliens,”’ and also as the Aguas
bisulcus of Molina. In the meantime Molina’s animal had been intro-
duced into the works of the earlier systematists as a species of Aguus, and
as late as 1827 was recorded as a species of Auchenia on the basis of
Molina’s account. In 1803 it became the subject of a Latin dissertation
by Leuckart, who made it the basis of his genus A/7ppocamelus, substi-
tuting at the same time the specific name dudius (Hippocamelus dubius)
for Molina’s name ézszdcus.
Mr. Lydekker, in his ‘Deer of All Lands,” has adopted, as have Dr.
Matschie and others, the name é¢su/cus Molina for the species, but he
rejects Hippocamelus, as also the later Cerveguus Lesson, ‘‘on account of
their inappropriate nature,” for the later Xewelaphus Gray. This state-
ment amounts to the concession that the “‘inappropriateness”’ of the name
Hippocame/us is the only objection to its adoption, which is without weight
under the rule that names are not to be rejected ‘‘because of barbarous
origin, for faulty construction, for inapplicability of meaning, or for erro-
neous construction” (A. O. U. Code, Canon XXXI). It must therefore
be adopted for the Guamul group of deer, as stated by Mr. Thomas in
1898 and by Dr. T. S. Palmer in 1899.
HIpPOCAMELUS BISULCUS (Molina).
(Plates IV, V, and VI, Skull.)
Equus bisulcus Molina, Sagg. Stor. Nat. Chile, 1782, 320. — Gmelin, Syst.
Nat., I, 1788, 209 (ex Molina).— Fischer, Syn. Mam., 1829, 433 (ex
Molina).
Cervus bisulcus Matschie, Ergeb. Hamb. Magalh. Sammelreise, III, 1898,
19. Reinstates Molina’s name Jdzsz/cus.
12 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Mazama bisulca Lydekker, Deer of All Lands, 1898, 296; P. Z.S., 1899,
g17, pl. Ixi, animal, and head, text cut. Patagonia.— Berg, Comunic.
Mus. nac. de Buenos Aires, I, No. 7, Oct. 1900, 260-263 (full
synonymy).
Hippocamelus bisulcus Thomas, P. Z. S., 1898, 212, Chubut, East Pata-
gonia. ;
Xenelaphus bisulcus Prichard, P. Z. S., 1902, I, 172; Through Heart of
Patagonia, 1902, 146 (description and half-tone plate of skull), 152
(colored plate of animal in summer coat), 248-251 (habits and distri-
bution and text cut of skull).
Camelus equinus Treviranus, Mus. Biol., II, 1803, 179 (ex Molina).
Hippocamelus dubius Leuckart, De Equo bisulco Molinz, 1816, 24 ; Isis,
1825, 362 (ex Molina).
Auchenia huamel Ham. Smith, Griffith’s An. King., V, 1827, 300 (ex
Molina).
Furcifer huamel Gray, P. Z. S., 1850, 236; Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.
(2), IX, May, 1852, 427; Cat. Mamm. Brit. Mus., Ungulata Furc.,
1G52,°2277:
Cervus (Cerveguus) andicus Lesson, Nouv. Tabl. Régne Anim., 1842, 173
(= Equas bisulcus Molina).
Furcifer andicus Lahille, Congr. Cient. Lat. Amer., III, 1899 (1900), 195.
Cervus chilensis Gay & Gervais, Ann. des Sci. nat. (3), V, 1846, 91. Chili:
original description. —Gay, Hist. Chile, Zool., I, 1847-1854, 159, pl.
ii.—Sclater, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), XI, 1873, 213 (with ref-
erence to Huamela leucotts Gray); P. Z. S., 1875, 44, text cut of
brow antler; synonymy.— Burmeister, Desc. phys. Rép. Arg., III,
1879, 462 (in part). — Philippi, Anal. Mus. nac. Chile, Zool., 1894, pl.
1 he 1,
Cervus (Furcifer) chilensts Wagner, Schreber’s Sdug. Suppl., V, 1855,
382.
Creagroceros chilensts Fitzinger, Sitzb. Akad. Wien, LXVIII, 1873, 358;
wid., LEN XVIL 18797290 f
Cariacus (Furcifer) chilensis Brooke, P. Z. S., 1878, 923.
Cariacus chilensis Hatcher, Narrative Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, I,
LQ03, 135) 275:
Capreolus leucotis Gray, P. Z. S., 1849, 64, pl. xii, “shot twenty leagues
from Port Famine, Straits of Magellan.”
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: CERVID:. ng
AXenelaphus leucotis Gray, Cat. Rum. Mamm., 1872, 89 (in part).
Huamela leucotis Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) 2%, Dee: 1892445 5
2bid., XI, March, 1873, 214-219, text cut of skull; Hand List
Edent., Thick-skinned, and Rum. Mamm. Brit. Mus., L973%/L00:
Furcifer chilensis Sclater, List Anim. Zoél. Gardens, 1883, 178, and later
editions. —Nehring, Sitzb. Gesell. Naturf. Freunde Berlin, 1885,
188 ; zb7zd@., 1895, 16.—Trouessart, Cat. Mamm., 1898, 897.
Form stout and heavy. Antlers small, with a single fork near the base,
the front tine less than half as large as the main branch, both nearly ver-
tical in direction.
Winter Pelage. — General color of body above and limbs grizzled yel-
lowish brown; the hairs individually are ashy for about the basal two
thirds, then pass gradually into blackish, with a narrow subapical band of
pale yellowish brown, and a minute black tip, resulting in a grizzled yel-
lowish gray-brown general effect; flanks and ventral surfaces similar,
except that the median abdominal area is suffused with blackish; black
facial pattern y-shaped, the arms of the y beginning over each eye and
uniting on the median line somewhat in front of the eyes and passing
forward as a rather sharply defined band to the end of the nose, where it
spreads laterally to the sides of the lower jaw, thus forming a black cross-
band a little behind the muzzle; a broad, light-colored eye-ring ; lachrymal
pit and eyelids blackish; cheeks and sides of neck lighter and grayer than
the body; ears well clothed, grayish externally, varied with pale yellow-
ish brown, white internally; tail above and on the sides like the back,
lower surface white; inguinal region white, passing into pale yellowish
brown on the inside of the thighs; inner side of fore legs near the body
light yellowish brown; tarsal glandular tuft close to the tarsal joint, the
anterior upper two thirds whitish, the lower part dusky passing posteriorly
into rusty brown.
Measurements. — Two adult males, respectively, total length 1575 mm.
and 1727; girth at chest, 965 and 1143. Adult female, total length, 1549;
girth at chest, 1143. The following measurements are from an adult
mounted male in the American Museum of Natural History (No.
13558), collected by Mr. Peterson at the eastern base of the Cordilleras,
at the head of the Rio Chico de Santa Cruz, February 18, 1897: Total
length, following the curves of the body, 1750; tail vertebra, 120; hind
foot, 425; height at shoulders, 930; ear from crown, 200; from notch,
I4 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
170; main tine of antler from burr, 260; short tine from burr, 165; main
tine from fork, 180; short tine from fork, 95.
Male skull, adult but not old: Total length, 295; basal length, 260;
zygomatic breadth, 107; greatest orbital width, 115; greatest occipital
breadth, 88; distance between base of antlers at the skull surface, 52;
length of nasals, 100; greatest breadth of nasals, 30; palatal length, 174;
anterior palatal foramina (each), 37 x 10; width of palate at m’*, 41; length
of upper tooth row, 86; length of lower jaw, inner base of incisors to pos-
terior border of condyle, 217; height at condyle, 96; lower premolar-molar
series, 89; diastema, 67; Antlers: length of main tine from burr, 225;
length of anterior tine from burr, 178 ; length of main tine from fork, 166;
of anterior from fork, 113; length of bony pedical, 17.
Represented by 5 specimens, 4 males and 1 female, collected at the
eastern base of the Cordilleras at the head of the Rio Chico de Santa
Cruz, February 10-18 and March 1, 1897, by Messrs. Peterson and Hatcher.
The Patagonian Guamul differs from the Peruvian Guamul (//7ppoca-
melus antistensts) in smaller size, stouter antlers, with the anterior tine
relatively smaller, and the point of bifurcation a little further up from the
burr, and the facial black markings less extended posteriorly. In general
coloration, and doubtless in habits, the two species have a close general
resemblance.
The Patagonian animal has been repeatedly described and figured, a
recent excellent colored figure of it having been published by Lydekker
(Proc. Zod]. Soc. London, 1899, pl. Ixi), together with a good text cut
of the head (2. ¢., p.g18). Prichard (¢ c.) has also recently given a good
figure of the animal in summer coat.
The group of Guamul deer presents a case of unusually complicated
synonymy, which, however, has been carefully sifted and straightened out,
first by Sclater and later by Matschie, Lydekker, and Berg, by whose
labors I have greatly profited in the present connection. On the rather
unsatisfactory principle of exclusion, and the vernacular name used by
Molina, the three last named authors have seen proper to employ Molina’s
specific designation dzsa/cus for the present species, the adoption of which
seems unfortunately necessary under the rule of priority, there being of
course no reasonable doubt as to what animal Molina so vaguely indicated
under this name.
As shown by the following field notes, contributed by Mr. Brown, and
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: CERVIDA. 15
the excerpts from Mr. Hatcher's ‘ Narrative,” the range of this species in
Patagonia is confined to the immediate vicinity of the Cordilleras. Mr.
Brown, in referring to this species, says:
‘‘No deer are to be found on the plains, but one species is fairly abundant
in the mountains. It is about the size of the Virginia deer ; the males armed
with a pair of two-pronged antlers. I killed two and saw many, but only
the one species. Unlike the guanaco that have never seen man, these deer
are very tame, allowing one to approach within a few yards of them.”
(Barnum Brown, MSS. notes.)
Mr. Hatcher, in writing of the region to the east and southeast of Lake
Buenos Aires, thus refers to the deer:
‘While nowhere in the plains region of Patagonia had we seen the
Chilian deer, Cariacus chilensis, yet I was not greatly surprised to en-
counter it here in a region which, though destitute of forests and distant
from fifty to one hundred and twenty-five miles from the Andes, had all
the characteristics of a rugged mountainous region, when one descended
from the narrow, flat-topped tablelands to the bottoms of the cafions. I
not only met with deer on various occasions in these cafions, but on re-
turning to camp after this my first protracted journey in this region, as I
was traveling up the chasm in which we had pitched our tent, I came
suddenly upon a band of three at a distance of hardly more than half a
mile from camp. Since we had thought of remaining where we were for
the winter, this seemed an excellent opportunity for providing an ample
supply of jerked venison, which is far superior to the flesh of the guanaco.”
(idatcher, 7:.¢.,. p: 195.)
His first meeting with this animal, however, was in the primeval forests
at the base of the Andes, some distance to the southwest near Mayer
Basin. He says:
‘After a few hours spent in a vain search for mammalian remains in
these beds I started for camp, returning by way of the forest through
which I had passed on my way thither. Just as I was emerging from
the wooded tract into the meadow land in front, I came suddenly and
unexpectedly upon three deer browsing quietly in the grass along the
margin of the wood. They were the first I had seen in Patagonia, and
for a moment it was evident that I was the most startled individual of
the four. They made no effort to escape, as they might easily have done
by taking to the wood, but stood at a distance of not more than twenty
16 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
feet, returning my expression of surprise with one of interested curiosity.
For an instant I stood admiring the rich golden brown of their sleek,
glossy coats, as they alternately cropped the rosebuds and other choice
morsels from the foliage about them, or cast inquiring glances toward
me. Suddenly, remembering that we had been without fresh meat for
breakfast, I deliberately, though reluctantly, drew my revolver from its
scabbard, and having for a moment subdued the compassionate feeling
with which I had been seized, it required little skill to despatch one of
the trio and demonstrate that man is not less brutal than other animals.
Indeed, from a certain, and to my mind questionable standpoint, it was
about as unsportsmanlike an act as could have been committed. But,
like others even more unsportsmanlike which I shall later have occasion
to relate, it served the double purpose of providing us with a supply of
meat and an addition to our collection of the skins of recent Mammalia.
The two companions remained, unalarmed either by the report of the
fatal shot, or the death struggles of their companion. While engaged in
skinning and dressing the carcass of the dead animal, the live ones stood
at a distance of only a few yards, either indifferent, or at most only curious
as to the nature of the operation, and I could at any moment have easily
despatched them, had I been so inclined. Covering the carcass and skin
with brush so as to protect them from the caranchas, I returned to camp,
and, saddling a horse, conveyed both to our tent, where they were
properly cared for.” ‘(Hateher, 7.c.; pp. 130; 131.)
The following forcibly illustrates the tameness of these animals in their
native haunts:
“In the early morning and late afternoon deer were common about the
edges of the wood and in the small open parks within, while in the middle
of the day they were frequently met with in the depths of the forests.
The degree of confidence and fearlessness displayed by these traditionally
timid animals was indeed most remarkable. It was plainly evident that
they were entirely unacquainted with man. On one occasion, while tramp-
ing through the woods with my shotgun in quest of smaller game, I came
upon a full grown male lying quietly at the base of a large tree. As I
stopped to observe him, he remained quite still for a moment and looked
at me, with nothing of fright in his countenance. Then slowly getting
upon his feet he came walking directly toward me with that measured
and firm tread characteristic of the family. The entire attitude and bear-
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: CAMELIDZ&. Dy
ing of the animal resembled that of a favorite cow or horse, as, lazily
basking in the barnyard, it rises and advances slowly to lick the proffered
hand of its master. I permitted this exhibition of confidence to continue
until he had approached to some ten or twelve feet of me, when I showed
my unworthiness by exchanging a charge of small for one of solid shot,
which, after backing away for a few paces I discharged with such effect
that the beautiful animal fell lifeless almost at my feet, a victim of mis-
placed confidence.” (Hatcher, 2 ¢., pp. 137, 138.)
Mr. Hatcher makes further reference to their tameness, as observed in
Mayer Basin, on page 200 of his ‘‘ Narrative,” and again on page 266, when
they would approach to within a few feet while he and Mr. Peterson were
‘skinning and dressing the carcass of their fallen comrade, often approach-
ing so near that we would be compelled to suspend Operations and urge
the spectators to remove to a more respectful distance.”
Mr. Prichard’s account of this deer is very full and quite in harmony
with the observations of Mr. Hatcher and Mr. Brown, already given,
including its tameness, geographical distribution, and general habits. Mr.
Prichard says they shed their winter coat in December. He gives a
colored plate of the animal in summer coat, and good half-tone illustra-
tions of the skull. When he first published his account of the species
little had been made public concerning its habits and distribution. (See
7. c., especially pp. 248-251.)
Family CAMELIDA:.
Genus LAMA Cuvier.
Camelus Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 1758, 65 (in part).
Lama Frisch, Natur-Syst. vierfiiss. Thiere, 1775 (afd Palmer, Index Gen.
Mamm., 1904, 363, 921). —G. Cuvier, Tabl. Elém. Hist. Nat. Anim.,
1798, 158 (= “les Lamas”’) ; Legons d’Anat. Comp., I, tab. 1, 1800. —
Desmarest, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., XXIV, 1804, Tabl. méth. 31.
—G. Fischer, Zoognosia, III, 1814, 351.— Gray, Cat. Mamm. Br.
Mus., III, Ungulata Furcipeda, 1852, 254. — Thomas, P. Z. S., 1891,
385.
Lacma Tiedemann, Zool., I, 1808, 420 (= Lama G. Cuvier, 1798).
Auchenia Mliger, Prod. Syst. Nat., 1811, 103 (Lama G. Cuvier ; also pre-
occupied for a genus of Coleoptera). —G. Cuvier, Régne Anim., I,
1817, 251. — Wagner, Schreber’s Saug., V, ii, 1838, 1788.
18 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Dromedarius Wagler, Natiirl. Syst. der Amphib., 1830, 31 (to replace
Auchenza llliger, preoccupied).
The name Lama (Frisch, 1775 ; G. Cuvier, 1798) has priority over the, for
a long time, more current name 4uchenza (Illiger, 1811), and should be
adopted for the genus, as long since shown by Thomas (/.c.). Of the four
forms of these animals commonly recognized, the Guanaco, Llama, Alpaca,
and Vicufia, only the first comes within the scope of the present work.
Opinions differ as to whether these animals are to be treated as distinct
species, or whether they are all to be considered as races of a single
species. Mr. Thomas (/ c.) has given his reasons for considering the
Vicufia as a distinct species, and the Llama and Alpaca as merely domes-
ticated races of the Guanaco, thus recognizing two species.
LAMA GLAMA HUANACUS (Molina).
Camelus glama Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 1758, 65 (in part — based on the
domesticated race). — Shaw, Gen. Zodl., II, ii, 1801, 241, pl. clxviii.
Camelus guanacoe P. S. L. Miiller, Natursyst. Suppl., 1776, 26, Patagonia.
Camelus lacma G. Cuvier, Tabl. élém. Hist. Nat., 1798, 158.
Camelus huanacus Molina, Sagg. Stor. Nat. Chili, 1782, 317.
Auchenia huanaca Ham. Smith, Griffith's An. King., V, 1827, 299 (in
part). — Tschudi, Fauna Peruana, I, 1844-46 (1846), 222.
Lama huanacus Matschie, Ergebn. der Hamb. Magalhzns. Sammelreise,
III, Saug., 1898, 19. — Berg, Comun. Mus. nac. de Buenos Aires, I,
No. 7, Oct., 1900, 260 (synonymy).
Lama huanachus Thomas, P. Z. S., 1891, 387 (nomenclature). — Troues-
sart, Cat. Mamm., 1898, 846; Prichard, Through Heart of Patagonia,
1902, 104-107 (Indian method of hunting), 138-140 (hunting), 156
(head of young), 160 (pl., ‘‘descending a hillside’’), 236-239 (habits),
253-257 (habits, etc., side view of head); P. Z. S., 1902, I, 275.
Auchenia lama, b. guanaco Wagner, Schreber’s Saug., V, il, 1836, 1803,
1806-1810, pl. cccv a.
Auchenia Mama Waterhouse, Zodl. Voy. Beagle, Mamm. ii, 1839, 26
(with notes on habits and distribution by Darwin).
Auchenia lama Brandt, Mém. Acad. Imp. St. Pétersb., IV, 1845, 1, pl. i,
li. — Cassin, U. S. Expl. Exp. (Wilkes), Mamm. and Orn., 1858, 65
(Rio Negro; Tierra del Fuego). — Burmeister, Desc. phys. Rép.
Argent., III, 1879, 457.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: CAMELID/:. 19
Camelus guanaco Traile, Mem. Wern. Nat. Hist. Soc., IV, 1823, 492, pl.
Auchenia guanaco Meyen, Nov. Ac. Acad. Leopold.-Czs., XVI, 1833,
552, pl. Ix.
Lama guanaco Gay, Hist. Chili, Zool., I, 1847, 153.
Lama guanacus Gray, Cat. Mamm. Br. Mus., Ungul. Furcip., 1852, 257,
pl xxiv, fis) 2skull:
Guanaco, Cunningham, Nat. Hist. Strait Magellan, 1871, 106-109 (habits).
— Hatcher, Rep. Princeton Univ. Exped. Patagonia, I, pp. 58, 62,
271, and elsewhere assim (habits and distribution).
In winter pelage the general color above is reddish brown, darkening a
little on the rump and tail, this being the color of the long over hair,
beneath which is a dense, matted covering of short woolly under fur, of
much lighter color; flanks and ventral surface white; head all around and
ears gray, lighter or paler on the throat and sides of the face, and darker,
dusky gray on the whole front and top of the head; edges and tips of the
ears and the muzzle whitish; fore limbs externally like the dorsal surface
as far as the “knees,” then dark grayish brown to the hoofs, more or less
mottled with rufous ; hind limbs externally rufous as far as the callosity, the
grayish passing into rufous on the metatarsus and toes: inside of both
fore and hind limbs white, like the ventral surface.
Young a few weeks old are similar in general coloration and markings
to the adults except that the upper parts are lighter rufous and the under
parts clearer white.
A large series of specimens (about 20) of this species was taken by
Messrs. Peterson and Hatcher, chiefly in the vicinity of the coast near
Cape Fairweather, but only a small part of them have passed through my
hands. Mr. Peterson's measurements show that adults range in total
length from about 1950 to 2150 mm., with a girth of about 1270, and that
adult females attain very nearly the same dimensions.
Much has been published on the habits of the Guanaco, as observed in
different parts of its range, by different writers, especially by Darwin,
Cunningham, Hudson, and Prichard, but a transcript of Mr. Hatcher’s
observations, with a few additional notes by Mr. Barnum Brown, do not
appear to be out of place in the present connection. Mr. Brown’s manu-
script notes are as follows:
“The Guanaco, which is by far the most numerous of the large mammals,
ranges from Grandi Island, about 100 miles north of Cape Horn, over all
20 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
of Patagonia that I have traversed; that is north to 46° N., from the Andes
to the coast.
“Although there are a good many Guanacos on Tierra del Fuego, and
a few on the other small islands, Lenox and Grandi, the extremely moist
climate, with its consequent peculiarities of vegetation, principally mosses
and lichens, does not seem suited to it.
“Contrary to Mr. Darwin, I should not call this an elegant animal. It
seems ill-proportioned and awkward, especially when running, when the
body seemingly has two separate motions, reminding one of a hobby-horse
with a movable neck. The Guanaco has but two movements, the walk
and the gallop. When galloping both hind legs are moved together, a
fact which makés it necessary for the Indians to throw their bola so as to
catch a hind and a fore leg, as a bola tied around the hind legs in no way
retards the forward movement.
“Near settlements, along the coast and rivers where they frequently
see men, the Guanaco is quite easily approached, being seemingly not
afraid of man, but merely curious. I have often been within fifty yards of
them. In fencing in the large estancias great numbers are often enclosed,
where they may be seen feeding contentedly with the sheep. In the
Andes and on the high pampas, however, where they never see man, one
rarely gets closer than three or four hundred yards; more often only a
hideous, mirage-distorted figure is seen as they disappear in the distance.
Here they are as wild as our western Pronghorn.
“During the summer months they feed singly and in small groups
scattered over the pampas; rarely more than a dozen are found together.
But during the winter months, as the snow gradually covers the grass on
the pampas, they range toward the sea coast and rivers, and feed in large
herds in the barancas or broken coast where the sea breezes melt the snow.
From one hill in the Rincon de Boca, north of Rio Coy, I have counted
four herds containing from three hundred to a thousand each.
“While feeding one of the males usually stands guard on higher
ground, giving the alarm if an enemy appears. This alarm, the only
noise I have heard them make except when fighting or brought to. bay, is
a prolonged drawn-out neigh.
“While camped in an old lake bed near the Cordilleras, I was startled
one morning by a series of peculiar screams very much like those of a
horse in distress. Running to a hill near by I saw two large males fight-
+)
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: CAMELIDA. 21
ing. With ears laid back and mouth wide open, one rushed the other,
this way and that, now turning, then in a straight run till near enough to
cut a gash along his opponent's ribs with his sharp, hooked canines. Furi-
ous, the other turns with a scream, and runs after his antagonist till he, too,
has scored a mark; and they kept at it over an hour until both were ex-
hausted and badly cut up.
‘When bunched during the winter months they feed together and run
in close packs after their leaders like sheep. Remarkably fleet and sure-
footed, they are as agile as the Rocky Mountain Sheep. When the ground
was frozen several feet deep, with an inch melted on top, I have seen them,
running at full speed, plunge over cliffs two or three hundred feet high at
an angle of 75 degrees, where I deemed it too hazardous to attempt de-
scent with the aid of a pick, and never have I seen one come to grief.”
As will be seen from Mr. Hatcher's account, this observer does not con-
sider the aid of man necessary to account for the presence of the Guanaco
in Tierra del Fuego. The following excerpts are from Mr. Hatcher’s
‘‘ Narrative.”
‘““The Guanaco is, to his [the Tehuelche Indian’s] existence, the one im-
portant and indispensable animal. From its flesh he derives his chief, and
for long periods, only sustenance, while from its skin his industrious wife
constructs the family toldo and makes with admirable skill and patience
their ample clothing and bedding, fitting and sewing the parts with the
nicety and proficiency of a skilled seamstress. A wooden or bone awl,
used as a delicate punch, is her needle, and the sinews taken from the
loin of the same animal her thread. From this same beast he likewise
obtains the sinew for the light but exceedingly strong thongs of his bolas.
‘But the Guanacos are in no danger of extermination. They roam in
thousands over the Patagonian plains. So abundant are they that, in
traveling across the country, it is scarcely possible to pass out of sight of
them. Contrary to the rule with undomesticated animals, the Guanacos
inhabiting settled regions are far less timid than those of unsettled dis-
tricts. In the region along the coast occupied by the sheep farmers they
exist in great numbers, are exceedingly tame, and are a source of consid-
erable annoyance to the herdsmen, who, nevertheless, suffer them to go
unmolested. Beyond the settlements the Guanacos are more difficult of
approach and in the Cordilleras they are exceedingly wary, as is also the
Rhea, or so-called Ostrich. This is the more striking and difficult of ex-
22 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
planation, since the deer in the same mountainous region seem abso-
lutely fearless and are prompted by curiosity rather than fear when
approached... .
‘The Guanaco is not only the largest animal inhabiting Patagonia, but
to the Tehuelche, at least, it is surely of the most importance. It is the
American representative of the camel and, though readily domesticated,
no attempt seems ever to have been made in this region, by either whites
or Indians, to bring this species under domestication. There is little
doubt, however, that the Llamas and Vicufias, of Peru, are but domesti-
cated varieties of the Guanaco.
‘When full grown, the Guanaco is in size about equal to that of a year-
ling colt. I have elsewhere described their form, color and peculiar call.
They are abundant on the plains, both of the mainland and Tierra del
Fuego, having been found even to the southern limits of that island.
They are also fairly common in the valleys of the Andes. Their presence
in Tierra del Fuego, to which island the rhea, puma and Patagonian deer,
Cartacus chilensis, have not gained access, is but an illustration of their
superior powers of self-distribution. When hard-pressed they readily take
to water, and when pursued by a pack of hounds have been known to
take to the Gallegos River, at the place where the village now stands,
where it has a width of three miles. With their well-known fearlessness
of water, there is little wonder that they have been able to reach Tierra
del Fuego, since the Magellan Strait, at both the first and second narrows,
has a width of only two miles. They have a pecular habit, as remarked
by Darwin, of dropping their dung in the same place, so that great accu-
mulations of this are to be seen in piles scattered all over the plains.
Some writers, more especially Hudson, have also claimed that the Guan-
acos of any particular region all resorted to a particular spot to die. My
observations in Patagonia did not verify sucha conclusion. _ It is true that
I frequently observed a considerable number of Guanaco skeletons in the’
same immediate locality, but their presence in such places was easily ac-
counted for. During the winter storms these animals would be driven
from the surrounding plains to seek shelter in the river valleys and there,
beneath embankments or clumps: of bushes, would be found the remains of
such as, through old age or disease, were unable to survive the rigors of
the storm they had sought to escape. The abundance of Guanaco skele-
tons in such places is no more remarkable, and is, in fact, due to the same
ae
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: GLIRES. 23
circumstances that have caused the presence of several skeletons of
domestic cattle or, in earlier days, of buffalo, in similar places all over
our western plains.” (Hatcher, 7 c., pp. 266 and 271.)
Mr. Prichard has also given recently a very full account of the Guanaco
(4 ¢., pp. 253-287, and assim) adding many details of interest respecting
its habits, and an account of the Indian and other methods of hunting it.
Order GLIRES.
Exclusive of the great family Muridze, only four genera of Rodents
are represented in southern Patagonia, namely, Kerodon and Dolichotis
(family Caviide), Véscaccia (family Chinchillidze), and Crenomys (family
Octodontidz). The first three are each represented by a single species,
but Cfewomys numbers at least four within the area here under consider-
ation. They are all characteristic types of the pampas of Patagonia,
Argentina, and southern Bolivia. Even northern Patagonia is quite
beyond the range of Hares, Squirrels, Porcupines, and even of the large
Rats of the genus /Vecfomys, and of the Spiny Rats so characteristic of
southern Brazil and Paraguay.
The abundance of Rodents is a striking feature of the Patagonian fauna.
Mr. Barnum Brown, who spent several months in 1899 in Tierra del
Fuego, and traversed large portions of the island in his geological explora-
tions, says (MSS. notes) :
“Rodents are very abundant, especially in the valleys and along the
foot-hills where the entire earth over large areas is completely undermined.
In the northern part of Tierra del Fuego it is difficult to ride through the
campos on account of these burrows.”’
Mr. Hatcher refers to the great numbers of these animals on the upper
Rio Chico. In connection with his notice of the Burrowing Owl and the
Short-eared Owl (Narrative, p. 121) he says: “And indeed there seemed
no limit to this source of their food supply, for not only was the surface
of the ground literally covered in many places with the well-used trails of
these small mammals, which crossed in every conceivable direction, but
in many places the earth beneath the surface was honeycombed to the
depth of a foot or more with their subterranean burrows, in such manner
that our horses sank at each step half way to their knees and the wheels
of our cart plowed great ruts in the surface of the ground.”
24 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Again, at the moraine near the junction of the Rio Belgrano with the
Rio Chico, he says (Narrative, p. 123): ‘‘The side of the slope, as well
as the little plain at its foot, was literally alive with rodents.” And then
follows a more detailed account (pp. 124, 125) of the species observed,
in which special reference is made to the Kerodon and the Tuco-tuco
(Cfenomys), quoted in full under these species, and to various unidentified
species of mice, as follows:
‘In the small brush which grew at the base and over the slopes of the
bluff above our camp, there lived a variety of small rodents for the most
part characterized by large, thin ears, delicate soft fur of a bluish brown
color above and lighter on the belly, with tails of various length, which in
some species might be described as short and in others much attenuated.
“The tall grass which covered the river valley swarmed with myriads
of small rodents somewhat larger than those just mentioned, with usually
smaller ears, smaller tails, and a coarser pelage of an almost uniformly
dull brown color. While these little animals were present in the greatest
abundance they seemed all to pertain to one of two or three different
species and exhibited very little variety of either form, size or color.”’
A heavy rainstorm made evident the fact that these little animals,
especially the burrowing species, are quite an effective geological agent
in producing erosion, and also that they suffer at times great destruction
from the elements. On these points he says (p. 125):
“On walking about the following morning I was much impressed, not
only with the amount of erosion which had been effected by the storm,
but with the great destruction to animal life of which it had been the cause.
Proceeding along the foot of the bluff, I observed a number of dead bodies
of the little Crexomys magellanica lying about upon the surface, and could
only guess at the number of carcasses of these and other rodents that were
buried beneath the débris, that during the night had been washed down
from the bluff above and now lay at my feet, covering no inconsiderable
portion of the surface of the valley to a depth varying from an inch to one
or two feet. While the dead bodies of rodents belonging to other species
were not wanting, the storm appeared to have been especially destructive
to the little tuco-tuco, owing no doubt to the peculiar habit of that animal
in burrowing so near the surface of the ground in search of food. When
erosion on the surface had made an opening in the burrow at any point,
a torrent of water would rush into the subterranean channel, either instantly
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: CAVIIDA:. 25
drowning such of its inhabitants as were caught below, or driving them
to seek refuge by escaping from the burrow where they were certain to
meet with a similar death from the downpour of rain on the outside. As
I walked about this morning considering the destruction wrought by the
storm of the previous night, I was struck with the great importance of the
work accomplished by rodents and other burrowing animals, when con-
sidered as agents of erosion, and it appeared to me that this source of
erosion had not been given sufficient attention in our text books of geology,
when treating of the various erosive agents.”
FamMiLty CAV//DA.
KERODON AUSTRALIS (Is. Geoffroy).
(Plate VII, Fig. 1, Skull.)
Cavia australis Is. Geoffroy-St. Hilaire, Guérin’s Mag. de Zool., 1833, Cl.
I, pl. xii, animal. Northern Patagonia.—D’ Orbigny, Voy. dans
Amer. Mérid. Mamm., 26, pl. xviii, figs. 1-4. Thomas, P. Z. S.,
1898, 211. Chubut, E. Patagonia. — Hatcher, Narrative Princeton
Univ. Patagonian Exped., I, 1903, 123, habits.
Cavia (Cerodon) australis Waterhouse, Mamm., II, 1848, 180, pl. iii, fig.
2, animal, pl. xvi, fig. 13, skull from below.
Cavia | Aneoma| australis Burmeister, Descrip. phys. Rép. Argent., III,
1079; 272.
Kerodon kingit Bennett, P. Z. S., 1835, 90, Port Desire, Patagonia. —
Waterhouse, Zodl. Voy. Beagle, Mamm., 1839, 88. — Trouessart, Cat.
Mamm., ii, 1897, 6309.
Adult (March—May).— Above dark yellowish gray, finely varied with
black; sides lighter, less varied with black-tipped hairs; ventral surface
white with a slight yellowish tone, varied more or less with gray, through
the showing more or less at the surface of the dull gray underfur ; sides
of nose, a narrow eye ring, and the space between the eye and ear yellowish
gray, or buffy white, with a postauricular patch of pale buff; ears thinly
clothed, the very short hairs yellowish gray on both surfaces ; upper sur-
face of feet pale yellowish gray, the toes lighter, clear pale buff; toe pads
and callosities blackish.
Young. —Scarcely at all different from the adults, and, like the adults,
different specimens vary from yellowish white to mottled grayish white
below.
26 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Adults vary individually in the amount of yellowish suffusion above,
some being quite strongly yellowish, while others are dark gray with very
little tinge of yellow.
Measurements. — Eight adult and semiadult males measure as follows :
Total length, 217.5 mm. (210-230); hind foot, 50 (49-52). Eight adult and
semiadult females: Total length, 218.8 (210-230); hind foot, 48.5 (47-
52). The skulls show that few of the specimens of which the measure-
ments are here given are full grown. No. 84180, a male, is the only very
old individual, with the skull heavily ossified, in the series. This speci-
men has a total length of 230, and the length of the hind foot is 52.
The skull of this specimen measures: Total length, 54; zygomatic breadth,
32; interorbital breadth, 10.5; greatest width of brain case, 25; mastoid
breadth, 22; length of nasals, 19; palatal length, 24; palatal foramina,
7.4; diastema, 13; upper molar series, 13.5 ; lower jaw, length from inner
base of incisors to posterior border of condyle, 36; do., to end of angular
process, 42; height at condyle, 14; lower molar series, 13.5.
The next oldest skull is that of a female, No. 84182, which has the
same external measurements as the male, namely, total length, 230, hind
foot, 52. The skull, however, is considerably smaller, measuring as fol-
lows: Total length, 47; zygomatic breadth, 29; least interorbital breadth,
10; greatest width of brain case, 21; mastoid breadth, 15; palatal length,
20; palatal foramina, 5.3 ; diastema, 10.8 ; upper molar series, 11.2; lower
jaw, length from inner base of incisors to posterior border of condyle, 31 ;
do., to end of angular process, 35; height at condyle, 12; lower molar
Series se 11,3 ;
Represented by 29 specimens, of which 20 were collected by Mr. Col-
burn near Swan Lake and the Basaltic Cafions, in March and April, and
the remaining 9 by Mr. Peterson, on the upper Rio Chico de Santa Cruz,
in the valley close to the river, near the Cordilleras, during the month of
February. Thus the pelage of only one season is represented.
This animal evidently continues to increase in size for a long period.
Of the 29 specimens in the present collection only one or two, or at most
three, appear to have reached fully adult conditions, and these do not show
indications of oldage. In thisrespect they resemble the Geomyidz among
North American Rodents, and the Dide/phis group among Marsupials.
Charles Darwin’s notes on the habits and distribution of this animal, as
published by Waterhouse in ‘“‘ Zodlogy of the Voyage of the Beagle,” are
ey
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: CAVIIDA. 27
still worth quoting, and constitute nearly all that has been heretofore pub-
lished on the subject. He says: ‘The Kerodon is common at intervals
along the coast of Patagonia, from the Rio Negro (Lat. 41°) to the Strait
of Magellan. It is very tame, and commonly feeds by day ; it is said to
bring forth two young ones at a birth. At the Rio Negro it frequents in
great numbers the bottoms of old hedges ; at Port Desire it lives beneath
the ruins of the old Spanish buildings. One old male killed there weighed
3530 grains. At the Strait of Magellan, I have seen amongst the Pata-
gonian Indians, cloaks for small children made with the skins of this little
animal ; and the Jesuit Falkner says, that the people of one of the southern
tribes, take their name from the number of these animals which inhabit
their country. The Spaniards and half-civilized Indians, call the Kerodon,
‘conejos,’ or rabbit ; and thus the mistake has arisen, that rabbits are found
in the neighborhood of the Strait of Magellan.’ — Darwin, Voyage of the
Beagle, Mamm., pp. 88, 89.
Mr. Durnford (ci Thomas, Z c., p. 212), writes of its presence at Chubut,
as follow: ‘ Extremely abundant, and found in every clump of brush-
wood throughout the neighborhood. This little animal is very good eating.
It sits up like a rabbit on its hind-quarters while chewing the mouthful it
has just taken.”’
Mr. Hatcher (Narrative, p. 123) refers to their abundance at the junction
of the Rio Belgrano and Rio Chico as follows: “ Hopping about among the
bushes and rocks were to be seen in great numbers representatives of the
little gray, tailless and hare-like Cavéa australis. Most interesting and
amusing little creatures they are, as, always alert and intent on detecting
the first approach of danger, they hop about from one position to another,
or sit erect on their haunches and nibble unceasingly at a fragment of
plantain leaf, or other morsel of food held conveniently in the fore paws.
The favorite haunts of these little animals are shallow burrows about the
bases of the larger bushes, or beneath certain herbaceous plants like Bolax
glabaria, that grow in broad, dense, caespitose masses upon the surface of
the ground.”
This little animal thus appears to be abundant over a wide extent of
territory, in the foothills of the eastern base of the Andes as well as along
the coast, and probably at all favorable localities throughout the interven-
ing districts.
28 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : ZOOLOGY. :
Genus DOLICHOTIS Desmarest.
Dotchotis Desmarest, Journ. Phys., LXXXVIII, 1819, 205 ; Mamm., II,
1822, 359, 360, footnote. Type Dasyprocta patachonica Desmarest
= Cavia patachonica Shaw = Cavia magellanica Kerr (1792).
Mara Lesson, Cent. Zool., 1832, 113. Type, Cava patachonica Shaw.
DOLICHOTIS MAGELLANICA (Kerr).
Hare Narborough, Voyage to Magellan, 1694, 33; also 1711, 33.
Patagonian Cavy Pennant, Hist. Quad., II, 1781, 363, pl. xxxix; 2d ed.,
II, 1793, 91, pl. xci. Based on Narborough’s account and specimens.
Port Desire, Patagonia.
Cavia magellanica Kerr, An. King, 1792, No. 454.
Dolichotis magellanica Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), IV, 1879,
397. Revival of Kerr’s name.
Mara magellanica Lesson, Cent. Zool., 1832, 113, pl. xlii. (Mara pata-
gonica on the plate.)
Cavia patachonica Shaw, Gen. Zodl., I, i, 1801, 226, pl. clxv. From
Pennant and Narborough; plate from a specimen in Leverian Mu-
seum, brought by Narborough from Patagonia. — Waterhouse, Zodl.
Voy. Beagle, Mamm., II, 1839, 89.
Chloromys patagonicus Desmoulins, Dict. class. d’Hist. Nat., IV, 1823,
47.— Lesson, Man. de Mamm., 1827, 301.
Mara patagonica Lesson, Cent. Teal 1830, pl. xlii.
Dasyprocta patachonica Desmarest, ieee de Phys., LXXXVIII, 1819,
205; Mamm., pt. 11, 1822, 358.
Dolichotis ee Waterhouse, Nat. Hist. Mamm., II, 1848, 158,
pl. iti, fig. 1, animal, pl. rv, fig. i, skull. — Cassin, U. S. Expl. Exp.
(Wilkes), Mamm. and Orn., 1858, 22, Patagonia.
Dasyprocta patagontum Schinz, Cuvier’s Thierreich, IV, 1825, 324.
Chloromys patagonica Lesson, Mamm., 1827, 301.
Dolichotis patagonica Wagner, Schreber’s Saug. Suppl., IV, 1844, 66. —
Burmeister, Reise durch die La Plata-Staaten, II, 422, habits, external
characters and anatomy; Desc. phys. Rep. Argent., III, 1879, 260.
— Trouessart, Cat. Mamm., ii, 1897, 641.— Prichard, P. Z. S., 1902,
I, 277; Through Heart of Patagonia, 1902, 67, 257, 258 (habits
and distribution).
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: CAVIIDA:. 29
General color above dark gray, passing into black on the lower back
and rump, forming a large black patch which extends laterally to the
loins ; thighs crossed by a broad band of white; ventral surface with a
broad median band of yellowish white, occupying the middle of the throat,
and the median ventral area from the posterior border of the pectoral
region to the tail; pectoral and prepectoral areas dull ochraceous, which
color also forms a broad lateral line from the cheeks to the loins, gradu-
ally passing into the gray of the upper parts; ears gray, thinly haired, the
tips fringed with long rusty brown hairs, and the anterior base fulvous,
joining a broad postocular patch of ochraceous brown: a narrow yellowish
brown eye-ring, the lids and the long eyelashes black, as are also the
whiskers ; front and sides of nose pale yellowish; fore limbs externally
gray, varied with black, passing into black on the feet; inside of fore limbs
ochraceous buff; hind limbs pale yellowish gray proximally, passing first
into fawn, and then into yellowish gray on the proximal half of the tarsus,
mixed with black on the apical portion, and the toes black ; inner surface
of hind limbs pale fulvous ; toe pads and tarsal callosity black; rest of
under surface of hind feet heavily clothed with rusty fulvous hairs.
There are no flesh measurements but a well made skin gives the fol-
lowing : Total length, 620mm.; tail, 12; hind foot, 143; ear from notch, 63.
The Patagonian Cavy is represented by a single specimen (skin and
the complete skeleton), collected by Mr. J. B. Hatcher at the mouth of
the Rio Chico, February 10, 1899. He makes, however, no reference to
the species in his “Narrative.” This locality appears to form its known
southern limit of distribution. It is an animal of the arid plains, and its
habits have been well described by Darwin and later writers. It lives in
burrows, but feeds and roams about by day, wandering, according to
Darwin, miles from its burrow, in little parties of two and three, and is shy
and watchful. It brings forth two young at a birth, which are produced
within the burrow. Its range appears to extend from about latitude 30°
to latitude 50° south, wherever the country is favorable to its needs.
The Patagonian Cavy was first formally made known by Pennant in
1781, from a specimen in the Leverian Museum collected by Sir John
Narborough near Port Desire, in Patagonia. Sir John refers to it as a
“Hare” and says: “. . . they are shaped like English hares, and much
larger, and instead of a tail have a little stub about an inch long, without
hair on it; they have holes in the ground like Coneys.”’
30 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Mr. Prichard says it is ‘called ‘cavy’ or ‘hare’ indiscriminately by
the English residents ; “edve by the Argentines and Chilians; Jaahz by
the Tehuelches.”
Although Mr. Hatcher obtained a specimen at the mouth of the Rio
Chico, Mr. Prichard gives the Rio Deseado as the “southern limit of the
distribution of the Patagonian Cavy,”’ and adds:
‘As far as my experience goes, I never observed a cavy after October
23, upon which day I counted fourteen upon the pampa between Lake
Musters and the settlement of Colohuapi. The residents of Colohuapi
informed me that the place formed the southern limit of the distribution
of the cavy. It is, of course, impossible to lay down an exact line, but I
think it safe to say that the range of the cavy does not extend south of
the 46th parallel. This limit is the more remarkable inasmuch as the
country south of latitude 46° does not in any way materially differ from
that over which the cavy is commonly to be met with. One most often
finds these animals on patches of dry mud. They are comparatively easy
to stalk, as easy as an English rabbit. The best method of shooting them
is, of course, with the rifle, though occasionally you may start them from
a thicket and shoot them as you would an English hare with a shot-gun.
They generally weigh between 18 pounds and 25 pounds, though I heard
of one which I was assured weighed 31 pounds.” (ZL. c¢., p. 257.)
Dolichotts magellanica ranges northward into southern Argentina, and
is replaced in the Province of Cordova, central Argentina, by a northern
subspecies Dolichotis magellanica centricola Thomas, where it occurs
with the much smaller D. sa/znzco/a Burmeister.
Family CH/NCH/LLIDA:.
The Viscacha of Paraguay and Argentina is the only member of the
family Chinchillidaze known to occur in Patagonia, where it is apparently
not found to the southward of the Rio Negro, and thus hardly calls for
extended notice in the present connection. The genera Chznchilla and
Lagidium are restricted to the Andean region, mainly of Peru and Chili.
Genus VISCACCIA Oken.
Viscacia Rafinesque, Anal. de la Nature, 1815, 56. Nomen nudum.
Viscaccia Oken, Lehrb. d. Naturg., III, 1816, 835. Type, Lepus chilensis
*)
ALLEN: MAMMALIA : CHINCHILLIDA. 31
Oken = Difus maximus Desmarest (ex Blainville). Cf Allen, Proc.
BiolS0e "Washi XV; 1902, 196.
Viscaccia Schinz, Cuvier’s Thierreich, IV, 1825, 429. Type, Vescaccia
americana Schinz, sp. nov. = Dipus maximus Desmarest (ex Blain-
ville), 1817. © Thomas, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XIV, 25, April
2, 1901; Allen, zé¢@., 181, Dec. 12, 1QOl.
Vizcacia Schinz, Naturg. und Abbild. der Saug., 1824-1828, 244 (circa
1826). Also 2d ed., 1827= Véscaccia Schinz, 1825. — Lahille,
Congr. Cien. Lat. Amer., III, 1899, 192. Cf. Palmer, Science (2),
Wit No.2 ren 21.23. July 2, 1897. °
Viscacia Rengger, Naturg. der Saug. Paraguay, 1830, 272, footnote. =
Viscaccta Schinz, 1825 (= Viscaccia Oken, 1816).
Lagostomus Brookes, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XVI, pt. 1, 1829, roz.
Type, Lagostomus trichodactylus, sp. nov. = Dipus maximus Des-
marest, 1817.
As shown by the above synonymy and references, the proper generic
name of the Argentine Viscacha has been the subject of considerable dis-
cussion ; and while Schinz in 1825 adopted for it the name /7scaccéa, the
Same name appears to have been used for it nine years earlier by Oken,
both uses of the name having the same basis, namely “la Vizcache”’ of
Azara. Later Schinz varied the form of the name to /7zcacia.
As stated by me in 1go1, the case is as follows: As has been fully
shown,' there is no doubt of the pertinence of the generic name Vzscaccia
Schinz, 1825, to ‘la Vizcache”’ of Azara, the Argentine Viscacha. But it
turns out that Oken (Lehrb. d. Naturg., Theil III, Abth. 2, p. 835, 1816)
used the same term in 1816, in nearly the same sense. Oken included in
his group or subgenus /7Zscaccza only two species: (1) Lepus chilensis and
(2) Mus laniger. The first, notwithstanding the name c/z/ensis, is based,
as far as the description is concerned, wholly on “la Vizcache”’ of Azara,
while in his diagnosis of the group /7scaccéa he says ‘‘Zehen vorn 4, hin-
ten 3,’’ which would exclude his second species, the AZus daniger of Molina,
and hence the Chinchilla of Peru. As Bennett, in 1829, made the Chin-
chilla the type of his genus C/znchilla, the Argentine Viscacha becomes
by restriction the type and only species of Oken’s Vscaccia, the authority
for which name is thus Oken (1816) instead of Schinz (1825).
"@. Palmer, Science, N. S., VI, p. 21, July 2, 1897; Thomas, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XIV,
p. 25, April 2, rg01 ; Allen, zé7d., p. 181, Dec. 2, 1901.
32 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
VISCACCIA CHILENSIS (Oken).
Vizcache Azara, Hist. Nat. Quad. Paraguay, I], 1801, 41. Not ‘La
Viscaccia, Lepus viscacia,’ Molina, 1782; nor Vizcacia viscacica
Rehn, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XIII, 1900, 167; nor V7zcacia viscacia
Allen, zbz@., XIV, 1901, 91.
[Vescaccia| Lepus chilensis Oken, Lehrb. d. Naturg., III, ii, 1816, 835.
Based on the Vizcache of Azara, as above.
Viscaccta chilensts Allen, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XV, Oct. 10, 1902, 196
(ex Oken).
Dipus maximus Desmarest (ex Blainville), Nouv. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat., XIII,
1817, 117; Mamm., II, 1822, 212. Based on a living specimen seen
in London, which specimen later became the basis of Lagostomus
trichodactylus Brookes. ;
Vizcacia maxima Palmer, Science (2), VI, 1897, 21; Lahille, Congr.
Cien. Lat. Amer., III, 1899, 192.
Viscacia maxima Berg, Com. Mus. nac. Buenos Aires, I, 1900, 220.
Viscaccia americana Schinz, Cuvier’s Thierreich, IV, 1825, 429.
Vizcacia pamparum Schinz, Naturg. und Abbild. Saug., 1824-1828, 244
(cerca 1826).
Lagostomus trichodactylus Brookes, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XVI,
1829, 95, pl. ix (= Dipus maximus Desm. 1817, having been based
on the same specimen).— Wagner, Schreber’s Saug. Suppl., III,
1843, 310. — Waterhouse, Mamm., II, 1848, 212. — Hudson, P. Z.S.,
1872, 822, 833, habits.— Burmeister, Descrip. phys. Rép. Argent.,
Pi, 9670, 247:
Callomys viscacia D’Orbigny & Is. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Ann. des Sci.
nat., XXI, 1830, 291, habits and distribution (=Dpjus maximus
Desm.; not Lefus viscacta Molina).
Lagostomus viscacha Meyen, Nova Acta Acad. Leopold.-Czs., XVI, 1833
(1834), 584.
For many years the Argentine Viscache was currently known under
the specific name ¢v7chodactylus (Lagostomus trichodactylus Brookes, 1829),
but it was later found that Dzpus maximus Desmarest (ex Blainville),
1817, referred to the same animal, and received acceptance as its proper
specific name. But it unfortunately happens that Oken’s name chz/enszs
(Lepus chilensts Oken, 1816) has one year’s priority over maximus of
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OCTODONTID#. 33
Desmarest, both names having practically the same basis, namely, the
Vizcacha of Azara. As I have elsewhere shown,' the Argentine Viscacha
must apparently be called Vrscaccza chilensis Oken.
This species is unrepresented in the present collection, its range not
extending below the Rio Negro (latitude 41° south), and it thus barely
reaches the northern border of the region here considered.
It has been so fully described and figured by Brookes, Waterhouse and
others, that a detailed account of it seems uncalled for in the present con-
nection. An extended notice of its habits has been given by Darwin, and
later by Hudson, as observed by them on the pampas of Buenos Aires.
Family OCTODONTID:.
Of the Octodonts only the Octodontinze reach Patagonia, and of the
five commonly recognized existing genera of this subfamily only one,
Ctfenomys, appears to have been found east of the southern Andes. The
other four — Acounemys, Spalacopus, Abrocoma and Octodon — occur
within or on the western slope of the Andes, and are not, as now known,
numerously represented in species. Cfenomys, on the other hand, is
characteristic of the plains and pampas, ranging from Tierra del Fuego
northward to southern Brazil and Bolivia, and westward into the base of
the Andes. It isa plastic and prolific group, swarming in favorable locali-
ties, and readily susceptible to changes of environment. At least some
twenty-five named forms are at present tentatively recognized, mostly on
rather slight differences of size or color. Although the extreme phases
are widely separated, it is probable that so many links still remain in the
chain of intergradation that when the group comes to be more effectually
known many of the forms now treated as species will be found to merge,
and that some of the names stand for very little that is tangible. Sev-
eral extinct forms have also been distinguished, the group extending back
into the Pleistocene, and according to some authorities to the Pliocene.
The family Octodontide, as at present constituted, forms a very hetero-
geneous assemblage, comprising groups that might well be assigned to
three distinct families. There is, for example, no close relationship be-
tween the Octodonu-Crenomys series and the Spiny Rats (Loucheres-Echimys
series), or of either of these with Crenodactylus. At different times each
1 Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XV., 196, Oct. 10, 1902.
34 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
of these groups has been assigned, by different authors, the rank of a
family, which disposition of them seems fairly to represent their real de-
gree of affinity. We would thus have the comprehensive group Octo-
dontidze separated into (1) the true Octodonts, or Octodontidz proper ;
(2) the Spiny Rats and their immediate allies, or Echimyidz; (3) Cfeno-
dactylus and allied genera, or Ctenodactylidz. They are severally quite
as distinct as are the commonly recognized families Heteromyidz and
Geomyide.
Genus CTENOMYS Blainville.
Crenomys Blainville, Bull. Soc. Philomat., Paris, April, 1826, 64, pl.;
Ann. Sci. Nat., IX, 1826, 102. Type, Crenomys brasiliensis sp. nov.,
Minas Geraes, Brazil.
The Tuco-tucos, as the species of Cfexomys are known locally, repre-
sent, through closely similar adaptive modifications, in South America the
Pocket Gophers (Geomyidz) of North America. Both are modified for
an almost exclusive life underground, having the same form of body, fos-
sorial feet, degenerate organs of sight and hearing, and the same soft,
silky pelage. The Tuco-tucos lack the external cheek-pouches of the
Pocket Gophers, and differ from them in certain important cranial charac-
ters, although the general form of the skull and the structure of the teeth
are similar in both. The form of the zygoma and the position and form
of the infraorbital foramen are, however, notably different — features that
perhaps warrant their wide dissociation as members respectively of the
Hystricomorphs and Myomorphs.
The Tuco-tucos, as already said, are exceedingly prolific, in local forms
as well as in individuals, and in favorable localities, as in alluvial or moist
soils, their burrows fairly honeycomb the earth over considerable areas,
rendering traveling, on foot or with horses, more or less difficult and even
dangerous.
CTENOMYS MAGELLANICUS Bennett.
Ctenomys magellanicus Bennett, P. Z. S., 1835, 190. Port Gregory,
Strait of Magellan; Trans. Zo6l. Soc. Lond., II, 1841, 84, pl. xvii,
animal and skull; same specimen. — Waterhouse, Mamm., II, 1848,
283, pl. viii, skull, pl. ix, fig. 2, animal. Based wholly on Bennett's
type specimen. — Burmeister, Descrip. phys. Rép. Argent., III, 1879,
239, ex Bennett and Waterhouse. — Trouessart, Cat. Mamm., ii, 1897,
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OCTODONTID. 35
599, part; only the references to Bennett and Waterhouse. — Thomas,
P. Z. S., 1898, 211. Tombo Point, on the coast 60 miles south of
mouth of Rio Chubut.—Lahille, Congr. Cien. Lat. Amer., III, 1899,
190.
Crenomys neglectus Nehring, Zoolog. Anz., XXIII, Oct. 8, 1900, 535,
fig. 1, skull. Based on a weathered skull from Patagonia.
Waterhouse’s description and measurements of the type (¢ c.) and then
only known specimen of this species, being more concise and explicit than
Bennett's, are here presented:
‘‘General tint of the fur ashy grey, faintly suffused with yellow, and on the
back brownish ; abdomen pale ochreous yellow; tail very pale brown: the
fur is moderately long, very soft, and of a deep slate grey colour at the root.
“Inhabits Port Gregory [=Cape Gregory of Bennett and of modern
maps |, Strait of Magalhaen.
Inches. Lines, [mm.]
“ Length from tip of nose to root of tail.... 8 fo) [203 ]
eenpth, Ofptatlen. 2220 Joc.c 5st eres 2 6 [63.5]
Length of fore foot and nails ........... 104 [22.1]
Length ‘of longest nail. ..% 2 ase a 22 [6:7]
Length of hind foot and nails........... I 34 esaeaih.
A nearly complete skull, and several others more or less incomplete
(all weathered skulls — Nos. 23410-23413, U. S. Nat. Mus.), collected by
Mr. Charles H. Townsend near Punta Arenas, Patagonia, during the
cruise of the 4/éatross in 1887-1888, undoubtedly represent this species,
to which I also refer a single specimen (No. 17444, Am. Mus.), skin and
skull, and an additional younger skull (No. 17445, Am. Mus.) collected
by Mr. Barnum Brown ‘30 miles south of the Port of Santa Cruz, on the
coast” of Patagonia, and by him presented to the American Museum of
Natural History. They agree well with Bennett’s and Waterhouse’s de-
scriptions, and the younger skull agrees with their figure of the skull of the
type, even in size. The other, a much older skull, is considerably larger.
Mr. Brown’s specimens came from about 150 miles north of the type
locality and appear to be strictly referable to this species, which differs
from the form inhabiting the Cordilleras at the head of the Rio Chico de
Santa Cruz, presently to be described, in its very much paler colors, both
above and below, but appears not to be distinguishable in cranial charac-
ters. It is a pale form, like the later described Crenomys fueginus Philippi
from Tierra del Fuego.
36 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
The original basis of Crenomys magellanicus was a single specimen col-
lected by Captain King at Cape (or Port) Gregory, on the northern side
of the Strait of Magellan, and hence on the mainland of Patagonia. This
specimen was considered by King to be “rather a young one,” .‘‘ from
the size of the jaw, as compared with the abundant remains of this little
animal which are scattered over the surface of the ground” (Trans. Zodl.
Soc. Lond., II, 1841, p. 85); and the skull, as figured by Bennett and
Waterhouse, seems to bear out this conclusion, all of the sutures being
shown to be very distinct, as in a young animal.
As late as 1848, Waterhouse stated (Mamm., II, p. 283) that, so far as
he knew, but one specimen of this species of C/exomys had been brought
to Europe; and to this day little has been added to our knowledge of its
range or habits beyond the three or four lines respecting the latter con-
tributed by Captain King, namely: “The little animal is very timid; feeds
upon grass, and is eaten by the Patagonian Indians. It dwells in holes,
which it burrows, in the ground: and, from the number of holes, it would
appear to be very abundant. It inhabits the east entrance of the Strait
of Magelhaens at Cape Gregory and the vicinity.”
In comparing this species with the other species of the genus then
known, Waterhouse assumed that its small size was not due to immaturity,
‘‘all the teeth being fully developed.” As shown, however, by the large
series of an allied species in the present collection, the skull more than
doubles in size (in bulk, not in linear dimensions) after ‘‘the teethare fully
developed” ; and furthermore, that his specimen was really quite young,
and probably also a female, as indicated by the straightness of the zygo-
matic arches.
In this connection, as bearing upon the comment on Crenomys neglectus
which here follows, it is worth while to note the unlikeness of Bennett’s
and Waterhouse’s figures of the same skull, especially in respect to the
position and direction of the fronto-parietal sutures, which are correctly
drawn in Bennett's figure, and very erroneously represented in that pub-
lished by Waterhouse.
In 1900 Dr. Nehring published (2 c.) as new a Crenomys neglectus based
on a Patagonian weathered skull, of which he gives a figure. He com-
pares this skull with Bennett’s figure of the skull of C. mage//anicus, and
is able to distinguish numerous differences between them, which appear
to him weighty enough to warrant his treating this skull as the basis of a
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OCTODONTID. Sy
new species. His most important character is the presence of a deep,
longitudinal sulcus on the upper side of the jugal. It is true that this is
not shown in Bennett's figure, which is only slightly shaded, being mainly
in outline; but I find this same sulcus is present, in a more or less marked
manner, according to the age and sex of the animal, in all of my large
series of the genus Crfenomys from Patagonia, which includes over fifty
skulls, representing several more or less closely related forms. I have,
therefore, no hesitation in regarding Nehring’s C. weglectus as based on
an adult female skull of one of the larger Patagonian species, in all
probability C. magelanicus, although no definite locality is given for the
specimen.
CTENOMYS FUEGINUS Philippi.
Crenomys fueginus Philippi, Arch. f. Naturg., 1880, i, 276, pl. xiii, skull.
Tierra del Fuego. — Lahille, Congr. Cien. Lat. Amer., III, 1899, 190.
Above mixed yellow and gray varied with black, the basal two thirds of
the pelage blackish, with a subterminal band of white or light yellow,
and the tips black ; ventral surface white, the basal half of the pelage black
and the apical half white ; tail well clothed with soft hairs, above blackish,
especially towards the tip, below clear yellowish white.
Measurements. — Head and body, 227 mm.; tail, 46 (= total length,
273) ; fore foot to end of claws, 26; longest fore claw, 10; hind foot, 35%
longest hind claw, 6. Skull: total length, 49; zygomatic breadth, 28.5;
mastoid breadth, 26. (Based on Philippi, Z c.)
This species was founded on specimens collected by Lieutenant Serrano
of the Chilian Navy in the summer of 1878-79, on “der éstlichen Insel
des Feuerlandes,” and was described and the skull figured by Professor
Philippi in 1880 (2 c.).
In general appearance he found it not very different from the other
species of the genus ; his comparison of it, however, with C magellanicus
was made, in the absence of specimens, with Waterhouse’s description and
figure. He found the dimensions of the skull somewhat larger in C. fue-
gimus than in C. magellanicus, and the zygoma outwardly more convex, as
shown by his comparative figures of the skulls of the two species (4. ¢., pl.
xili). But these differences are not necessarily important, since they are
found in allied species to characterize the two sexes of the same species.
Other codrdinated differences are noted, so that he felt fully warranted in
treating the Tierra del Fuego animal as distinct.
38 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
His description of the color of C. fwegznus indicates a pale, ashy gray
animal very different from that inhabiting the Cordilleras, but quite similar
to C. magellanicus, the type locality of which is Cape Gregory, on the
northern side of the Strait of Magellan. In view of its insular habitat,
and in the absence of proper material for comparison, it seems best to give
the species provisional recognition.
CTENOMYS ROBUSTUS Allen.
(Plate VII, Figs. 2 and 3, Skull.)
Crenomys vobustus Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XIX, 185, May 9,
1903. Rio Chico de Santa Cruz, near the Cordilleras, Patagonia.
Pelage soft, short, somewhat lustrous. Above deep yellowish brown,
varied with blackish, the hairs being dark slaty plumbeous for the basal
two thirds, with a subterminal band of dark rusty yellow, and a very
short black tip, with longer blackish-tipped hairs sparsely intermixed ;
below deep brownish ochraceous; ears dusky brown, barely projecting
above the fur; upper surface of fore and hind feet dingy yellowish gray ;
tail well clothed with fine soft hairs, forming a slight pencil at the tip,
yellowish gray, dusky at the tip above.
Other specimens vary from the above in being a little lighter or a little
darker, both above and below. Tail variable in color, often wholly without
any dusky median line above or any dusky tip; generally there is a very
narrow median dusky line, extending from the tip anteriorly for a part or
the whole of the length of the tail; in a few specimens it is strongly
developed, broadens and increases in blackness towards the tip, and in
rare cases the whole tip is black, with a short black stripe on the lower
surface of the apical fourth or third of the tail.
Young examples differ from the adults in the general tint being duller
and the pelage less lustrous.
Measurements. — Type: Total length, 290 mm. ; tail vertebrze, 73; hind
foot, 40. Nine adult males measure as follows: Total length, 303.5 (290—
322; only one above 310, and only two above 298); tail vertebrae, 81.5
(73-88) ; hind foot, 40.5 (40-42). Five adult females; Total length, 275
(256-300; only one above 280) ; tail vertebrae, 75 (70-80); hind foot, 37
(35-40).
Skull, type: Total length, 52.5; basal length, 47; zygomatic breadth,
30; interorbital breadth, 10; mastoid breadth, 29.5; length of nasals, 20;
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OCTODONTIDA. 39
palatal length, 25; diastema, 16; upper molar series, 9.6; lower jaw, inner
base of incisors to posterior border of condyle, 33; inner base of incisors
to tip of angular process, 41; height at condyle, 16; lower molar series,
10.3; distance between condyles, 18; distance between tips of angular
processes, 37. Ten adult male skulls: Total length, 53.6 (51-55); zygo-
matic breadth, 30.5 (29-33). Five adult female skulls: Total length, 48
(46-50); zygomatic breadth, 27.5 (26.2-28.6). The mastoid breadth is
practically the same as the zygomatic breadth, varying in different speci-
mens from slightly more to slightly less. The greater part of the skulls
in the present series are middle-aged, with all the sutures distinct; only
two or three give evidence of being very old.
Represented by 23 specimens, all from the upper Rio Chico, Cordilleras,
and all collected by Mr. Peterson, February 7 to 28, and one March6. All
but three are in adult pelage, and these have nearly acquired it, only
the lower part of the back and rump retaining the pelage characteristic of
immaturity. The general color above of the adults varies from strong
yellowish brown to slightly rufescent brown, and below from deep ochra-
ceous buff to brownish ochraceous. The color of the tail is very variable,
as already noted ; except in the case of a few which have the tail practically
uniform yellowish gray, no two have the tail colored alike, in respect to the
median dorsal line, which varies from a slight trace of dusky to a well
defined blackish median stripe, the black widening and increasing in
intensity apically; in three specimens the whole tip of the tail is black,
including the under surface,*two of which are males and the other a
female. A few other specimens approach this condition.
As shown by the measurements already given, the females are very
much smaller than the males.
The skull is very variable in respect to size and many details of struc-
ture, but especially in the size and form of the interparietal. In one
specimen it is almost obsolete, forming a mere line less than a millimeter
in antero-posterior extent and 5 mm. in transverse extent. Generally it
is subtriangular, with a transverse width of 5~7 mm., and an antero-pos-
terior length of 2-4 mm. It is sometimes divided medially into two
halves. On each side of the interparietal, and separated from it by the pos-
terior extension of the parietals, is an intercalated bone of variable size
and of an irregularly oval front outline, each generally considerably larger
in area than the interparietal.
40 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Crenomys vobustus differs markedly in coloration from C. mage/lanicus,
but not very appreciably, so far as specimens of the latter are available
for comparison, in size or cranial characters. C. mage/lanicus is pale yel-
lowish gray, or ash gray with a fulvous tinge, while C. vobustus is dark
yellowish brown. C. d0/7vzenszs is very much larger and very much darker
and redder, having ‘‘the general hue bright rufous brown,” and the upper
surface of the nose, head, and nape blackish. It appears to have no close
relationship to any of the described species of Cfenxomeys.
It was met with only in the alluvial river valley of the upper Rio
Chico, at the eastern base of the Andes. Mr. Peterson says of this spe-
cies: ‘‘Very abundant, especially along streams. The ground they occupy
is all undermined with their passages, which cross one another in all
directions. They are seldom seen on the surface and are difficult to trap.”
(MSS. notes.) Most of the specimens of this species appear to have been
taken in Mayer Basin, at the edge of the Cordilleras, since in writing of
this region Mr. Hatcher refers incidentally to Mr. Peterson's obtaining
here a splendid collection of rodents, ‘‘including a fine series of a much
larger species of Cfewomys than any we had seen in the plains region”’
(Narrative, p. 138).
CTENOMYS SERICEUS Allen.
(Plate VIII, Figs. 1 and 2, Skull.)
Ctenomys sericeus Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XIX, 187. May 9,
1903. Upper Rio Chico de Santa Cruz, near the Cordilleras, Pata-
gonia.
Crenomys magellanica Hatcher, Princeton University Exped. Patagonia,
I, Narrative, 1903, 124. Not of Bennett.
Pelage short, soft, silky and lustrous. General color above yellowish
gray strongly varied with black, the hairs being slaty plumbeous for
the basal three fourths, then banded narrowly with pale yellowish brown
and tipped with black ; flanks and ventral surface buff; sides of nose yel- .
lowish brown; top of nose and top of head like median dorsal region,
which is darker than the sides; ears very small, blackish ; upper surface of
feet dingy gray with a slight yellowish cast; tail pale yellowish, with a
median dusky stripe along the apical half of the upper surface.
In some specimens there is a tendency to a well-marked darker median
dorsal band, extending from the nose to the base of the tail. Several of
the specimens are a little darker than the type above described. The tail
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OCTODONTID&. 4I
stripe varies in distinctness from nearly obsolete to a broad, well-defined
black band running the whole length of the tail.
Young in first pelage are grayer with less fulvous, and the pelage is
_ longer, softer, and less firm.
Measurements.— Type: Total length, 208 mm.; tail vertebrae, 62; hind
foot, 28. Five adult males: Total length, 200 (195-208) ; tail vertebrz,
56.6 (51-62); hind foot, 26.2 (25-28). A single adult female measures :
Total length, 210; tail vertebrz, 60; hind foot, 27.
Skull, type: Total length, 39; basal length, 35.2; zygomatic breadth,
24; mastoid breadth, 23.5; interorbital breadth, 7; length of nasals, 13;
palatal length, 17; diastema, 10; upper molar series, 7.5; lower jaw, inner
base of incisors to posterior border of condyle, 26; inner base of incisors
to end of angular process, 29.5; height at condyle, 7; width between
condyles, 15.3; width between tips of angular processes 25.6; lower
molar series, 8. Four adult male skulls: Total length, 36.4 (34.3-39) ;
zygomatic breadth, 21.5 (20-23.6). An old female skull measures, total
length, 36; zygomatic breadth, 20.
In several of the skulls the interparietal is entirely absent, and when
present is very small. The lateral intercalated bones are present, and are
as variable in form as already described in Crexomys robustus.
Represented by 11 specimens, collected by Mr. Peterson in the Cordil-
leras of the upper Rio Chico de Santa Cruz, in the valley close to the
river, Jan. 31 to Feb. 7, 1897. Six are adults and five are young, partly
in the juvenile pelage.
This species considerably exceeds in size Crenomys pundti Nehring, and
differs from it very markedly in coloration. The total length of the skull
of C. pundit is given as 31.3 mm., and the zygomatic breadth as 19.5;
the same for C. sevtcews (average specimens) being, respectively, 39 and
21.5 mm. While it agrees practically in size with C. devg7 Thomas, from
_ the central part of the Province of Cordova, it differs from it in color,
being very much darker throughout.
Crenomys serviceus occurs with the very much larger and very differently
colored C. vobustus, as both were collected on the same days and at the
same localities by Mr. Peterson.
He says of this species: ‘Burrows extensively in the ground, leaving
piles of dirt at the surface like pocket gophers (Geomyidz). They make a
drumming noise while sitting in the mouth of the burrows.” (MSS. notes.)
42 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Mr. Hatcher gives a somewhat extended account of the Tuco-tuco, which
apparently refers mainly to the present species. The locality is the vicinity
of the junction of the Rio Belgrano with the Rio Chico. He says (Narra-
five; pp. 124, 125) :
‘All about us, and indeed at times from immediately beneath our feet,
could be heard the deep, subterranean drummings of the little tuco-tuco,
Crenomys magellanica, as engaged with commendable industry, he drove
his little tunnel just beneath the surface, ever onward in search of those
nutritious roots and succulent tubers upon which he feeds. These little
-fossorial rodents seemed especially active in the early morning and late
afternoon and evening, During these hours, in localities especially favor-
able to them, they would be constantly heard, though a careful watch
throughout our stay in Patagonia, kept at frequent intervals in order to
observe their habits above ground, was only rewarded by a momentary
glimpse, on one or two occasions, of a solitary individual, as he appeared
for an instant at the mouth of a burrow. On one occasion, however,
while walking rapidly along, I came suddenly upon one of these little
animals in the grass at a distance of several feet from the mouth of his
burrow: The manner in which he ran aimlessly about in search of his
hole, with the nose close to the surface of the ground, seemed to indicate,
not only that he had lost his way and become bewildered by the grass,
which, to him, had all the appearances of a great forest, but that he depended
quite as much, if not more, upon his sense of smell as that of sight, while
endeavoring to regain the abandoned burrow. Hardly had he entered
the latter when the frightened condition under which he had been so
evidently laboring while above ground, suddenly and completely disap-
peared, and he stopped long enough to send back a rapid volley of deep,
guttural notes, uttered in defiance at the intruder, who, far from having
cherished any sinister designs against the little creature, had only been
delighted with this opportunity, brief though it was, of observing him above .
ground. The entire attitude of the little animal was such as to convince
me that his surroundings while above ground, aside from my presence,
were distinctly uncongenial, and that he was in every respect especially
modified and adapted for a subterranean life, a conclusion which I had
previously reached upon observing the small eyes, powerful fore-limbs,
and feet well adapted for burrowing, and other anatomical characters
common to animals of more or less subterranean habits.”’
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OCTODONTIDA. 43
CTENOMYS COLBURNI Allen.
(Plate VIII, Figs. 3 and 4, Skull.)
Ctenomys colburni Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XIX, 188, May 9,
1903. Arroyo Aike, in the Basalt Cafions, fifty miles southeast of
Lake Buenos Aires, Patagonia.
Similar to C. sericeus but larger, much more strongly suffused with
fulvous and less varied with black.
Measurements. — Type: Total length, 230 mm.; tail vertebrae, 65; hind
foot, 29. Fifteen males measure as follows: Total length 224.5 (210—
240, with one at 245 and one at 250); tail vertebrae, 69 (60-75, with
two at 80); hind foot, 30 (28-32, and one at 33). Seventeen females:
Total length, 213 (200-225); tail vertebrae, 62.2 (60-65); hind foot, 29.5
(29-31). |
Skull. — Type, total length, 43; basal length, 39; zygomatic breadth,
25; mastoid breadth, 25; interorbital breadth, 8.5; length of nasals,
14.3; palatal length, 20; diastema, 6; upper molar teeth, 8; lower jaw,
inner base of incisors to posterior border of condyles, 28.5; inner base of
incisors to point of angular process, 33.5; height at condyle, 8; width
between condyles, 16; width between points of angular processes, 27 ;
lower molar teeth, 8.5. Seven old male skulls measure: Total length,
43 (41-45); zygomatic breadth, 24.3 (23.5-25.3) Fifteen old female
skulls: Total length, 38 (36-41); zygomatic breadth, 22.2 (21-24).
Represented by 33 specimens—16 males and 17 females—all adult
except 3, and all collected by Mr. Colburn, of which 16 were taken in the
basalt cafions, fifty miles southeast of Lake Buenos Aires, April 2 to 26,
and the remaining 17 at Swan Lake, April 2 to May 17.
Aside from the young specimens, which are grayer and much less ful-
vous than the adults, the variation in color consists’ in some specimens
being a little more strongly suffused with yellowish than others, and in
the distinctness of the tail stripe, which is often wholly wanting, or pres-
ent in varying degrees from a faint trace to a broad black stripe.
This species is intermediate in size between C. sevzcews and C. mendo-
cina, being larger than the former, and differing from it in its more strongly
fulvous and generally lighter coloration, and from the latter in consider-
ably smaller size and entire absence of any reddish suffusion.
It is of interest to note that this species was not obtained by Mr. Peterson
44 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
in the foothills of the Andes, on the upper Rio Chico, where, however, he
found a much larger species (C. vobustus) abundant, and also obtained, in
the same region, a small series of a very much smaller species (C. seve-
ceus). Inall probability C. co/éurnz will be found to be a plains or pampa
species, while the others occupy the alluvial river valleys in the foothills
of the Andes.
Family URIDAZ.
The Murine fauna of southern Patagonia is as strongly characterized by
the types that are absent as by those that are present. The Voles, or the
great subfamily Microtinze, are of course absent, as are also all the char-
acteristic North American genera of the Cricetinz, as Pevomyscus, Ony-
chomys, Neotoma, Retthrodontomys, and Szgmodon, although all extend
into tropical America, and all but Oxychomys even reach the northern
border of South America. Another set of genera, as Rhzpedomys, Nec-
tomys, Holochilus, and Tylomys, which range over a large part of Central
and South America, do not reach even the northern border of Patagonia.
Of the seven prominent Patagonia genera — Exneomys, Reithrodon, Phyt-
lotis, Eligmodontia, Oxymycterus, Oryzomys, and Akodon — only the last
two have a wide distribution to the northward, except in the Andean
region, where nearly all are highly developed. The single genus
Notiomys is thus far known only from the original specimen taken near
Santa Cruz. It is closely related to A4@gmodontia and certain forms of
Akodon (subgenus Chelymys), types that abound over the pampean dis-
tricts of Argentina and Bolivia.
Genus MUS Linnezus.
In America the genus AZus, a strictly Old World type, is of course rep-
resented only by introduced species, three or four of which have become
almost universally dispersed over both continents, and may all occur in
Patagonia, although satisfactory evidence of this is at present lacking.
Mus rattus Linn. Black Rat.
The collection contains a single specimen (a half grown female) collected
at Punta Arenas, December 30, 1897, by Mr. E. A. Colburn. The meas-
urements as recorded by the collector are: ‘Length, 280; tail, 150; hind
footts2:)'
In coloration this specimen is very different from the black rats of the
64
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: MURID:. 45
northern United States, being blackish olive gray instead of black, but it
can be matched exactly in specimens of corresponding age from Jupiter
Inlet, Florida, and from the Island of Trindad, B. W. I., but in both cases
these specimens are Mus vattus more or less mixed with JZ. alexandrinus,
to which category the Punta Arenas specimen doubtless belongs.
The Black Rat (A7us vatfus Linn.) and the White-bellied or Roof Rat
(Mus alexandrinus Geoffroy) are widely dispersed in the warmer parts of
America, and at many localities hybridize freely, so that specimens of pure
strain of either species are rare. In the northeastern United States the
Black Rat was formerly an abundant inhabitant of houses and outbuildings
in the farming districts, while the Brown or Wharf Rat (Mus norvegicus
Erxleben=/us decumanus Pallas) swarmed in the cities, particularly
about wharves and in warehouses. The latter is not only larger and more
powerful than the black rat, but antagonizes it, and has to a large extent
driven it out or exterminated it in the New England and Middle States
of the Union. In the South Atlantic States the Roof Rat has long
been the prevailing species, where it seems to have become widely dis-
tributed.
From Mexico, Central America and in northern South America both JZ
rattus and M. alexandrinus are often received in collections, being caught
in traps, in fields and wooded areas remote from settlements, by collectors
in trapping for the indigenous rats of the country. In the Province of
Chiriqui, Panama, Mr. J. H. Batty in this way unwittingly collected a
very large series of M/us vattus,; but, as already said, hybrids of AZ. rattus
and JZ. alexandrinus, combining in endless variety the characteristics of
both species, are widely dispersed in tropical America.
The common House Mouse (A/ws musculus Linn.), although not repre-
sented in the present collection, doubtless also occurs in Patagonia, as it
is the most widely dispersed in America of any of the introduced species of
Mus. Darwin obtained it on East Falkland Island and at Maldonado.
It has found its way to subarctic America, in Alaska and the remote in-
terior of northern British Columbia. It is at home, thence southward
everywhere, under the widest possible conditions of environment. Almost
every collection of small mammals, whether made in the arid regions of
our great Southwest, the swampy districts of the Gulf Coast, the hot low-
lands of Mexico, Central and South America, or at high altitudes in the
Peruvian Andes, contains specimens of this omnipresent pest. It will be
46 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
of interest soon to secure large series of specimens from widely separated
localities where it has been long established for the purpose of determin-
ing what modifications it may have undergone through the influence of
very diverse conditions of environment. That strongly-marked differen-
tiation will be obvious is evident from what is already known to have
taken place among these mice inhabiting the fields in the vicinity of
Jalapa, Mexico, where a well-marked black phase (A/us musculus jalape
All. & Chapm.) has already been developed.'
Genus ORYZOMYS Baird.
Oryzomys Baird, Mamm. N. Am., 1858, 458 (as a subgenus of Hesfer-
omys). Type and only species, Mus falustris Harlan.
Zygodontomys Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., IX, 38, pl. i, figs. 1-7,
March 11, 1897. Type, Ovxyzomys cherrtet Allen. Described as a
genus, but more commonly treated as a subgenus of Ovyzomzys.
Oligoryzomys Bangs, Proc. N. Engl. Zodl. Club, I, 94, Feb. 23, 1900 (as
a subgenus of Ovyzomys). Type, Oryzomys navus Bangs.
Evioryzomys Bangs, Proc. N. Engl. Zodél. Club, I, 96, Feb. 23, 1900 (as
a subgenus of Ovyzomys). Type, Oryzomys monochromos Bangs.
Melanomys Thomas, Novitates Zoolog., X, 41 (in text), April, 1903 (as a
subgenus of Ovyzomys). Type, Oryzomys phaopus Thomas.
The genus Ovyzomys, as commonly recognized, is the most abundant
and most widely distributed genus of American Muride, it ranging from
the warmer parts of the southeastern United States to Tierra del Fuego.
Altogether about 185 species and subspecies have been referred to it, and
the list is still rapidly increasing by the discovery and description of addi-
tional forms. Although the group is far from homogenous, the transitions
from one type to another are usually by gradual stages. In size the
various species range from the size of a house mouse to that of the large
brown rat; the tail may be much more than half the total length of the ani-
mal or less than one quarter; the supraorbital ridges may be heavily devel-
oped or obsolete; and the enamel pattern of the teeth is quite variable,
As shown in the synonymy above, several minor groups have been set
off as subgenera, with fairly well marked characters, and, owing to the num-
erical unwieldiness of the genus, it will probably be found convenient,
sooner or later, to employ them in the sense of full genera.
‘Cf. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., IX, 1897, p. 198.
&)
<%
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: MURIDA. 47
Only two species, both apparently belonging to the typical section of
the genus, are thus far known from Patagonia, where they are restricted
to its extreme southern part.
ORYZOMYS MAGELLANICUS (Bennett).
(Plates IX, Fig. 2, Skull; X, Figs. 4 and 5, Teeth.)
Mus magellanicus Bennett, P. Z. S., 1835, 191, Port Famine, Straits of
Magellan.— Waterhouse, Zodl. Voyage Beagle, Mamm., 1839, 47,
pl. xiv, animal, pl. xxiv, fig. 6, molar teeth. — Milne-Edwards, Miss.
Scient. du Cap Horn, VI, Zool., Mamm., 1890, 20, Orange Bay.
Hesperomys (Calomys) magellanicus Burmeister, Descr. phys. Rép. Argent.,
III, 1879, 226 (ex Bennett and Waterhouse).
| Akodon| magellanicus Trouessart, Cat. Mamm., ii, 1897, 536, ex Bennett
and Waterhouse.
? Hesperomys (Oryzomys) longicaudatus Milne-Edwards, Miss. Scient. du
Cap Horn, VI, Zool., Mamm., 1890, 27, pl. iv, fig. 1, animal.?
Adult (February). — Above yellowish brown, varied with black-tipped
hairs, brighter on the top of the head, and middle and posterior part of
the back, and paler on the sides; ventral surface buffy white, varying in
different specimens from nearly clear white to strong buff; front of head
yellowish gray strongly varied with black; ears of medium size, dusky,
very thinly haired ; upper surface of feet flesh-color ; tail very long, dusky
brown, a little darker above than below, and very thinly covered with
short, bristly hairs, not concealing the annulations.
Young, one fourth to half grown, in soft woolly pelage, are duller and
less suffused with fulvous.
Measurements. — Six adult males: Total length, 216 mm. (202-225);
tail vertebrae, 120 (114-125); hind foot, 29.3 (28-30). Adult male skull :
Total length, 26; basal length, 21; greatest breadth of brain case, 12;
interorbital breadth, 3.6; length of nasals, 9.5; palatal length, 19; dia-
stema, 6; palatal foramina, 5.5; upper molar series, 4.
Represented by 17 specimens, of which to are adult and 7 young.
They were all, except one, collected by Mr. Peterson in the Cordilleras
at the head of the Rio Chico, four (all immature) being marked as from
1Mr. Oldfield Thomas, in reply to my inquiry respecting the inclusion of this species by Milne-
Edwards, kindly informs me that this was probably an error, and that ‘“‘ the specimens were really
Oryzomys magellanicus.”’
48 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
the Pacific Slope ; they were all taken between February 14 and March
14, 1897. The other specimen is from Punta Arenas, collected by Mr.
Colburn, Jan. 1, 1898.
This species has not been previously recorded from north of Orange Bay
and Port Famine, the latter being the type locality. The present material
extends its known range along the Cordilleras to about latitude 48°.
ORYZOMYS COPPINGERI (Thomas).
Hesperomys (Calomys) coppingert Thomas, P. Z. S., 1881, 4, figs. 1, 2,
ear and foot. Tom Bay, Cockle Cove.— Milne-Edwards, Miss.
Scient. du Cap Horn, VI, Zoologie, Mamm., 1890, 26, pl. iv, fig. 2,
animal, pl. viii, fig. 2, skull. Orange Bay, Tierra del Fuego.
[Oryzomys| coppingert Trouessart, Cat. Mamm., ii, 1897, 529 (ex
Thomas and Milne-Edwards).
This species is unrepresented in the present collection. Following is
Mr. Thomas’s original description of the species, which has since been
reported by Milne-Edwards from Orange Bay, southern Tierra del Fuego,
where he says the naturalists of the Mission Scientifique du Cap Horn
(Mamm., p. 26) found it very common and captured a large number of
them.
‘‘HIESPEROMYS (CALOMYS) COPPINGERI, Sp. Nov.
‘A skin from Tom Bay, and two specimens in spirit ‘caught with trap
on a wooded islet about one acre in extent’ in Cockle Cove (Feb. 9, 1879).
“Fur very long and soft, fully half an inch in length on the back. Ears
rather short, nearly hidden in the fur. Whiskers of medium length, the
shorter lower ones forming a thick shining white fringe along the upper lip.
On the head and back the wool-hair is of a deep slaty blue for nine tenths
of its length; then follows a subterminal band of yellow ; and the extreme
tip is black. Mixed with this wool-hair there are a considerable number
of longer black hairs, the resulting general colour being very similar to
that of the common Water-Vole (Arvicola amphibius, L.). The dark
color of the upper side extends on the limbs to the wrists and ankles, the
feet being covered with short shining white hairs. The ears are thickly
clothed with short woolly hairs similar in colour to the fur of the back. On
the sides the yellow tips of the hairs gradually become lighter, and on the
belly they are nearly pure white, the basal portion of the fur, however,
from the chin to the anus, still being slate-coloured.
PS
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: MURID. 4Q
“The tail is very long and but scantily haired; on the upperside the
scales are grey and the hairs dark reddish brown, on the lower the scales
are pale yellow and the hairs white; along the centre of the underside,
however, there is a distinct narrow line of dark-brown hairs, contrasting
with the white ones on either side.
“The ears possess, at about one third the height of the inner margin, a
small projecting lobule, which seems to be present in many species of this
genus, and to be well worthy of notice, as being very constant in the
species in which it is found. The foot-pads are small but distinct, and
the surface of the palms and the distal half of the soles are coarsely
granulated, as shown in the woodcut.
“The skull is that of a typical Hesferomys, but shows only a very faint
trace of the supraorbital ridges supposed to be characteristic of the sub-
genus Ca/omys, to which, however, the species undoubtedly belongs, as
proved by its long tail and murine form.
“The following are the dimensions of the two spirit specimens, both
of which are adult males:
b.
aches Inches.
Weneth\ of headiand!bodyiaj.ni otter one t= 4.3 4.2
Weneth olstail as Sacre ian ae cee yeh eee ees 6.4 6.1
Wenoth ofshead) cis cease rere Meret aie ees 1.4
ISAM CEA Ble Geis. co Ho nia OS Uo d Sabiod ad qagead Gat 0.55 0.53
Length of hind foot without claws................... 1.3 1.22
Distance) from! muzzle) foleat-orihice sy. --)4 1) reels teitelsne 1.08
‘‘Measurements of skull of 6:
Inch.
Wenethy.iltelaiasa sccleto sr aaconene eo akere aearelle) slate: oot ctoie toma lcvepete miei t meta yerteye 12
Breadthit spt econ totsin yer svacdek ee ately helomie eh uab eta VaRTSe chee Rete yeeoned: 0.65
Breadth betweenkorDitsiumeci ici teisiierskeieteistaiste ase nrtecnote aor ela 0.16
Wceneathwotenasalswytaeirrimcrr richer ne retire eet etl eee 0.4
Length of lower jaw from condyle to tip of incisors................ 0.76
‘The species to which 17. coppingeri appears most nearly allied are /7.
lutescens, Gay, and Hi. philippit, Landb., both from Chili. The first, how-
ever, is much larger, being 5.7 inches in length, while its tail is only as
long as the trunk. Moreover the skull, as figured by Gay, possesses
strong supraorbital ridges, while our three specimens of /7. cofppingerz, as
stated above, show but little trace of them. //. Axzlpfiz, though some-
what similar in size and colour, may be readily distinguished by the ex-
50 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
treme shortness of its tarsus (0.8 in.); and by the character of its fur,
which is described as being short and fine, while that of 7. coppingerz, as
mentioned above, is particularly long and soft.” (Thomas, @ c.)
Genus ELIGMODONTIA F. Cuvier.
Eligmodontia F. Cuvier, Ann. Sci. Nat. (2), VII, 1837, 168. + Type;
Eligmodontia typus, sp. nov.
Heligmodontia Agassiz, Nomen. Zool., Mamm., Addenda, 5, 1846. Emen-
dation of E@gmodontia F. Cuvier.
Eligmodon Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), XVIII, Oct., 1896, 307.
Emendation of EZjgmodontia F. Cuvier.
Calomys Waterhouse, P. Z. S., 1837, 21 (as a subgenus of A/us). Type,
Mus bimaculatus Waterhouse. Preoccupied by CaH/omys D’ Orbigny
& Geoffroy.
Callomys Gray, List Mamm. Brit. Mus., 1843, 112 (as a full genus).
= Calomys Waterhouse.
Hesperomys Waterhouse, Zo6l. Voy. Beagle, pt. ii, Mamm., 1839, 75.
No type; proposed to include, apparently, all the New World Muride
except the Voles and the genus /Veofoma, or the ‘Sigmodontinz.”
Mus bimaculatus was specifically used in defining the characters of
Hesperomys, and if this species be taken as the type, as it is quite
proper to do, Hesperomys becomes a synonym of Calomys Water-
house, 1837 (ec Callomys D’Orbigny & Geoffroy).
The genus E@igmodontia includes at present about 20 commonly recog-
nized species and subspecies. Its range extends from southern Patagonia
northward to southwestern Brazil and Bolivia, east of the Andes, and in
the Andean region north at least to central Peru. Its metropolis, or area
of greatest abundance, includes Argentina, Paraguay, and Bolivia. Four
species have been recorded from the region here under consideration, but
only one is represented in the Princeton University Patagonian collections.
Eligmodontia and Phylotis appear to be inosculant groups, but lack of
material at present writing prevents a satisfactory investigation of the
matter. In rg01!I felt convinced that the griseoflava group was better
referable to Phy//otis than to Eligmodontia, taking E. tyfus and E. mor-
gant as the standard for Eigmodontia, and Phyllotis darwint and P.
xanthopygus as the standard for Pfyllots. As, however, Mr. Thomas,
‘Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XIV, p. 408, Nov. 39, 1901.
eee ee PS
EE
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: MURID&. 51
with far better means at hand for reaching a correct conclusion, prefers the
association of the gr7seoflava group with Ekgmodontia, this course is
reluctantly followed in the present connection, as griseoflava was one of
the three species originally referred by Waterhouse to his subgenus
Phyllotis.
ELIGMODonTIA Typus F. Cuvier.
Etigmodontia typus F. Cuvier, Ann. des. Sci. Nat., sér. ii, VII, Mars 1837,
168, pl. v, animal, skull, dentition, and intestinal canal. ‘Environs
de Buenos Aires.”’ — Trouessart, Cat. Mamm., li, 1897, 532. — Lahille,
Congr. Cien. Lat. Amer., III, 1899, 186.
Mus elegans Waterhouse, P. Z. S., £637-(Nov,21,, 1837), 19, Bahia
Blanca; Zodl. Voy. Beagle, Mamm., II, 1839, 41, pl. xii, animal, pl.
XXxxIv, fig. 2, skull and teeth.
Hesperomys elegans Burmeister, Descrip. phys. Rép. Argent., III, 1879,
220, Rio Chubut, collected by Durnford.
Etigmodontia elegans Thomas, P. Z. S., 1898, 210. Chubut, East Pata-
gonia.
This species is not represented in the present material, but has been
recorded from Tomba Point, on the coast, about 60 miles below the
mouth of the Rio Chubut. The following description is transcribed from
Waterhouse, it being more detailed and satisfactory in form than that
given by F. Cuvier, which has a few months’ priority of publication.
“Fur very long and soft; general colour of the upper parts of the body
pale brownish yellow; the lower portion of the cheeks, and the under parts
of the body pure white; the hairs of the ordinary fur of the back are gray
at the base, pale ochre near the apex, and brown at’the apex; the longer
hairs are brownish. On the sides of the body where the longer hairs are
less numerous, the pale ochre colour prevails; the hairs on this part as on
the back are deep gray at the base, but at a short distance from the apex
they are white; nearer the tip shaded into yellow, and at the tip brown-
ish: the limbs externally are of a pale yellow colour. The hairs of the
throat and chest are pure white to the root, those on the belly are ob-
scurely tinted with gray at the root. The feet are of a pale flesh-colour,
and furnished with white hairs; the fore feet are of moderate SIZE ;
the thumb nail is small and rounded, and the carpal tubercle is covered
with hairs; the tarsi are long, and the white hairs extend over the whole
of the under parts; the under side of the toes, however, are but sparingly
52 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
furnished. There appears to be but one large tubercle on the under side
of the tarsus, and this, which is situated near the base of the toes, is
thickly covered with silvery-white hairs. The tail is long, pale brown
above, and pale flesh-colour beneath; above, it is furnished with minute
brown hairs, and on the under side with white hairs. The ears are rather
large, of a pale flesh-colour tolerably well clothed with hairs, which are
of a pale yellow colour on the inner side, and white on the outer side —
excepting on the fore part, where they are brown. A small tuft of white
hairs springs from the base of the ear posteriorly. The hairs of the mous-
taches are moderate; black at the base, and grayish at the apex.
Inches. Lines. {mm.]
“ Length from nose to root of tail........... 3 i gI
Avene th yori tates, « sice ieee iatevehayssavelsye oversees hens 3 9 44.8
[Een athyrompnoseitOiedtntlerlan ysis I oO 25.4
MEenGth Of tarsuss is ciaiste suet isis aictere el sisi fo) IO 21
Wenothkoteearyne teria ree eter aren oO 6 12.7
‘Habitat, Bahia Blanca (September).””— Waterhouse, Zodl. Voy.
Beagle, 7. c.
Based on a single specimen, collected by Darwin, who says: ‘Whilst
bivouacking one night on shore, amongst some sand hillocks, this mouse,
with its tail singed, leapt out of a bush which was placed on the fire. Its
hind legs appeared long in proportion to the front, and it did not appear
to be very active in endeavouring to make its escape.”
Mr. Durnford, in his field notes on this species, published by Mr.
Thomas (Z c.) says: ‘‘Not uncommon among bushes, into which it climbs
readily. Comes out in the evening to feed. Like the long-tailed Rat
[Ahgmodontia griseoflava| this species is most numerous in the summer,
though during the winter a few may be found. It does not enter the
house like its large relative, but is extremely numerous in the thick scrub
and brushwood in the neighborhood of the Colony, and universally dis-
tributed. It makes a small oval nest of fine grass and any soft material,
which it places in the centre of a thick bush. It never burrows in the
ground, but is extremely numerous among the thorn-bushes.”’
F. Cuvier’s name ¢yfus for this species appears to have unquestionable
priority over e/egans of Waterhouse, the signature date of Cuvier’s paper on
Ligmodontia being March, 1837, while the signature of the Proceedings
of the Zodlogical Society containing Mr. Waterhouse’s paper was not
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: MURIDA. 53
delivered to the Society by the printer till Nov. 21, 1837. (C Sclater,
F2S.,° 1603), 437.)
ELIGMODONTIA MORGANI Allen.
(Plates IX, Fig. 1, Skull ; X, Figs. 2 and 3, Teeth.)
Llgmodontia morgant Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XIV, 409, Nov.
30, 1901. Basaltic Cafions, 50 miles southeast of Lake Buenos
Aires, Patagonia (‘‘ Arroyo Else’”’ on the labels and in the original
description).
Pelage very full, long and soft. Above dull ochraceous gray, finely
lined with black, sides paler and more buffy, passing into a well-defined
pale yellowish lateral line, extending from the sides of the nose to the
base of the tail; lower parts pure white, the fur plumbeous at base, the
apical half white; ears medium, dusky brown externally, pale buffy gray
internally; tail nearly as long as head and body, sharply bicolor, dark
brown above, grayish white below, well haired and slightly penicillate ;
fore and hind feet above grayish white, well covered with short hairs;
soles and palms flesh color, sparsely haired, the flesh-colored skin barely
showing through the hairs.
Measurements. —Total length (of type), 165 mm.; head and body, 85 ;
tail, 80; hind foot, 23; ear (from dry skin), 13.
Different specimens, apparently adult or nearly so, vary greatly in
measurements, as shown by the following: Nine topotypes, all males but
one, collected and measured by Mr. Colburn: Total length, 153 (145-
165) ; tail vertebrze, 72.5 (65-80) ; hind foot, 22.5 (22-23). Five (2 males
and 3 females) from the upper Rio Chico, collected and measured by Mr.
Peterson: Total length, 165 (148-180) ; tail vertebra, 77 (70-84) ; hind
foot, 23 (21-24). Seven specimens from Cape Fairweather and vicinity
(all males but one), collected and measured by Mr. Peterson: Total
length, 150 (144-170) ; tail vertebrae, 69.4 (66—77) ; hind foot, 22.5 (22-24).
Skull much as in &. fypus, but rather smaller, and with the same
character of dentition. Total length (type), 24; basilar length, 17.5; zygo-
matic breadth, 12; mastoid breadth, 11; interorbital breadth, 4; length of
nasals, 10; palate, 5; palatal foramina, 5 x 2; interparietal, 11 x 2.5; upper
toothrow, 4; lower jaw, 12; height at condyle, 5.3; lower toothrow, 4.
This species is represented by 48 specimens, of which 17 are from the
coast and 31 from the interior, and among the latter are several quite
54 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
young, taken in March. The coast specimens were all collected by Mr.
Peterson, as follows: Gallegos River, 2 specimens, May 23; Halliday
Ranch, 1 specimen, June 24; Coy Inlet, 5 specimens, August 29-31,
and November 3-9; Cape Fairweather, 8 specimens, July 11-13. Of
the interior specimens, 11 were collected on the upper Rio Chico, by
Mr. Peterson, January 31 to February 8 and March 1; 13 are from
Basalt Cafions, the type locality, collected by Mr. Colburn, April 4-29;
and 8 (mostly quite young) from Swan Lake, collected by Mr. Colburn,
March 12-21.
Only about one third of the specimens, or perhaps less, can be consid-
ered as fully adult; the others range from one fourth to one half grown,
and the remainder from one half grown to nearly full-sized young adults.
The younger specimens are darker, grayer, and less fulvous than the adults.
The old adults are quite strongly fulvous on the sides as compared with
the middle-aged and young adults, as shown by both the upper Rio Chico
specimens and the coast series. No. 84216, an old male, “Upper Rio
Chico, near Cordilleras, Feb. 3, 1897,” is the palest and most fulvous
example of all, but seems to be merely an unusually light colored and
very fulvous extreme of the series and not specifically different.
This species has externally the appearance of a small-eared PhyHotis.
Its nearest known ally appears to be &. typus (elegans Waterhouse), from
which it differs in having much smaller ears and shorter tail, the foot and
body being nearly as in £. typus.
The type of &. e/egaus was collected by Darwin at Bahia Blanca and is
much changed in color by exposure for a long time as a mounted speci-
men. ‘Two other specimens in fair condition from Chubut, eastern Pata-
gonia, identified as &. elegans by Mr. Thomas, very closely resemble in
color the series of &. morganz, but differ from them strikingly in their
much larger ears and much longer tails. There are no flesh measure-
ments, but the vertebrz still remain in the tail and theskinsare fairly well
made up. ;
ELIGMODONTIA GRACILIPES (Waterhouse).
Mus gracilipes Waterhouse, P. Z. S., 1837 (November 21, 1837), 19
(Bahia Blanca); Zodl. Voy. Beagle, Mamm., II, 1839, 45, pl. xi,
animal, pl. xxiv, fig. 4, skull, teeth and under side of tarsus.
Lligmodontia gracilipes Trouessart, Cat. Mam., ii, 1897, 532. — Thomas,
P. Z. S., 1898, 211, Chubut, East Patagonia.
7
OO
NN ee
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: MURIDA. 55
This species was described by Waterhouse from a single specimen ob-
tained by Darwin at Bahia Blanca. It has since been recorded by Thomas
from Chubut, East Patagonia, and therefore must be included in the
present work. Mr. Waterhouse’s description, in his account of the Mam-
malia of the voyage of the Beagle, is as follows:
“General color pale yellowish brown, a tint produced by the admixture
of black and pale fawn colour; the hairs of the ordinary fur being of the
latter tint near the apex, and dusky at the apex, whilst the longer hairs
are black. The feet, tail and under parts of the body and sides of the
muzzle, are pure white. All the hairs of the body (which are soft, and of
moderate length), are deep gray at the base. The ears are of moderate
size, well clothed with hairs, of which those on the inner side are yellow-
ish, and those on the outer are brown on the anterior part, and white on
the posterior. A small tuft of white hairs springs from the neck immedi-
ately behind the ears; this tuft is hidden when the ears are folded back.
The tail is slender and short (being not quite equal to the body in length)
of a pale flesh-colour, and sparingly furnished with minute white hairs.
The feet are very small and slender, and the naked parts are of a flesh-
colour. ‘The sole of the foot is covered with hairs; the toes beneath and
the tubercles (which are as in AZus Musculus), however, are naked. The
hairs of the moustaches are of moderate length, and of a blackish colour,
some of them, however, are grayish white.
Inches. Lines, [mm. ]
‘Length from nose to root of tail ......... 2 10 [53]
SOnGEn OF tally cat aiynce cuy-ge oresvei eee ere I 7 [40]
Rength frouy nose*toeyer.. enone coe fe) 44 [9.1]
DMength from nose’ totears tii2 okie) ee Oo 84 [15]
Length of tarsus (claws included). ........ fe) 64 [14]
IGens thot Cats crscictey-vd cise a tuners Ae oO 44 exe
‘Habitat, Bahia Blanca (September).”
Mr. Durnford (cf Thomas, @ c.) refers to this species as less common
at Chubut than the other species of E/igmodontia found there, and that it
“makes its nest in a thick bush about a foot above the ground and of
grass torn into fragments.”’
ELIGMODONTIA GRISEOFLAVA (Waterhouse).
Mus (Phyllotis) griseoflavus Waterhouse, P. Z. S., 1837 (Nov. 21, 1837),
28, Rio Negro.
c
56 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Mus griseofiavus Waterhouse, Zod]. Voy. Beagle, Mamm., II, 1839, 62, pl.
xxii, animal, pl. xxxiv, fig. 16, skull and teeth.
Hesperomys griseofavus Burmeister, Descrip. phys. Rép. Argent., III,
1879, 219. Rio Chubut, collected by Durnford.
Eligmodontia griseoflava Thomas, P. Z. S., 1898, 210. Chubut, East
Patagonia.
Phyllotis griseoflavus Trouessart, Cat. Mamm., 1897, 534.—Lahille, Congr.
Cien. Lat. Amer., III, 1899, 187.—Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
XIV, 1901, 408.
This species is recorded from Chubut by Mr. Thomas (¢. c.), and thus
comes within the region included in the present work. The following is
a transcript of Waterhouse’s description in the Mammalia of the Voyage
of the Beagle.
“Ears large; tail rather shorter than the head and body taken together ;
tarsi slender, and moderately long; fur long and very soft; general tint
of the upper parts of head and body grayish, washed with brownish yellow ;
on the sides of the body a palish yellow tint prevails; feet, chin, throat,
and under parts of body pure white; tail rather sparingly clothed with
hairs, those on the apical portion rather long, and forming a slight pencil
at the tip; on the upper side and at the tip of the tail the hairs are brown,
on the under side they are dirty white; the ears are very sparingly clothed
with minute brownish yellow hairs internally ; externally, on the fore part,
the hairs are rather longer and of a brown colour; the upper incisors are
orange, and the lower incisors are yellow; the hairs of the moustaches
are long, and of a black colour; the hairs of the back are deep gray at the
base, brownish at the tip, and annulated with pale brownish yellow near
the tip; the longer hairs are brown; the hairs of the belly are white extern-
ally, and gray at the base; on the throat the hairs are white to the root.
Inches. Lines. mm.
“ Length from nose to root of tail.......... 6 8 168
Meenethvotstatleren snare calor sttstleisio rete ole 5 6 140
Length from nose to eaf...........-....-. I 4s 35.3
Length of tarsus (claws included) ........ I 24 30.8
Wenothiotieate =m tenet taeiier nator oO 8 16.8
‘“ Habitat, Northern Patagonia (August).”’
Darwin adds: ‘“Inhabits the dry gravelly plain, bordering the Rio
Negro.”
Respecting the reference of this species to the genus Aigmodontia
instead of to Phy//otis, Mr. Thomas observes :
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: MURIDA. 57
‘“T have long realized that the animal commonly known as ‘ Phyl/otis’
griseoflavus has so: different a skull from that of the typical species of
Phyllotis, that it could not be considered as really congeneric with them.
But, on the other hand, its cranial characters are by no means so different
from those of the long-tailed species of EZgmodontia, and rather than
make a new generic term for it I refer it to that genus, in which it bears
to the other species about the same relative proportion in size as Jus
vattus does to M. musculus.”
The enamel pattern of the teeth, however, is quite different from that of
the typical species of A’gmodontia, and the teeth themselves are more
hypsodont, as in P#ylof’s. Externally and in the large size there is also
a close agreement with Phy//otts.
Mr. Durnford gives the following account (cf Thomas, /. c.) of the
habits of this species as observed by him near the mouth of the Rio Chubut:
“This Rat is only found close to the Colony [Chubut] in the summer,
but at that season it overruns many of the houses and is extremely
destructive, eating boots, calico, etc., and is especially fond of gnawing
the metal spouts of teapots. What becomes of it in the winter I do not
know, but I believe it lies dormant under the scrub and brushwood. It
never burrows in the ground, but lives under old logs, bushes, etc., and
the female makes a nest, generally in the centre of a thick bush of bark
stripped into fine shreds and any soft material it can find. It can jump
and climb with great agility.”
The Et@gmodontia (seu Phyllotts) griseofava group ranges northward
from southern Patagonia over the chaco and pampa regions of Argentina,
Paraguay, and Bolivia, and includes &. griseoflava domorum Thomas from
Tapacari, &. g. centralis Thomas from central Cordova, Phylotis chacoénsts
Allen from the chaco boreal of Paraguay, and P. cachinus Allen from the
upper Cachi River, Argentina. These are all closely related and may be
merely local forms or subspecies of griseoflava, as considered by Mr.
Thomas.
Genus PHYLLOTIS' Waterhouse:
Phyllotts Waterhouse, P. Z. S., 1837 (Nov. 21, 1837), 28 (as a subgenus
of Mus). No type designated.
Phyllotts Fitzinger, Sitzungsb. Math.-Nat. Cl. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, LVI,
1867, 83 (as a full genus).
‘Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), IX, April, 1902, p. 241.
58 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Phyllotis Thomas, P. Z. S., 1884, 449 (as a subgenus of Hesferomys).
Mus (Phyllotis) darwintt Waterhouse designated as type.
Phyllotis, on the one hand, closely approaches EZigmodontia (see auntea,
p. 50), and on the other“is not very sharply separable from Reithrodon,
through such species as ‘ Phyllotis” boliviana and ‘ Reithrodon” pictus.
About 20 to 25 species and subspecies have thus far been assigned to the
group, which has about the same geographical range as Evigmodontia,
namely, from southern Patagonia northward over the plateau region east
of the Andes to northern Bolivia, and through the Andean region north
to Ecuador. The two Patagonian species here included were both de-
scribed by Waterhouse in 1837 from specimens collected by Darwin, and
are both well represented in the Princeton University Expedition col-
lections.
PHYLLOTIS XANTHOPYGUS (Waterhouse).
(Plates XIII, Fig. 1, Skull; XIV, Figs. 2 and 3, Teeth.)
Mus (Phyllotis) xanthopygus Waterhouse, P. Z. S., 1837 (N@v. 21, 1837),
28. Santa Cruz, Patagonia.
Mus xanthopygus WNaterhouse, Zool. Voyage Beagle, Mamm., 1839, 63,
pl. xxii, animal, pl. xxxiv, fig. 16, teeth.
FHlesperomys (Calomys) xanthopygus Burmeister, Descript. phys. Rép. -
Argent., III, 1879, 225 (ex Waterhouse.)
Hesperomys (Phyllotis) xanthopygus Milne-Edwards, Mission Scient. du
Cap Horn, VI, Zool., Mamm., 1890, 20, pl. vi, fig. 2, animal. Santa
Cruz, Patagonia.
Phyllotis xanthopygus Trouessart, Cat. Mamm., ii, 1897, 534 (ex Water-
house and Thomas).—Lahille, Congr. Cien. Lat. Amer., III, 1899, 187.
Adult (November). — Pelage very soft and very long and full. Gen-
eral color above, from the eyes posteriorly, dull brown varied with black-
tipped hairs and faintly suffused with buff or pale fulvous, darkest over
the median area, the sides more buffy and less dark, passing into a strong
buff lateral line, indistinct above; ventral surface whitish (under fur dark
plumbeous, scarcely showing at the surface), faintly washed in most speci-
mens with very pale buff, giving the general effect of soiled yellowish
white; whole front of head from a point midway between ears and eyes
gray, varied with black-tipped hairs; hairs at base of tail rusty fulvous;
ears large, dark brown, rather thinly furred; upper surface of feet whitish,
palms and soles flesh-color; tail about one half the total length, generally
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: MURIDA. 59
well haired, especially on the apical half, and penicillate, bicolor, brown
above and whitish below.
Adult (February to April). — The pelage is thinner, grayer and darker,
with less fulvous suffusion throughout, and the fulvous lateral line very
indistinct, evidently from fading.
Young Adults (March and April). — Above dark gray, strongly varied
with blackish, and very faintly suffused with fulvous ; lower border of sides
tinged more or less strongly with fulvous, sometimes forming a poorly
defined lateral band ; ventral surface gray, sometimes without fulvous wash,
or varying from a faint buffy pectoral spot to a large strongly buff area
occupying most of the ventral surface.
Measurements. —Six old males (from Basaltic Cafions) measure: Total
length, 235 mm. (230-250); tail vertebrze, 115 (110-125); hind foot,
30 (29-30). Four old females measure: Total length, 236 (225-242);
tail vertebrae, 115 (110-119); hind foot, 30.6 (28-31). Young adults
range in total length from about 205 to 225, with a tail length of 100 to
110. Five adults from the coast (mouth of Rio Coy, all males except
one) measure: Total length, 240 ( 30-247); tail vertebrae, 114.5 (105 —
116); hind foot, 30.6 (28-32).
An average fully adult skull measures: Total length, 32; basal length,
27; zygomatic breadth, 16.5; width of braincase, 14; interorbital breadth,
4; palatal length, 14; palatal foramina, 7-5; diastema, 8; upper molar
Senies, 5.
Represented by 24 specimens, of which about 17 are fully adult, the
rest being more or less immature. Five (3 adults and 2 young) were
taken on the upper Rio Chico in February; 5, all adults, at the mouth
of the Rio Coy, Nov. 6-10: 6 (mostly immature) at Swan Lake in
March, and 9 at the Basaltic Cafions in April. As noted above, they
represent three distinct phases of pelage, two of which are seasonal and
the other the adolescent stage. The Rio Coy series represents full
winter pelage, and the upper Rio Chico series the summer pelage; the
Swan Lake and Basaltic Cafions specimens are in the early fall pelage
(March and April), and differ strikingly from Rio Coy specimens, taken
in November.
Mr. Waterhouse states (Voy. Beagle, Z c.) that there were three speci-
mens of this species collected by Mr. Darwin; the specimen in the British
Museum, designated as the type, is a rather young individual, and is in
60 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
the phase of pelage corresponding to the present March and April speci-
mens taken on the plains at the eastern base of the Andes.
Mr. Darwin says of this species (Voy. Beagle, 7 c.) : ‘‘Extremely abun-
dant in the coarse grass and thickets in the ravines at Point Desire and
Santa Cruz ; was caught in a trap baited with cheese.”’
Mr. Peterson says that the Rio Coy specimens were collected “ around
a large spring, in heavy grass and brush”’; and that the upper Rio Chico
specimens were taken ‘in the Rio Chico valley, close to the river.”
Phyllotis xanthopygus, in the full brown pelage of winter, bears a strong
resemblance in coloration to P. mécropus, but it is considerably larger in
external measurements, with a relatively longer and a much more hairy
tail. The skulls of the two species, however, are practically of the same
size. It can be quite closely matched in pelage and color by specimens
of P. darwint, but the latter has a longer tail and much weaker dentition.
Mr. Waterhouse compared it with his Phy/otts griseoflavus, probably its
nearest ally, from northern Patagonia (Rio Negro), from which he says it
differs in much smaller size, relatively much shorter tail, and in the struc-
ture of the molar teeth, as illustrated in plate xxxiv of the “ Voyage of
the Beagle” (Mammalia).
PHYLLOTIS MICROPUS (Waterhouse).
(Plates XII, Fig. 13, Skull ; XIV, Fig. 1, Teeth.)
Mus micropus Waterhouse, P. Z. S., 1837, 17 (Santa Cruz River, Pata-
gonia) ; Zodl. Voyage Beagle, Mamm., II, 1839, 61, pl. xx, animal,
pl. xxxiv, fig. 13, teeth. Interior plains of Patagonia, in lat. 50°,
near the banks of the Santa Cruz.
Hlesperomys (Habrothrix) micropus Burmeister, Descrip. phys. Rép.
Argent., III, 1879, 217 (ex Waterhouse).
[Akodon| micropus Trouessart, Cat. Mamm., ii, 1897, 536 (ex Water-
house and Burmeister). — Lahille, Congr. Cien. Lat. Amer., III,
1899, 188.
Adult (February). — Above yellowish brown, with a slightly rufescent
cast, strongly varied with black-tipped hairs ; sides lighter, more yellowish ;
nose less yellow, dusky gray ; below gray, washed more or less with buff
or tawny, chiefly on the pectoral and post-pectoral areas ; ears large, well
haired, similar in color to the median dorsal area; tail rather more than
one third of the total length, bicolor, dark brown above, gray or yellowish
ee
>
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: MURIDA:. 61
gray below thinly clothed with short hairs in young specimens, nearly
naked in adults ; upper surface of the feet yellowish white or nearly flesh-
color; palms and soles naked, the former yellowish flesh-color, the latter
darker, more brownish.
Young specimens differ little in color from the adults, but the pelage is
of a softer, more woolly texture.
Measurements. — Eight adult males measure: Total length, 221 mm. *
(212-237); tail vertebrze, 92 (85-100) ; hind foot, 29 (27-30). Ten adult
females measure: Total length, 221 (215-235) ; tail vertebrae, 93 (85-
100) ; hind foot, 29 (28-30). A young adult and an adult skull measure
respectively: Total length, 29.5, 32; basal length, 25, 28; zygomatic
breadth, 17, 19; mastoid breadth, 8, 9.5; interorbital breadth, 3.8 ; length
of nasals, 7.3, 8; palatal length, 13, 15 ; palatal foramina, 7, 7-4; diastema,
7, 8; upper molar series, 5.2, 5.3.
Of the fifty specimens of this species about one half are fully adult, the
rest being more or less immature, but mainly “young adults.”” Four were
collected by Mr. Colburn — two at Swan Lake in March, and two at Basaltic
Cafions in April—and the rest by Mr. Peterson, nearly all during the
first half of February (January 31-February 17), and mostly in the Rio
Chico valley, close to the river. Two others were taken on the Pacific
slope in March.
The coloration of the upper parts is very uniform throughout the series,
varying slightly in general tone on the back from yellowish brown to a
slight rufescent tinge, the latter seeming to characterize very old specimens.
The whitish gray ventral surface varies from a slight tinge of deep buff
over a limited portion of the middle region to a much deeper rusty buff,
covering a much larger area. Some specimens quite lack the buffy
wash.
A portion of the specimens forming the present series was identified by
comparison with Waterhouse’s type, still extant in the British Museum
—a fairly well preserved skin with an imperfect skull. This specimen,
according to Darwin’s note, was “caught in the interior plains of Pata-
gonia, in latitude 50°, near the banks of the Santa Cruz.”
Mr. Peterson states (MSS. notes) that this is the most common species
met with on the “Rio Chico Cordillero, especially in the heavy grass
near water ; but was also caught in timber at some distance from water.”
It appears to have been rare further north in the more open country where
62 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Mr. Colburn worked, he securing only four specimens during six weeks
of constant trapping.
Genus REITHRODON Waterhouse.
Reithrodon Waterhouse, P. Z. S., 1837 (Nov. 21, 1837), 29° Zool” Voy-
Beagle, Mamm., 1839, 68. No type specified.
Reithrodon Coues, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1874, 185. Type, R.
cuniculoides \Naterh.— Thomas, Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), WEE:
Sept. 1901, 254.— Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XIX, May,
1903, 194 (sub Auneomys).
Variants or emendations are: Aethrodon Agassiz, 1846; Rheitrodon
Roger, 1887 ; Rhithrodon Flower & Lydekker, 1891.
The genus Rezthrodon, as originally constituted in 1837, consisted of two
species, R. typicus and R. cuniculoides. Later, other species of American
Muridz with grooved upper incisors were referred to it, including the
North American genus now known as Rezthrodontomys, although these
two groups have little in common beyond the superficial character of
grooved upper incisors. Other species formerly associated with it are the
genera Euneomys Coues and Sigmomys Thomas, neither of which prove
to have more than a superficial likeness to Rezthvodon as now restricted
and as originally constituted.
Two years later, in 1839, Waterhouse himself added to it a third species,
R. chinchilloides, which, proving not to be congeneric with the others, has
since become the type of the genus Euneomys.
In 1874, Coues (/ c.) divided Recthrodon into “ Reithrodon proper,”
with 2. cunrculoides as the type, and Euneomys, a new subgenus of Rezth-
vodon, with R. chinchilloides as the type. In 1901, Thomas (/ c.) adopted
these two divisions as full genera, and, having previously removed his
Reithrodon alstoni as the type of a new genus Sigmomys,! arranged the
‘South America groove-toothed Muridz” in three genera, Rezthrodon,
Euneomys and Szgmomys, which really have little in common. Later a
somewhat detailed comparison of Rezthrodon and Euneomys was given by
the present writer.’
The genus Rezthrodon is represented by four species and an additional
subspecies, and, so far as known to me, is restricted to Patagonia, Argen-
‘Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), VIII, Aug., 1901, p. 150.
* Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XIX, 1903, pp. 194, 195.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: MURID&. 63
tina and Paraguay. Besides those here included, R. ¢yfzceus Waterh. was
described from specimens taken at Maldonaldo, and it has been reported
as occurring in southern Paraguay and contiguous portions of Argentina.
The other forms are thus far known only from southern Patagonia and
Tierra del Fuego.
REITHRODON CUNICULOIDES Waterhouse.
Reithrodon cuniculoides Waterhouse, P. Z. S., 1837) (Nowij2iny 1837), 30
(Santa Cruz, Patagonia) ; Zodlogy Voyage Beagle, Mamm., 1839, 69,
pl. xxvi, animal, pl. xxxiv, fig. 2, skull and teeth. — Coues, N. Am.
Rodent., 1877, 119 (ex Waterhouse). — Burmeister, Descript. phys.
Rep. Argent., III, 1879, 230 (ex Waterhouse).— Milne-Edwards, Miss.
Scient. du Cap Horn, VI, Zool., Mamm., 1890, 10, pl. ii, animal (Santa
Cruz, Patagonia).— Trouessart, Cat. Mamm., i, 1897, 533. —Thomas,
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), VIII, Sept. 1901254:
Adult (April). — Above pale fulvous gray strongly varied with black-
tipped hairs, the pelage being dark plumbeous for the basal three fourths
or four fifths and ending in a band of pale creamy buff, with a profuse in-
termixture of longer, coarser black-tipped hairs ; sides lighter, more yel-
lowish, passing gradually into the nearly uniform ochraceous buff of the
ventral surface; inside of the thighs whitish; ears large, well clothed
with short hairs, dusky brown externally, deep buff internally, with a tuft
of buffy hairs at the anterior base and a postauricular patch of ochraceous
buff; upper surface of the feet white or faintly creamy white; palms naked,
light flesh-color; soles heavily furred as far as the base of the toes, the
furred portion dusky brown, as are the tubercules, but the under surface
of the toes flesh-color; tail rather more than one third the total length,
thickly haired, yellowish dusky brown above, sides and below whitish.
Measurements. — Eight adults measure: Total length, 225 mm. (215—
230, with one 240) ; tail vertebra, 86 (80-90, with one 100); hind foot,
34 (33-35). Ten females measure: Total length, 220 (210-235).; tail
vertebrae, 88 (80-95, with two at 100) ; hind foot, 33 (32-34).
Adult skulls measure in total length from 33-35 mm., and in zygomatic
breadth from 18-19.
Represented by 28 specimens, of which 21 were collected at the Basaltic
Cafions in April, and 4 at Swan Lake in March and May, by Mr. Colburn ;
the other three are from the coast region, two of which were collected near
64 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Santa Cruz, in February, by Mr. Colburn, and the other at the mouth of
the Rio Coy, by Mr. Peterson, November 10. This specimen has the
ears nearly naked and dark brown on both surfaces, and the general col-
oration is browner and less olivaceous than in the March, April and May
specimens.
Mr. Peterson’s manuscript notes indicate that some of the specimens
taken were “caught in heavy grass, close to springs of water.”
The original specimens described by Waterhouse were taken by Dar-
win, who says: ‘Specimens were procured at Port Desire, St. Julian, and
Santa Cruz; at this latter place they were caught in numbers (in traps
baited with cheese), both near the coast and on the interior plains. A
specimen from Santa Cruz weighed 1336 grains. In the early part of
January, there were young individuals at Port St. Julian.” (Zodl. Voy.
Beagle, Mamm., p. 71.)
Mr. Colburn’s localities show that the species ranges in the interior to
one hundred and fifty or two hundred miles northwest of St. Julian and
Santa Cruz.
REITHRODON CUNICULOIDES OBSCURUS Allen.
Reithrodon cuniculordes obscurus Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XIX,
190, May 9, 1903. Punta Arenas, Patagonia.
Similar to Retthrodon cuniculoides but darker throughout, the upper
parts dark brown, varied with black-tipped hairs and suffused with fulvous,
the sides yellowish, and the ventral surface brownish ochraceous ; inner
side of thighs and anal region whitish ; top of head blackish, slightly varied
with buff-tipped hairs; sides of nose and cheeks brownish ochraceous like
the ventral surface ; ears very thinly haired, brown externally, brownish
buff internally, with a deep ochraceous buff postauricular patch ; upper sur-
face of feet clear white; tail blackish above along median line, sides and
below grayish white.
Measurements (of type, from dry skin). — Total length, 195 mm.; head
and body, 130; tail, 65; hind foot, 34. (The tail appears to have lost a
small portion of the tip.) Skull (imperfect), length of nasals, 15.5; palatal
length 18; palatal foramina, 10; diastema, 9.5; upper molar series, 6.
Unfortunately represented by only the type specimen, which has no flesh
measurements. The skull shows the specimen to be fully adult, and larger
than any skull in the large series of R. cuniculoides. It is characterized
by its very strong, dark coloration, between which and the darkest, most-
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: MURIDA. 65
deeply colored specimen in a series of 28 examples from the coast region,
near Santa Cruz, there is a striking contrast through the greater depth and
intensity of all the tints. Considering the climatic conditions of the two
regions — the moist, forested country of the Punta Arenas district and the
open, arid plains of the Santa Cruz district—the differences here shown
in the coloration of the two phases conform to what would be expected to
result from such diverse physical conditions. The differences are certainly
not to be accounted for by season or age. It finds an exact parallel in the
cases of 4kodon xanthorhinus as compared with 4. canescens and /.
micheelsent as compared with 4. macronyx.
REITHRODON HATCHERI Allen.
(Plate XIV, Figs. 8-8d, Skull.)
Reithrodon hatchert Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Flisé, XD ror; May 9,
1903. Pacific slope of the Cordilleras, upper Rio Chico de Santa
Cruz, Patagonia.
Similar in size and proportions to R. cuntculotdes, but much darker,
and with much less fulvous suffusion.
Adult male (type), March.— Above dark grayish brown, varied with
black-tipped hairs, faintly suffused with grayish fulvous; sides paler, pass-
ing gradually into the pale buff of the ventral surface; sides of nose,
lower border of cheeks, lower border of flanks, and whole ventral surface
cream-buff, except inside of thighs and adjoining portion of ventral sur-
face; ears rather thinly haired, externally dull brown, internally yellowish
buff, the hairs at the anterior base of the ears whitish and the postauricular
patch pale buff; upper surface of the feet white; soles of hind feet to base
of toes densely haired, dark brown, toes flesh-color; tail with a narrow
brown stripe above, sides and below dull whitish.
Measurements. — Type: Total length, 230 mm.; tail vertebrze, 78; hind
foot, 34; Seven specimens (4 males and 3 females) measure; Total
length, 215 (200-230); tail vertebre, 77 (75-82); hind foot, 33.3
(32-35).
Skull (type). — Total length, 35.7; basal length, 31 ; zygomatic breadth,
20.5; interorbital breadth, 4; length of nasals, 16; palatal length, 17.5;
palatal foramina, 9; diastema, 8.5 ; upper molar series, 6.4.
Represented by ten specimens, all collected by Mr. Peterson in the
Cordilleras at the head of the Rio Chico de Santa Cruz, and all but one
66 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
(the type, taken March 11) between February 4 and 21, 1897. Part of
the specimens, including the type, are in the dress of the breeding season,
while others have partly or wholly acquired the postbreeding dress.
These have a stronger suffusion of yellowish buff on the sides and ventral
surface, but are otherwise similar to the type. A quarter-grown young
example is similar in general coloration to the adults except that the ears
have the external surface blackish and the internal surface deep buff, with
the hairs at the anterior base of the ears and the postauricular patch also
deep buff, in prominent contrast with the surrounding pelage, as is not
the case in the adults.
Reithrodon hatchert is readily distinguishable from &. cuniculoides by
its much darker and less fulvous coloration, the contrast in color between
the two series being conspicuously noticeable. There are apparently no
cranial differences of importance.
Genus EUNEOMYS Coues.
Euneomys Coues, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1874, 185 (as a subgenus
of Rezthrodon). Type, Retthrodon chinchilloides Waterh.— Thomas,
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), VIII, Sept., 1901, 254 (as a full genus).
—Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XIX, May, 1903, 194.
The early history of Awneomys has already been given under that of
Reithrodon. The two genera differ so radically in certain cranial charac-
ters, especially in the structure of the last two molars, both above and
below, that they have no close relationship, and the two are placed together
for treatment in the present connection only as a matter of convenience.
Their differences were, in part, clearly indicated by the late Dr. Coues, on
the basis of Waterhouse’s plates of the skulls and teeth of the two spe-
cies Coues designated respectively as the types of the two groups. These
I have already summarized in another connection as follows :
“The most important of these [the differential characters pointed out
by Coues] are: (1) ‘Anterior root of zygoma deeply emarginate in front’
in Reethrodon and ‘about straight in front’ in Ewneomys , (2) ‘palate end-
ing much behind the molar series and showing a median ridge intervening
between lateral paired deep excavations’ in Rezthrodon, and ‘palate ending
nearly opposite the last molars, slightly ridged or excavated’ in Euneomys ;
(3) ‘pterygoid fossze deeply excavated, and the bones very closely approx-
imated’ in Rezthrodon, and ‘pterygoid fossz shallow and these bones less
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: MURID. 67
approximated’ in Awneomys,; (4) ‘condyloid process of lower jaw con-
cave internally’ in Rezthrodon, and ‘condyloid process of the lower jaw
flat internally’ in Ezneomys ; (5) ‘coronoid process slender, very oblique’
in Rezthrodon, and ‘coronoid process very broad, nearly vertical’ in Aa-
neomys. To these may be added (6) the very different enamel pattern
of the molar teeth in the two groups, in Recthrodon the folds being trans-
verse with the outer and inner loops alternating, and in Aameomys oblique,
with one less fold in each of the last two upper teeth, and in the first two
lower teeth—a very radical difference in tooth structure, which alone
warrants the generic separation of the two groups. As Waterhouse fig-
ured the crown surface of the teeth in only R. cumzculoides, this most im-
portant difference of all necessarily escaped Coues’s attention.
“Tn both these genera— Resthrodon and Euneomys—the tooth struc-
ture is remarkably distinctive for genera of Murida, and, as compared
with each other, presents almost the extremes of unlikeness. But a further
noteworthy difference (7) is seen in a pair of depressions on the posterior
third of the palatal surface in Aaneomys, which are absent in Rezthrodon
and in all the allied genera.”’
The only species I can confidently refer to Eameomys are the two de-
scribed below, namely £. chznchilloides (Waterh.), from Tierra del Fuego,
and £. peterson, from the upper Rio Chico, in the foothills of the Cor-
dilleras, Patagonia.
Phyllotis boliviensis and P. pictus, which have been referred to Aune-
omys, appear to be merely somewhat aberrant forms of Phy//otis.
EUNEOMYS CHINCHILLOIDES (Waterhouse).
Reithrodon chinchilloides Waterhouse, Zoél. Voyage Beagle, Il, Mammalia,
1839, 72, pl. xxvii, animal, pl. xxxiv, fig. 20, skull and teeth. ‘South
shore of the Strait of Magellan, near the eastern entrance.’’— Bur-
meister, Descrip. phys. Rép. Argent., III, 1879, 217 (ex Waterhouse).
— Milne-Edwards, Mission Scient. du Cap Horn, VI, Zool., Mamm.,
1890, 29, pl. ili, animal. Orange Bay, southern Tierra del Fuego.
Reithrodon (Euneomys) chinchilloides Coues, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1874, 185, footnote; Nat. Hist. No. 1, Muridz, 1874, 17; N. Am.
Roden., 1877, 119.
As this species is unrepresented in the present collection, the descrip-
tion here given is transcribed from Waterhouse.
68 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
‘‘ Description. — Ears small; tail shorter than the body; tarsus moder-
ate; fur long and extremely soft. General hue of the upper parts of the
head and body ashy brown; lower part of the cheeks and sides of the
body are of a delicate yellow colour; the under parts of the head and body
and the rump are cream colour. The ears are blackish; the tail is toler-
ably well clothed with longish hairs, which are, however, not so thickly
set as to hide the scales—on the upper side they are blackish brown; on
the sides and beneath they are white. The feet are white. All the fur is
of a deep gray colour at the base; the hairs of the back are of a very pale
yellow colour (almost white) near the tip, and brown at the tip; the longer
hairs are black at the apex. The incisors are yellow; the hairs of the
moustaches are numerous and very long—some of them are whitish, and
others are black at the root, and gray at the apex.
Inches. __ Lines. [mm. }
‘Seng thifrom) nose ito) rootiofjtaillney4- seta oie 5 fo) 127
Soe Olotall at ier says haute he Konsnacs etoie) oeeteveniensr oes 2 4 59
GY SteGTaay MORO KO). GHG Cone Sula boadoouo Feat I 2 25.8
- OLtarsus (claws included). 0... 2... < =. I fe) 25.4
SEM LOMA ts Ceara @ atvarotles Sera a mente wate an oO 5% 12.6
‘Habitat, South shore of the Strait of Magellan, near the Eastern
entrance.’ — Waterhouse, 2 c.
Milne-Edwards (/. c.) states that it was obtained at Orange Bay, where,
however, only two examples were secured during a long sojourn there by
the French Mission. Little therefore appears to be known regarding its
distribution or habits.
EUNEOMYS PETERSONI Allen.
(Plates XIII, Fig. 4, Skull; XIV, Figs. 6 and 7, Teeth.)
Euneomys petersont Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XIX, 192, May 9,
1903. Near Cordilleras, upper Rio Chico de Santa Cruz, Patagonia.
Similar in coloration to Phylotis xanthopygus, but very much smaller,
with a relatively very short tail and naked soles, but the upper incisors as
strongly grooved as in Retthrodon cuniculoides.
Adult (type), February.—Pelage very long and soft, almost woolly.
Above dark gray-brown, varied with blackish and fulvous, the pelage being
plumbeous black for the basal four fifths with an apical band of brownish
fulvous, and many longer black hairs intermixed ; sides much paler and more
.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: MURIDA. 69
fulvous, the fulvous increasing in intensity along the lower border; ventral
surface soiled white, the fur being basally very dark plumbeous and broadly
tipped with yellowish white ; ears dark brown on both surfaces and very
thinly haired, the surrounding fur concolorous with that of the anterior
dorsal surface ; sides of nose and lower border of cheeks whitish gray
with a faint tinge of yellowish; soles naked except the posterior third,
dark flesh-color ; upper surface of fore and hind feet pale flesh-color,
nearly white; tail one third or less than one third of the total length,
well clothed, dusky brown above, sides and below white.
Measurements. — Total length, 175 mm.; tail vertebrze, 60; hind foot, 26.
Three other specimens (young adults) measure: Total length, 160 (150-
165); tail vertebree, 57 (50-60) ; hind foot, 25 (25-25).
Skull.— Long and narrow, the interorbital and rostral portions especi-
ally elongated ; postpalatal fossa narrow and v-shaped, but not quite so
narrow and pointed in front as in Rethrodon cuniculordes ; front border
of zygomatic plate as in Phyllotis, Oryzomys, etc., lacking the pointed
superior process seen in Rezthrodon and Sigmodon, bulle small and
pointed, as in Pxy/otts,; upper incisors deeply grooved; molars brachyo-
dont as in Phylots,; but very broad and heavy —not hypsodont as in
true Retthrodon,; lower jaw short and heavy, to support the thickened
molars; posterior end of lower incisors encapsuled, forming a prominent
process on the outer sides at the base of the condyloid process. Dimen-
sions (type): Total length, 30.5; basal length, 26.5; zygomatic breadth,
17.5; interorbital breadth, 3.5, width of braincase, 14; length of nasals,
14; palatal length, 14.5; palatal foramina, 8; diastema, 8.5; upper molar
series, 5.2; width of molar’, 1.8; lower jaw, length (inner base of incisors
to posterior border of condyle), 18; height at condyle, 15; lower molar
series, 5.5.
Represented by four specimens, an adult female that had suckled
young, and three younger specimens, nearly adult, all taken by Mr.
Peterson, in the Cordilleras at the head of Rio Chico de Santa Cruz, Feb.
8-14, 1897. These specimens are all quite similar in coloration, except
that the younger ones are grayer than the adults with much less fulvous
suffusion, and with very little fulvous on the flanks and ventral surface.
This species finds its nearest ally in Awneomys chinchilloides (Water-
house), known thus far only from Tierra del Fuego, which it apparently
closely resembles in size and coloration.
70 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Genus AKODON Meyen.
Akodon Meyen, Nov. Act. Acad. Czs. Leop.-Carol., XVI, 1833, 599.
Type, 4kodon bohiviense Meyen, sp. nov.
Acodon Tschudi, Fauna Peruana, Mamm., 1844, 177. Emendation of
Akodon.— Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), XIV, Nov., 1894,
360. “Syn. Habrothrix, Waterh. 1837.”
Abrothrix Waterhouse, P. Z. S., 1837, 21 (subgenus of Mus). Type,
Mus (Abrothrix) longipilis Waterh., sp. nov.—Gray, Cat. Mam. Br.
Mus., 1843, 114 (full genus).—Thomas, P. Z. S., 1884, 450 (sub-
genus of Hfesperomys); P. Z. S., 1896, 1020 (full genus).
Chelemys Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), OX wAtios: G03) 242
(subgenus of 4kodon). Type, Hesperomys megalonyx Waterhouse.
The genus ‘4kodon, as currently limited, includes nearly one hundred
species, covering quite a diversity of forms, which differ in size, texture of
pelage, coloration, and proportion of parts, and it will doubtless be found
advisable to divide the group, when better known, into a number of sub-
genera, although in cranial and dental characters there is great uniformity
of structure, and no very evident lines of division. In general they are
heavy-bodied, short-limbed, short-tailed, vole-like mice, with ears small
to medium, pelage generally soft and full but sometimes short and velvety,
and claws of ordinary size or strongly developed and fossorial. The color
above varies from mouse-gray to dark brown, with or without reddish
brown on the back, or nearly uniform dark. yellowish brown; the ventral
surface varies from white or whitish gray to dark gray, or, as in the 4.
caliginosus group, to nearly as dark as the color of the back. In the 2.
pulcherrimus group there is a distinct pattern of white markings on the
sides of the head, nearly enclosing the ears. The species vary in size
from the size of a house mouse to that of the larger species of Microtus.
The teeth vary little in structure, but very much, relatively, in size, some
of the fossorial forms, like 4. macronyx, having much heavier dental
armature, relative to the size of the animal, than the 4. xanthorhinus
group.
Sufficient material is not at present available for a critical revision of
the group, which evidently may be divided for convenience into several
fairly well-marked sections, characterized mainly by external characters.
Mr. Thomas has already separated the big-clawed Akodonts as a sub-
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: MURIDA. ye
genus, Chelemys, with A. megalonyx (Waterhouse) as the type, to include
A. macronyx and A. vestitus Thomas. Another natural group, of at least
subgeneric value, consists of 4. caliginosus (Tomes), 4. uriché All. &
Chapm., 4. tvasu and A. venezuelensis Allen, A. teguina (Alston), etc. ;
A. pulcherrimus, with its large ears and striking color-pattern, is possibly
also separable from such forms as 4. canescens, 4. xanthorhinus and their
allies.
For the purpose of convenient comparison, figures are given of the
skull and dentition of several of the leading types of hodon on plates
XI and XII of this work, namely, 4. xauthorhinus, A. canescens, A.
caliginosus, A. pulchervrimus, A. suffusus, and A. vestitus.
The genus 4kodon has a wide geographical distribution, being repre-
sented from Costa Rica southward to the Straits of Magellan, and is
especially prolific in specific and subspecific forms throughout the Andean
region. It is represented in the collections made in Southern Patagonia
by the Princeton University Patagonia Expeditions by five species, four
of which— 4. xanthorhinus, A. canescens, A. suffusus and A. vestitus —
are each represented by large series of specimens, while the fifth, 4. m7-
chelsent, by a single excellent skin, without, however, the skull.
Besides these Philippi described in 1900 a Mus pachycephalus, which
appears to be an £odon, with the statement “ Habitat in Freto Magel-
lanico”’; but the description is not satisfactory, and the species is not
here formally included.
AKODON XANTHORHINUS (Waterhouse).
Mus xanthorhinus Waterhouse, P. Z. S., Nov. 21, 1637, 17; Zool:
Voyage Beagle, Mamm., 1839, 53, pl. xvii, fig. 1 (animal). “Hardy
Peninsula, Tierra del Fuego (February).”
Fesperomys (Habrothrix) xanthorhinus Thomas, P. Z. S., 1881, 5, part;
the Sandy Point specimen only.
Adult (January). — Above dull yellowish brown, closely resembling
July specimens of 4. canescens; underparts whitish gray; nose, feet, and
tail also similar to these parts in canescens—pale rusty fulvous.
Measurements. — Adult male, Punta Arenas, Chili, Jan. 1, 1898: Total
length, 151 mm.; tail vertebrae, 62; hind foot, 20. Skull (4 adults), total
length, 25 (24.6—25.3); greatest width of brain case, 11.35 (11-11.6).
This species is represented by 10 specimens collected by Mr. Colburn,
72 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
about January 1, 1898, at Punta Arenas, of which 7 are adult and 3 im-
mature. Only one of the adults has measurements or is marked for sex.
The species is entirely unrepresented in the large series (about 100 speci-
mens) of Akodonts collected by Colburn and Peterson in the Santa Cruz
region of Patagonia, and I very much doubt whether it is found there.
These specimens are all in thin summer pelage, and are thus compar-
able with the gray phase of 4. canescens, which is the corresponding sea-
sonal pelage of that species. They are thus readily distinguishable in
coloration when specimens of corresponding seasons are compared, but
summer specimens of 4. xanthorhinus have a general resemblance in
coloration to winter specimens of 4. canescens. But A. xanthorhinus is
much the larger animal, although the proportions are similar. The skull,
however, is not only larger (averaging about 3 mm. longer), but has the
rostral portion of the skull relatively much more attenuated, it being more
than one half of the basal length of the skull instead of less than one
half, as in 4. canescens. These specimens agree with Waterhouse’s
description and type, and there can be no question of their correct iden-
tification.
In the original description of 4. xanthorhinus (2. c.) the type locality is
given as ‘Santa Cruz,” but in the ‘‘ Voyage of the Beagle” (Z.c.) it is given
as ‘“‘ Hardy Peninsula, Tierra del Fuego,” where also Darwin states: ‘This
species was caught on the mountains, thickly covered with peat, of Hardy
Peninsula, which forms the extreme southern point of Tierra del Fuego.”
This seems to settle the case beyond question that Hardy Peninsula and
not Santa Cruz is the type locality of 4. xanthorhinus. Mr. Waterhouse
further says (2 ¢., p. 55): ‘The specimens of this animal [17 xantho-
rhinus|are both from Patagonia; one of the specimens of A/ws xanthorhinus
was brought by Mr. Darwin from Tierra del Fuego; and as the other
formed part of Captain King’s collection, it in all probability came from
the same locality.”’
Waterhouse had, curiously, an old and young specimen each of A/us
xanthorhinus and M. canescens, of the former one specimen is still ex-
tant in the British Museum, but the other seems to have been lost, although,
as noted below (p. 73), both specimens of JZ canescens stillremain. The
specimen of JZ xanthorhinus is B. M. No. 55—12—24—156, and is labelled
“ Hardy Peninsula, Ex. Coll. C. Darwin,” and should of course stand as
the type.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: MURIDA. 73
Mr. Waterhouse seems to have been in doubt as to whether JZ xan-
thorhinus and M. canescens were really distinct species. He says in the
‘‘ Voyage of the Beagle” (2. c., p. 54): “It was with some hesitation that
I described this [AZ canescens] as a distinct species in the Society’s Pro-
ceedings. I have now re-examined the specimens, and still am unable to
satisfy myself whether they are varieties of Mas xanthorhinus or not. Both
of Mus canescens and of Mus xanthorhinus, 1 have before me what I im-
agine to be an adult and a young specimen. The adult and the young
of WM. xanthorhinus agree in being of a yellowish-brown colour, and in hav-
ing the muzzle and tarsi deep yellow; both specimens of Mus canescens
are of a gray colour, with an indistinct yellow wash, the muzzle and tarsi
being tinted with yellow, as in JZ xanthorhinus.’ These are just the
differences, as shown by the present material, that distinguish the two
species, as regards coloration. But there is considerable difference in
size, xanthorhinus being the larger, especially as shown by the skull, as
already stated, which also differs markedly in form in the two species.
In examining the types of these species in the British Museum, in July,
1901, I found that they had been misassigned, the two specimens of Water-
house's Mus canescens having been identified, respectively, as the types of
M. canescens and M. xanthorhinus, the Port Desire specimens being
designated as the type of AZ canescens, and the Santa Cruz specimen
as the type of 7. xanthorhinus, while the Hardy Peninsula specimen,
the real type of IZ xanthorhinus was not designated as a type. This
probably explains the record made, on the authority of Mr. Thomas, in
Milne-Edward’s report on the mammals collected by the Mission Scien-
tifique du Cap Horn (Mammals, p. 28), of specimens of Ahodon xantho-
vhinus from Santa Cruz, Patagonia, which record is only intelligible on
the basis of the above explained misidentification of Waterhouse’s type.
AKODON CANESCENS (Waterhouse).
Mus canescens Waterhouse, P. Z. S., Nov. 21, 1837, 17; Zodl. Voyage
Beagle, Mamm., 1839, 54. Port Desire.
Flesperomys (Calomys) canescens Burmeister, Descrip. phys. Rép. Argen-
tine, IIT, 1879;.227 (ex Waterhouse).
flesperomys (Habrothrix) xanthorhinus Thomas, in Milne-Edwards, Miss.
Scient. du Cap Horn, VI, Zoologie, Mamm., 1890, p: 28; pl.-vi, fig.
I, animal. Santa Cruz de Patagonie.
74 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Akodon canescens Thomas, P. Z. S., 1898, 211, Chubut, E. Patagonia.
Adult (March and April).—General color above gray, faintly suffused
with fulvous and varied slightly with black-tipped hairs ; below whitish
gray, the basal portion of the fur plumbeous, the tips whitish; sides and
front of nose pale rusty fulvous ; ears rusty brown ; upper surface of fore
and hind feet yellowish white or pale rusty fulvous ; tail rather indistinctly
bicolor, darker above and lighter below, with usually a faint rusty tinge
throughout. The ventral surface and sides are often faintly washed with
pale fulvous.
Half grown young are almost indistinguishable in coloration from the
adults.
Adult (July). —Pelage longer and fuller, and general coloration above
yellowish gray-brown, the general tone darker and browner than in April
specimens; under parts whiter and with rarely any tinge of buff; sides of
nose more rusty, and upper surface of feet more buffy. The difference be-
tween the gray summer pelage and the darker and more fulvous brown win-
ter pelage is quite strongly shown in March, April and July specimens from
practically the same locality.
The two series from the Rio Coy, consisting of five specimens taken
in November and others taken the last of August, well show the two
pelages, and indicate that the gray pelage is worn from about November
till May, and the brown pelage from about June to September as is further
shown by specimens from the vicinity of Cape Fairweather.
Measurements.— Many of the specimens are more or less immature.
Throwing out these, save possibly a few young adults, the series, collected
and measured by Mr. Colburn, gives the following: 16 males, total length,
132 mm. (125-140, with one reaching 150); tail vertebrz, 50.9 (50-55) ;
hind foot, 19.7 (19-20): 16 females, total length, 135.3 (125-145); tail
vertebree, 50 (45-55); hind foot, 20 (19-20). Fully adult specimens ap-
pear to rarely fall below 130 mm. in total length, and very few exceed
140 mm.
Seven males and four females collected and measured by Mr. Peterson,
from the upper Rio Chico de Santa Cruz, give similar results, as fol-
lows: 7 males, total length, 136 (125-151); tail vertebrae, 50 (46-54),
hind foot, 20 (18-21): 4 females, total length, 137 (126-148); tail verte-
bree, 50.7 (45-55); hind foot, 20 (20-20).
Thirteen specimens from Cape Fairweather, all males, collected and
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: MURIDA. 75
measured by Mr. Peterson, give the following: Total length, 125.4 (120-
135); tail vertebrae, 45.6 (42-51); hind foot, 20.4 (20-21). Eight speci-
mens from Coy Inlet, collected and measured by Mr. Peterson, all males
but one: Total length, 138.5 (130-144); tail vertebrae, 52 (43-60) ; hind
foot, 20 (19-20).
The principal measurements of 4 adult skulls are: Total length, 22.9
(22.3-24); greatest width of brain case, 10.8 (10.7-11).
Represented by 95 specimens, collected partly in the coast region and
partly on the upper Rio Chico and the plains southeast of Lake Buenos
Aires. The coast specimens comprise 4 taken near Mount Observation,
February 21, by Mr. Colburn, and 35 from points further southward,
taken by Mr. Peterson, as follows: Rio Gallegos, 2 specimens, May 23;
Halliday Ranch, mouth of the Rio Gallegos, 3 specimens, June 24; Cape
Fairweather, 13 specimens (all males), July 5-13; Rudd Ranch, near
Cape Fairweather, 8 specimens, July 27 and 28; Coy Inlet, 9 specimens,
August 8 and 31, September 1, and November 7-11. The specimens
from the interior include 14 specimens collected on the upper Rio Chico,
by Mr. Peterson, January 31 (7 specimens), February 3-6 (5 specimens),
and March 26 (2 specimens) ; and 34 collected by Mr. Colburn at Basalt
Cafions, April 8-28, and 5 at Swan Lake (March 18-20 and May 4
and 15).
The summer and fall specimens from the interior are darker and grayer
and much less fulvous than the winter specimens from the coast, but there
are enough specimens collected at intermediate dates to show that the
difference is, almost beyond question, seasonal and not geographical.
The species thus seems to range across southern Patagonia from Cape
Fairweather to the Cordilleras. It was not, however, obtained by Mr.
Colburn at Punta Arenas, where he collected only 4. xanthorhinus.
The two specimens on which the species was originally based by
Waterhouse were collected by Darwin, one at Port Desire and the other
at Santa Cruz. Only Port Desire is mentioned in the original descrip-
tion, but in the Voyage of the ‘“‘ Beagle” (Mamm., /. c.) the “habitat” is
givenas ‘Santa Cruz and Port Desire (December).”’ Both these specimens
are still preserved in the British Museum and have been compared with a
large number of specimens from the present series. These types are Nos.
‘'55-12-24-157. Loc. Santa Cruz, Ex Coll. C. Darwin,” and ‘55—12—24-
143. Loc. Port Desire, Ex Coll. Ch. Darwin,” marked as the type of 4.
76 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
canescens. The other is mistakably identified as the type of 4. xantho-
rhinus, as already noted under that species.
Akodon canescens is closely related to A. arenicola (Waterhouse),
based on specimens from Maldonaldo, at the mouth of the La Plata, but
it differs from it in smaller size, more grayish coloration, and yellowish
muzzle. Two specimens collected by Mr. Durnford at Chubut are referred
by Mr. Thomas (Z c.) to this species. Mr. Durnford, in his field notes
published by Mr. Thomas, says it is ‘common in straw-heaps and grana-
ries,’ and that it ‘‘burrows in the ground, or more usually takes posses-
sion of some of the numerous cracks which may always be found in the
earth, and appropriates them for its home. It has five or six young at a
birth.”
AKODON suFFUSUS Thomas.
(Plates XI, Fig. 5, Skull; XII, Figs. 9 and 10, Teeth.)
? Hesperomys (Habrothrix) longipilis Milne-Edwards, Miss. Scient. du
Cap Horn, VI, Zodél., Mamm., 1890, 28, pl. v, fig. 2, animal. ‘Santa
Cruz de Patagonie.”’
Acodon suffusus Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XII, Aug., 1903,
241. “Valle del Lago Blanco, Southern Chubut (Cordillera region).”
Median upper surface, from between the eyes to base of tail, dark dull
reddish brown; sides of head and body gray, passing gradually into the
reddish brown of the back and into the grayish white of the ventral sur-
face, which extends unusually high up on the sides of the body and
cheeks; ventral surface white or grayish white, the pelage plumbeous at
the base, in some specimens wholly concealed by the long white tips of
the hairs; facial region anterior to the eyes gray like the sides of the body
with a faint tinge of brown; ears covered with very short brownish hairs
externally, nearly naked internally; tail bicolor, reddish brown above,
whitish below, heavily clothed with short hairs; fore feet dingy soiled
yellowish gray above, palms naked, flesh color; hind feet soiled whitish,
soles naked, dusky brown.
Measurements. — Average and extreme measurements of 13 males:
Total length, 170 mm. (165-178) ; tail vertebra, 70 (65-74); hind foot,
25 (25-26). The females are slightly larger, 8 females measuring as
follows: Total length, 176.6 (170-188) ; tail vertebra, 71.8; hind foot, 25.
An average adult skull measures as follows: Total length, 30; basal
length, 25; length of nasals, 11; palatal length, 12; palatal foramina,
ee —
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: MURIDA. WA
6.3; diastema, 7.2; upper molars, 4; greatest breadth, 13; interorbital
breadth, 5.
This species is represented by 35 specimens, five of which are from the
Rio Coy, and the rest, except two from the upper Rio Chico, near or
within the Cordilleras, two being from the Pacific slope of the Cordilleras ;
all were collected by Mr. Peterson. The Rio Coy specimens were taken
in November, the Rio Chico specimens at various dates from January 31
to March 4. Two additional specimens were taken by Mr.’ Colburn, one
at Swan Lake, March 14, and the other at the Basalt Cafions, April 30.
The several half grown young in the series are similar in coloration to
the adults, except that the brown of the upper parts is rather duller. The
adults are very uniform in coloration.
In Patagonia this species ranges, as shown by the present material,
from the coast region westward into the eastern base of the Andes, and
probably thence northward. Mr. Peterson refers to it as one of the most
common species of the upper Rio Chico region, frequenting the edge of
the timber as well as the more open grassy country. He states that the
‘skin always adheres to the tail very firmly in adults,” and most of the
specimens show that the skin of the tail was split open to remove it and
afterwards sewed up.
Before the present material came into my hands a number of specimens
of this species were sent to Mr. Oldfield Thomas for determination, and he
identified them as his 4kodon hirtus. When at the British Museum in 1got,
I made direct comparison of a number of specimens with the type and
paratype of 4. fzrtus. In writing up the history of this species in 1902,
under the name 4kodon hirtus, | made the following comment on the case:
‘““ Akodon hirtus was based on two specimens collected at San Rafael,
Mendoza, by Mr. Bridges many years ago, the type and paratype having
been skinned from alcoholic specimens. The skins cannot, therefore, be
trusted as regards color; they agree, however, as closely with the upper
Rio Chico specimens as could be expected, and the skulls present no
appreciable differences. It should be noted, however, that the type locality
of the species is about 1,000 miles directly north of the upper Rio Chico
region, and it seems more than probable that comparison of a good series
of freshly collected skins from the two localities would reveal appreciable
differences. The tabulation of the measurements (summarized above) for
use in the present connection shows that the dimensions given by Mr.
78 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Thomas for his type of 4. Azrvfus are much larger (total length 197) than
the very largest of a series of over 20 adults from the Rio Chico country.
The measurements of the type skull, however, do not exceed those of
average adults from the Rio Chico. For the present I follow Mr. Thomas
in identifying the Rio Chico specimens, quite a number of which have
passed through his hands, with 4. hzrtus.”’
Since the above was written, however, Mr. Thomas has described an
Akodon suffusus from a point quite near the Rio Chico region and in
quite similar country, and, in the absence of authentic specimens of 2.
suffusus for comparison, it seems quite beyond question that the present
series Should be referred to 4. suffusus rather than to 4. Airtus, described
from a point so much further north and from a markedly different region.
Mr. Thomas, in describing 4. suffusus, says: ‘‘Closely allied to 4. hir-
tus, Thos., but the general colour stronger, the belly lighter, and with certain
cranial differences detailed below.” These are: “Skull in general shape
like that of 4. Azrtus, not elongated as in 4. Jongipils. But it is rather
lower and flatter throughout, less rounded and convex along the middle
line, especially in the interorbital region.”
I am also indebted to Mr. Thomas for the suggestion, made some time
ago, that Hesperomys (Habrothrix) longipilis of Milne-Edwards, as cited
above, is probably his 4kodon hirtus of later date —now 4. sauffusus.
Subgenus CHELEMys Thomas.
Chelemys Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XII, Aug., 1903, 242.
Type, Hesperomys megalonyx Waterhouse.
‘General characters, skull, and dentition as in 4kodon, but the claws,
especially the anterior ones, very large, fossorial. . . .
‘‘Now that the known species have been so considerably multiplied, it
seems convenient to have a subgeneric name by which to designate what
have hitherto been termed the ‘long-clawed Akodons.’’’— Thomas, Z c.
Mr. Thomas formally refers to this subgenus three species, 4hodon
megalonyx (the type), 4. macronyx, and A. vestitus.
AKODON (CHELEMYS) VESTITUS Thomas.
(Plates XI, Fig. 5, Skull; XII, Figs. 9 and 10, Teeth.)
Akodon (Chelemys) vestttus Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Hist. (7), XII, Aug.,
1903, 242, ‘‘ Valle del Lago, Cordillera region of Southern Chubut
Territory, Patagonia.”’
ey
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: MURIDA:. 79
Adult (February). — Pelage full, soft and long. Above nearly uniform
hair brown with a slight yellowish suffusion; sides of head and body and
under parts whitish gray, the plumbeous underfur nearly concealed by the
long white tips of the hairs; ears small, thickly clothed with short hairs of
the color of the dorsal surface; tail short, well clothed, bicolor, brown
above and whitish gray below; upper surface of fore and hind feet soiled
whitish with a faint tinge of flesh-color, palms and soles naked, the former
yellowish flesh-color, the latter similar but slightly darker.
Measurements. — Four adult males measure: Total length, 174 mm.; tail
vertebre, 52; hind foot, 25.5. Three adult females measure: Total
length, 174 (168-180); tail vertebr, 47 (45-50) ; hind foot, 25.3 (25-26).
The longest fore claws have a length of 6 to 7 mm., the longest hind
claws measure 4 to 5 mm.
Skull (adult female): Total length, 30; basal length, 26; greatest
breadth, 14; interorbital breadth, 5; length of nasals, 12; palatal length,
13; diastema, 8; palatal foramina, 7; upper molars, 5.
This species is represented by 9 specimens taken on the upper Rio
Chico, near the Cordilleras, in February, 1897, by Mr. O. A. Peterson.
They are all adult and very uniform in coloration, but vary a little in gen-
eral tone, from yellowish brown to reddish brown.
Its nearest known relative is the _4. macronyx Thomas, decribed from
the “east side of the Andes, near Fort San Rafael, Province of Mendoza,”
with which Mr. Thomas thus compares it: “General appearance and pro-
portions very much as in 4.:(C.) macronyx Thos., but colour darker, tail
more distinctly bicolor, and skull broader and flatter.’ He says further:
“This species is the southern representative of 4. macronyx Thos., to
which it is no doubt very nearly allied; but the fresh series now avail-
able indicates that it should have a name of its own.”
Specimens from the Rio Chico, Cordilleras, Patagonia, were sent some
years ago by Dr. Merriam to Mr. Thomas for identification, and were
labelled by him as “ 4hodon macronyx, Thos.” With these specimens
before me, I accepted this identification in preparing my account of this
species, written two years ago, but added: “The type locality of this
species [4. macronyx] is near Mendoza, nearly a thousand miles to the
northward, and in all probability the southern form here described will
prove separable from true 4. macronyx, at least as a subspecies, on com-
parison with a good series of Mendoza specimens.” Being without ma-
80 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
terial for comparison, however, it did not seem desirable to make the
separation suggested, and which Mr. Thomas has since made.
AKODON (CHELEMYS) MICHAELSENI (Matschie).
Hesperomys (Acodon) michaelsent Matschie, Hamburger Magalhaensische
Sammelreise, Saug., 1898, 5, pl. figs. 1, 1 a@-#, animal, ear, hand
and foot, and skull. ‘“Siid. Patagonien, Punta Arenas.’’— Thomas,
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XII, Aug., 1903, 343 (in text, suggest-
ing it is probably a Votiomys).
Adult (January).— Pelage short, thick, soft. Above uniform dusky
brown; ventral surface similar but lighter with a slightly grayish instead
of brownish hue. Ears short, wholly concealed in the fur; upper surface
of fore feet rusty brown; of hind feet dull brown, witha slightly rusty tone.
Claws of fore feet very long, as in 4. megalonyx.
Measurements. — Total length, 142 mm.; head and body, 97; tail, 45;
hind foot (without claws), 19; ear, 11. Skull, total length, 27.6; basal
length, 24; greatest breadth, 13.4; interorbital breadth, 4.8; length of
nasals, 12; palatal length, 11; diastema, 7; palatal foramina, 5.6: upper
molar series 3.5. (Measurements from Dr. Matschie, Z c.)
Represented by a single specimen, without skull or measurements, of
apparently an adult male, taken Jan. 1, 1898, by Mr. Colburn at Punta
Arenas, the type locality of the species. In size, proportions, and texture
of pelage it closely resembles 4kodon megalonyx, but differs in its very
much darker coloration, both above and below.
Its identity with Dr. Matschie’s Akodon michaelsent, described and
figured from a single female specimen, also taken at Punta Arenas, is
almost beyond question, as is also its distinctness from 4. megalonyx.
The species is apparently thus far known only from the specimens here
mentioned. It is here referred to the subgenus Che/emys with some hesi-
tation. Mr. Thomas (/ c.) has recently suggested that it may be refera-
ble to Votomys.
Genus NOTIOMYS Thomas.
Notiomys Thomas, in Milne-Edwards, Miss. Scient. du Cap. Horn, VI,
Zool., Mamm., 1890, 24. Subgenus of Hesperomys. Type, Hes-
eromys (Notiomys) edwardsit Thomas, sp. nov.— Thomas, P. Z.S.,
1896, 1020 (full genus).
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: MURID. 81
The genus /Votomys appears to have been based mainly on the char-
acter of the feet, notably the presence of strongly developed claws on the
fore feet, and the small size of the ears. In remarking upon its affinities
Mr. Thomas says : |
“Le Notiomys offre dans son organisation une combinaison de carac-
teres empruntés a divers sous-genres d’Hesferomys. Ainsi, par son
aspect extérieur il ressemble aux Ca/omys, par ses griffes allongées aux
Onychomys, par la griffe dont le pouce est pourvu aux Scapferomys et aux
Oxymycterus. D’autre part, par la structure de son crane et de ses dents,
il se rapproche des Hladvothrix dont on doit le considérer comme trés
voisin, malgré les différences extérieures que l’on constate. La nécessité
d’établir pour cet animal une distinction subgénérique ne peut étre
mise en doute et peut-étre méme, quand on aura pu étudier des exem-
plaires conservés dans l’esprit-de-vin, reconnaitra-t-on la nécessité de le
placer au rang de genre distinct.”
NVotiomys is more closely related to 4kodon than to any other genus,
it closely approaching the subgenus C#e/emys, and presenting only a
superficial resemblance to either Oxymycterus or Scapteronzys, judging by
the description and figures of the only known specimen of /Votzomys. The
skull is rather broad and short, with a broad rostrum, broad and short
palatal foramina, and not very heavy dentition, judging by Milne-Edwards’s
figures (/.c., pl. viii, figs. 1-1@), —features quite unlike those found in the
smaller species of Oxymycterus. The palatal foramina end considerably
in front of the first molars, instead of extending posteriorly to about the
middle or posterior third of these teeth, as in most species of Akodon
and Oxymycterus, and more resembling the condition commonly seen in
Oryzomys. The principal characters of /Vofomys would therefore seem
to be the long fore claws, small ears, and short, broad palatine foramina,
combined with the usual cranial and dental characters of 4kodon.
Notiomys EDWARpsII (Thomas).
Hesperomys (Notiomys) edwards Thomas, in Milne-Edwards, Miss.
Scient. du Cap Horn, VI, Zoologie, Mamm., 1890, 24, pl. iii, fig. 1,
animal, pl. viii, fig. 1, skull. ‘‘ Patagonie, au sud de Santa Cruz, vers
le 50° degré de latitude Sud.”
Notiomys edwardstt Trouessart, Cat. Mamm., ii, 1897, 540, ex Thomas,
as above.
82 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Similar in size and general appearance to E/igmodontia lepida (Thomas),
but easily distinguished by the much larger claws on the fore feet. Above
grayish fawn color, below white; tail short, covered with short close hairs,
concealing the annulations, pale fawn above and white below. Front feet
armed with long, fossorial claws, similar to those of kodon (Chelemys)
macronyx ; Claws of hind feet rather long ; soles naked, flesh-color; ears
small.
Measurements. — Total length, 115 mm.; head and body, 80; tail ver-
tebrae, 35. Skull, total length, 20; greatest breadth, 13; length of nasals,
9.7; palatal length, 11; diastema, 6.1; upper molar series, 3.2. Descrip-
tion abridged from Thomas (7 c.).
This small species appears to be still known only from the unique type,
collected by Mr. Lebrun, a little southward of Santa Cruz (lat. 50° S.),
Patagonia. It is not included in the very large series of Muridz collected
near the type locality by the Princeton Expeditions, and it is therefore
probably not numerously represented.
Genus OXYMYCTERUS Waterhouse.
Oxymycterus Waterhouse, P. Z. S., 1837, 21. Subgenus of Mus. Type,
Mus (Oxymycterus) nasutus Waterhouse.—Tomes, P. Z. S., 1861,
285 (full genus).— Thomas, P. Z. S., 1884, 450 (subgenus of /Yes-
peromys); P. Z. S., 1896, 308 (full genus).
The chief characters of Oxymycferus are the long narrow rostrum, rela-
tively narrow interorbital region with evenly rounded supraorbital edges,
the maxillary branch of the zygoma narrow with its antero-superior border
rounded, fossorial claws, and small ears. There is nothing very char-
acteristic in the structure of the molars to distinguish it from 4kodon and
allied genera.
The group contains at present some 15 to 20 species, ranging from the
Andean region eastward and southward over southern Brazil to Patagonia.
They vary greatly in size, and somewhat in other features. Thus O.
fanosus is but little larger than a house mouse, while O. cuca, O. juliace
and O. aficafis are as large as a half-grown house rat, with other species
intermediate in size. The whole dentition, incisors as well as molars, is
weak in all, but in the smaller species is apparently even more reduced
than in the larger forms, but the maxillary branch of the zygoma is rela-
tively broader and less rounded on the upper anterior border than in the
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: MURIDA. : 83
larger forms. O. apzca/is is an aberrant member of the group, as regards
its external characters, having non-fossorial claws and peculiar pelage.
The present collection includes two species referable to Oxymycterus,
namely, O. davzosus Thomas and O. macrotis Allen. They are both small
forms, with fossorial claws and small ears, with the teeth and general
form of the skull of the larger species of Oxymeycferus, but with very small
teeth and a relatively wider and less rounded zygomatic plate. The
single skull of O. /avosus (the specimen was identified by Mr. Oldfield
Thomas) has no trace of an interparietal, which would thus seem to ally
it with Blarinomys.
In the accompanying plates (Pl. IX, Figs. 3-6, Pl. X, Figs. 6-10), the
skull and dentition is presented, for convenience of comparison, of five
species of Oxymycterus, including such diverse forms, as O. /anosus, O.
macrotis, O. inca, O. juliace and O. apicalis.
OxYMYCTERUS LANOSUS Thomas.
Hesperomys (Habrothorix) xanthorhinus Thomas, P. Z. S., 1881, 5,
part; only the specimen from Monteith Bay.
Oxymycterus lanosus Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), XX, Aug.,
’ 1897, 218. Monteith Bay, Straits of Magellan.
Adult (February). — With a striking similarity to 4kodon xanthorhinus
in size, proportions and coloration, but with much smaller ears, and softer
and much thicker pelage. Color above deep yellowish brown, varied
with blackish; below grayish white; nose not yellowish as in the 4.
xanthorhinus group; upper surface of feet soiled yellowish white; tail
bicolor, brownish above, whitish gray below; ears small, slightly over-
topping the fur, scarcely different in coloration from the surrounding
pelage.
Measurements. — Adult male: Total length, 127 mm.; tail vertebrae
(mutilated in life), 40; hind foot 20. Adult female: Total length, 145;
tail vertebra, 55; hind foot 20. Skull, adult female: Total length, 24.6;
basal length, 21; greatest breadth, 11.8; interorbital breadth, 4; length
of nasals, 10; palatal length, 9.5; diastema, 6; palatal foramina, 5.2;
upper molar series, 3.5. There is no interparietal.
This species is represented by only two specimens, collected on the
upper Rio Chico de Santa Cruz, in the Cordilleras, by Mr. Peterson, Feb.
10, 1897. Both specimens have been identified as this species by Mr.
84 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Thomas, the type locality of which is Monteith Bay, Straits of Magellan.
Not compared by me with the type.
Mr. Peterson’s notes state that both specimens, a pair, were caught
together “in heavy grass and brush, near a small brook.”
This species, if properly referable to Oxymycterus, is the smallest mem-
ber of the genus, so far as at present known, being considerably smaller
even than O. mzcrots.
OXYMYCTERUS MICROTIS Allen.
(Plates IX, Fig. 4, Skull; X, Fig. 7, Teeth.)
Oxymycterus macrotis Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XIX, 189, May
9, 1903. Pacific slope of Cordilleras, upper Rio Chico de Santa
Cruz, Patagonia. — Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XII, Aug.,
1903, 243 (in text, suggesting its reference to otiomys).
Adult male (type), March. — Pelage thick, short, and fine, almost mole-
like in character. Pelage and general color almost exactly as in Oxy-
mycterus lanosus Thomas, but twice the size of that species, with tail one
half shorter and fore claws large, fossorial. Above dark yellowish brown ;
underparts whitish gray, the plumbeous underfur tinging the otherwise
whitish surface; top and sides of nose dark grayish brown, without any
tinge of yellow or rufous; ears very small, scarcely reaching the surface
of the short fur, concolorous with the enclosing fur; tail very short, but
little exceeding the length of the hind foot, very thickly clothed, dark
brown, only slightly lighter below than above; upper surface of feet gray-
ish brown, the toes lighter, yellowish white; soles naked, dark flesh-color.
A second spceimen is exactly similar in coloration, except that the ven-
tral surface has a slight wash of buff, apparently due to staining.
Measurements. — Total length (type), 138 mm.; tail vertebrae, 28; hind
foot, 21; longest fore claw, 6. Skull, total length, 27.6; basal length, 23.6;
zygomatic breadth, 12.5 ; width of brain case, 12; interorbital breadth, 5 ;
length of nasals, 10.5; palatal length, 10; palatal foramina, 5; diastema,
6.3; upper molar series, 3.5 ; length of lower jaw (inner base of incisors
to posterior border of condyle), 15; height at condyle, 5.5; lower molar
Series, 3.4.
Represented by two specimens —a skin and skull, and a skin and
skeleton — collected on the Pacific Slope of the Cordilleras, at the head of
the Rio Chico de Santa Cruz.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: PHOCIDA. * 85
Externally Oxymycterus microtis is a miniature of Akodon macronyx
with a relatively much shorter tail. It exactly resembles in coloration
above and in the texture of the pelage Oxymycterus lanosus, but the latter
has whiter under parts, is very much smaller, has a much longer tail, and
small, non-fossorial claws; but the skulls of the two are very similar in
general contour, differing only in size and slightly in details. O. microtis
thus combines the large fossorial claws of the Shodon (Chelemys) ma-
cronyx group with the cranial characters and weak dentition of the O.
lanosus type. The narrow line separating 4kodon and Oxymycterus is
thus still further narrowed by the present annectent link.
Since the foregoing description was published Mr. Oldfield Thomas
(2. c.) has expressed the opinion that, “From the descriptions given it
seems not impossible that both ‘ Hesferomys (Acodon) Michaelseni,’
Matchie, and ‘ Oxymycterus microtis, Allen, belong to Votomys, as their
long claws, short tails, and very small molars agree precisely with what
is found in that group.” With the skull and skins of O. mucropus before
me, however, I see no reason for not viewing the species as far better
referable to Oxymycterus than to Notiomys, judging Notiomys by the
published figures of the species, including the skull.
Order FERZ.
Suborder Prynipepia.
Family PHOCID A.
The Phocids or Earless Seals are represented in the southern hemi-
sphere by five species, referable to as many genera, of which three have
been recorded from the Straits of Magellan, the coast of Patagonia, or
the Falkland Islands, and hence come within the limits of the present
treatise. These are the Leopard Seal (Aydrurga leptonyx), Weddell’s
Seal (Lepfonychotes weddellit), and the Sea Elephant (Afirounga leoninus).
There is also a record of the capture of several examples of the Crab-
eating Seal (Lododon carcinophaga) near San Isidro, a few miles north of
the city of Buenos Aires ;' but otherwise than this both this species and
Ross’s Seal (Ommatophoca vosstwt) are known only from the Vicinity of
the pack-ice of the antarctic seas. Although the occurrence of Lobodon
‘Berg, Com. Mus. Buenos Aires, I, 1898, p. 15.
86 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
carcinophaga in the Rio de la Plata must have been entirely fortuitous,
this species is here included, since its capture there in several instances im-
plies its occasional occurrence on the coast of Patagonia.
Genus HYDRURGA Gistel.
Stenorhingue F. Cuvier, Mém. du Mus., XI, 1824, 190.
Stenorhinchus F. Cuvier, Dict. des Sci. Nat., XX XIX, 1826, 549. Type
and only species, Phoca leptonyx Blainville.
Stenorhyncus F. Cuvier, Dict. des Sci. Nat., LIX, 1829, 463 (same as
above).
Stenorhynchus Lesson, Man. Mamm., 1827, 199.
Stenorhincus McMurtrie, Cuvier’s An. Kingd., abr. ed., 1834, 71.
‘“Hydrurga Gistel, Naturg. Thierreichs, 1848, p. xi.’ —T. S. Palmer,
Science, n. ser., X, No. 249, Oct. 6, 1899, 494; Index Gen. Mamm.,
1904, 337.
Ogmorhinus Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, 1875, 393, footnote. New
name for Stenxorhynchus, preoccupied in carcinology and entomology.
Stenorhynchotes Turner, Zool. Challenger Exp., pt. Ixviii, 1888, 63, foot-
note. Not adopted, but mentioned as a modification of Stexorhyn-
chus that could have been advantageously adopted in place of
Ogmorhinus.
As has long been known, the generic name Stenorhinchus F. Cuvier,
1826, modified by Lesson in 1827 to Stexorhynchus, and by its proposer,
in 1829, to Stexorhyncus, is preoccupied by Stexorhyuchus Lamark, 1818,
for a genus of Crustacea, and again in 1823, and still again in 1825, for -
different genera of insects. On this account Peters in 1875 proposed to
replace it with Ogmorhinus. But there appears to have been already an
earlier name than Ogmorhinus, as recently shown by Palmer, namely,
flydrurga Gistel, 1848, which should of course be adopted in place of
Ogmorhinus.
HYDRURGA LEPTONYX (Blainville).
Sea lion from islands Falckland, Biainville, Journ. de Phys., XCI, Oct.,
1820, 287, 288. Description of a skull in Museum of College of
Surgeons, London, labelled as having come from ‘iles Falckland.”
Phoca leptonyx Blainville, zbzd., 297, 298, fig. 5 of pl. published Dec.,
1820. Stuffed specimen in collection of ‘‘M. Hauville, au Havre,’
ae reais 1 nail
;
~
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: PHOCIDA. ~ 87
with the same dentition as the skull described on pp. 287, 288.
Also said to have come from the ‘environs des iles Falckland ou
Malouines.”’
Phoca leptonyx Desmarest, Mamm., I, 1820, 247 (ex Blainville). See
also note on p. 243, under Phoca leporina. —G. Cuvier, Ossem. foss.,
V,1, 1923, 207, pl: xvii, ig. 2. “Same specimen:
Seal from New Georgia, Home, Philos. Trans., 1822, pt. i, 240, pl. xxix,
skulls Wect: (Comp. Anat: Il;-1823;%118;1V,, 1824) pl) xx, skull
The same skull described by Blainville, as coming from the Falk-
land Islands, but here said to have come from the Island of New
Georgia.
Stenorhinchus leptonyx F. Cuvier, Dict. des Sci. Nat., XXXIX, 1826, 549.
“Tles Malouines et de la Nouvelle-Géorgie.”” From Blainville and
Home.
Stenorhynchus leptonyx Lesson, Man. Mamm., 1820, 199.— Nilsson,
Arch. f. Naturg., 1841, pt. i, 307.— Owen, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,
XII, 1843, 232. Gray, Zod]. Erebus and Terror, Mamm., 1844, 6,
pl. ili, animal, pl. iv, skull; Cat. Seals and Whales Brit. Mus., 1866,
16; and in his subsequent papers.—Jacquinot & Pucheran,. Voy.
au Pole Sud, Zool., II], Mamm. et Ois., 1853, 27, ‘terres australes,
au sud-est du cap Horn”; Atlas, 1842-1853 (circa 1842), pl. ix,
animal and skull. — Abbott, P. Z. S., 1868, 192 (Falkland Islands). —
Sclater, z6zd., p. 192, footnote, and p. 527 (Falkland Islands). — Cun-
ningham, Nat. Hist. Strait Magellan, 1871, 182. Magellan Strait.
— Flower, Cat. Osteol. Coll. Roy. Coll. Surgeons, II, 1884, 211.
Tasmania, New Zealand, Falkland Islands, New Georgia (includes
the Blainville and Home specimen). — Borchgrevinck, First on Ant-
arctic Continent, 1901, 65, 170, 230, 236, near Victoria Land.
Ogmorhinus leptonyx Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, 1875, 393. — Allen,
N. Am. Pinnipeds, 1880, 466.—Turner, Zodl. Challenger Exp., pt.
Ixviil, 1888, 64. — Barrett-Hamilton, Rep. Southern Cross Coll., 1g02,
23-34, exhaustive general account. — Wilson, zéza’., 71-73, distribu-
tion and habits. — Bruce, Proc. Phys. Soc. Edinb., XII, 1892-1894
(1894), 380, near Graham Land; Rep. 63d Meet. Brit. Assoc., 1893
(1894), 807. — Bernacchi, To South Polar Regions, 1901, 319, 325,
with text cuts of animal, from life.
Ogmorhynus leptonyx Cook, First Antarctic Night, 1901, 256, 281, 383,
animal, from photographs.
88 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Phoca homet Lesson, Dict. class. d’Hist. Nat., XIII, 1828, 417. New
name for Phoca leptonyx Blainville.
Flydrurga leptonyx R. J. Plocock], Rep. Southern Cross Coll., 1902, 26
(footnote).
This species is unrepresented in the collections made by the Princeton
University Expeditions to Patagonia, but it has been repeatedly recorded
from the Falkland Islands. Dr. Sclater (P. Z. S., 1868, 527) states that
Mr. A. A. Lecompte shot, in 1867, ‘‘a single Sea Leopard (Stenorhynchus
leptonyx) in a remote part of Stanley Harbour, being the only specimen
of this animal met with during his stay in the Falklands.”’ Captain C. C.
Abbott (7 ¢., p. 192), during his residence there, met only a single speci-
men, ‘‘washed ashore dead near Port Louis.’’ Mr. Barrett-Hamilton also
records two skulls in the British Museum taken on the Falkland Islands,
in the list of specimens given by him in his paper on the Mammalia of
the Southern Cross Collections (pp. 32, 33).
The several recent South Polar expeditions report this seal as found in
some frequency on the pack-ice near Graham Land and Victoria Land,
where it is the most numerous of the several species found in these high
latitudes. It has been taken also at New Georgia and on the shores of
New Zealand. |
The type locality of Phoca /eptonyx Blainville may be considered as
somewhat in doubt, as it is evident that the specimen described (Z c., pp.
297, 298) in connection with the bestowal of the name (on p. 298) must be
considered as the type, rather than Blainville’s specimen No. 2 (2°. Sea
lion from islands Falckland’’), described on pages 287 and 288. The
former—the type specimen—he says ‘a été rapportée des mers du sud,
et, 4 ce qu'il paroit, des environs des iles Falckland ou Malouines.” The
other specimen, belonging to the “college des chirurgiens 4 Londres,”
and labelled as from the Falkland Islands, was, two years later, described
and figured by Home (4 c.) as a “Seal from New Georgia,” which place
appears to have been the correct locality of the specimen.! It is apparently,
therefore, fair to assume the Falkland Islands as the type locality rather
than the Island of New Georgia.
The history of this seal is very fully given by Mr. Barrett-Hamilton in
"On this point see Barrett-Hamilton, who has gone into the history of these two important
specimens in considerable detail in his Report on the Mammalia of the Southern Cross Expedi-
tion (pp. 26, 27).
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: PHOCIDA. 89
his report on the Mammalia of the Southern Cross Collections, includ-
ing its bibliography, distribution, habits, external appearance, and cranial
characters, which is admirably supplemented in the same work by Mr.
Wilson’s summary of recent observations of the animal in life, based on
the accounts of the various explorers who have met with it in the pack-
ice of the Antarctic.
Genus LEPTONYCHOTES Gill.
Leptonyx Gray, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist., I, Nov., 1837, 582.
Type, Ofaria weddelli Lesson. Preoccupied in ornithology.
Leptonychotes Gill, Arrang. Fam. Mamm., 1872, 70. New name for
Leptonyx Gray, preoccupied.— Allen, N. Amer. Pinn., 1880, 418,
463, 467.—Turner, Zodl. Challenger Exped., pt. Ixvili, 1888, 20.
— Barrett-Hamilton, Rep. Southern Cross Coll., 1902," 1:7;
Pacilophoca Flower & Lydekker, Mamm. Liv. and Ext., 1891, 605. ' New
name for Leffonyx Gray, preoccupied = Leptonychotes Gill, 1872.
This genus was made known by Gray in 1837, on the basis of speci-
mens obtained by Captain Fitzroy on the coast of Patagonia, more fully
described and figured in 1844, in the “ Zo6élogy of the Erebus and Terror,”
but he unfortunately adopted for it the preoccupied name Leffonyx,
replaced by Gill in 1872 by Leptonychotes, and again in 1891 by Paeci/-
ophoca proposed by Flower and Lydekker, apparently in ignorance of
Leptonychotes Gill.
LEPTONYCHOTES WEDDELLII (Lesson).
Sea Leopard Weddell, Voy. towards the South Pole, 1825, 22, with plate
of animal entitled ‘Sea Leopard of South Orkneys.”
Otaria weddellit Lesson, Férussac’s Bull. Sci. Nat., VII, 1826, 437, 438.
Based on the Sea Leopard of Weddell, as above (name spelled
Otaria weddelit on p. 438).
Stenorhyncus weddellii Lesson, Man. de Mamm., 1827, 200.
Stenorhynchus weddellit Owen, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., XII, 1843, 332.
—Gill, Proc. Essex Inst., V, 1866, 6.
Leptonyx weddellii Gray, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist., I, Nov., 1837,
582; List Mamm. Brit. Mus., 1843, 102; Zodl. Erebus and Terror,
Mamm., 1844, 7, pl. v, animal, pl. vi, skull. Santa Cruz River, east
coast of Patagonia, Capt. Fitzroy. Also of Gray’s later papers and
works on Seals. — Hatcher, Narrative, 1903, 77. Corriken Aike.
90 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Leptonychotes weddellii Allen, N. Amer. Pinnipeds, 1880, 467.— Turner,
Zool. Challenger Exp., pt. Ixviii, 1888, 20. Betsey Cove, Kergue-
len. — Cook, First Antarctic Night, 1901, 265, 281, 283, animal, from
photographs. — Albert, Act. Soc. scient. du Chili, XI, Dec., 1901, 221
(casual at Juan Fernandez and Mocha Islands). — Barrett-Hamilton,
Rep. Southern Cross Coll., 1902, 17-23, monographic.— Wilson,
zbid., 69-71, distribution and habits.
Pl ecilophoca| weddelli Flower & Lydekker, Mam. Liv. and Ext., 1891, 605.
Leptonyx leopardinus Wagner, Schreber’s Saug. Suppl., VII, 1846, 38.
Stenorhynchus leptonyx Moseley, Notes by a Naturalist, etc., 1879 (in
error, afud Barrett-Hamilton). Kerguelen Island.
Leopardine Seal, Jameson, in Weddell’s Voy. towards the South Pole,
fo22, 23). 1 34.
Phoca leopardina Hamilton, Amphib. Carn. in reae s Nat. Library,
VI, 1839, 183, and on pl. xii and in table of contents. Attributed
to Jameson and = Leopardine Seal of Jameson, as above.
This species is unrepresented in the material at present available for
examination from Patagonia, but Hatcher speaks of it as common off the
coast at Corriken Aike. The earliest record of its occurrence in Pata-
gonia is Gray’s reference in 1843 to the specimens obtained by Capt.
Fitzroy at the mouth of the Santa Cruz River, on the east coast of Pata-
gonia in his “List of the Specimens of Mammalia in the British Museum”
(1843, p. 102), and in the ‘‘Zodlogy of the Erebus and Terror” (Mamm.,
1844, p. 7, and figured in plates v and vi).
Mr. Hatcher thus refers to its presence in numbers off Corriken
Aike in September and October, 1896: ‘‘On quiet days, when the tides
were running at their highest, the waters immediately fronting the
shingle-covered beach were frequented by considerable numbers of Lef-
tonyx weddeli, the common haired seal or sea leopard of this region.
Occasionally these animals would approach quite near the beach, just
beneath where we were engaged with our fossils, and thrusting their heads
far out of the water remain stationary for a moment, apparently intent on
ascertaining the meaning of our presence.” (Narrative, p. 77.)
According to Albert (/ c.), a specimen was taken at Juan Fernandes
Island in 1865, and the species is seen every two or three years about
Mocha Island, coast of Chili.
Mr. Wilson (2. c., p. 69) states that Weddell’s Seal is a shore seal, and
a
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: PHOCID:. gI
is not met with in the ice-pack. It ranges, however, very far south,
being found, he Says, “in great numbers on the coast of South Victoria
Land, and is the species most commonly met with in Ross’s Sea. At
almost the farthest southern point reached by the Southern Cross Expe-
dition these seals were numerous, and even in a piece of water south of
the edge of the Great Barrier, which apparently communicated under ice
with the sea, a number of them were found... .
‘“Weddell’s Seal was the only species found breeding in any consider-
able numbers by the Southern Cross Expedition. Some dead young
seals were found buried in guano at Camp Ridley on Cape Adare, but
apparently no Weddell’s Seals breed there now, though in Robertson
Bay, close by, a large number of them were breeding, and many young
were born.” The date of the birth of the young is given as September.
The species was first named by Lesson in 1826, his account being based
entirely on the description (by Professor Jameson) and drawing published
by Captain Weddell, the previous year, in his « Voyage towards the South
Pole” (p. 22). Professor Jameson's description is as follows : “ Leopar-
dine seal, the neck long and tapering; the head small; the body pale-
greyish above, yellowish below, and back spotted with pale white. This
species to be referred to the division Stenorhingque, of F. Cuvier; the
teeth, however, do not quite agree with those of his Phoque Septonyx
[sic], nor with those of Sir E. Home, in pl. xxix of the Philosophical
Transactions for 1822.”
Yet Lesson, believing that it had small ears which had been omitted
by error in the drawing, referred it to the genus Ofaria, but afterwards
(1827) to the genus Stenorhyncus. Weddell brought home an “ excellent
specimen,”’ which he presented to the Edinburgh Royal Museum, and
which was later described in Dr. Robert Hamilton's ‘Amphibious Car-
nivora”’ (Jardine’s Naturalist’s Library, Vol. VI, 1839, pp. 183-187, pl.
xii). This specimen evidently came from the South Orkneys (latitude
60° 37’ S.), where Captain Weddell says his men killed quite a number
of the animals, and that he saw others off the South Shetlands. This
specimen, according to Barrett-Hamilton (4 ¢.) is now in the new
Edinburgh Museum of Science and Art.
Gray, in 1837, gave the first intelligible description of the species, from
two specimens, skins and skulls, obtained by Captain Fitzroy at the mouth
of the Santa Cruz River, on the coast of Patagonia, but he gave the
g2 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
locality simply as the ‘“‘Southern seas.”’ In the Zodlogy of the Evebus
and Zerror he redescribed these specimens in greater detail, adding the
locality of capture, and giving figures of both the animal and skull. In
both these accounts he adopted the specific name appropriately given it
by Lesson, and by which it has since been uniformly known, except in
one or two instances of inadvertence. The only synonym, and one which
has never had currency, is the Poca leopardina of Hamilton, who thus
rendered the ‘“ Leopardine Seal” of Jameson, contained in an inedited
contribution to Weddell’s ‘“‘ Voyage,” and wrongly attributed the name to
Jameson.
Genus LOBODON Gray.
Lobodon Gray, Zodl. Voy. Erebus and Terror, Mamm., 1844, 5. Type
and only species, Phoca carcinophaga Jacquinot & Pucheran.
LOBODON CARCINOPHAGA (Jacq. & Puch.).
Phoca carcinophaga Jacquinot & Pucheran, Voy. au Pole Sud, Atlas,
Mamm., 1842 (circa), pl. x, animal, pl. xa, skull. No description.
South polar seas, ‘entre les isles Sandwich et les isles Powels.”’
Lobodon carcinophaga Gray, Zoé\. Voy. Erebus and Terror, Mamm., 1844,
5, pl. i (animal), pl. ii (skull) ; Cat. Seals Brit. Mus., 1850, 10; and of
Gray’s subsequent works and papers. — Jacquinot & Pucheran, Voy.
au Pole Sud, Zool., III, 1853, 27-30.—Allen, N. Amer. Pinnipeds,
1880, 466.—Cook, First Antarctic Night, 1901, 256, 281, cuts from
photographs. — Barrett-Hamilton, Rep. Southern Cross Coll., 1902,
35-45, monographic. — Wilson, zbzd@., 74-76, habits and distribution.
— Berg, Com. Mus. Buenos Aires, I, No. 1, Aug., 1898, 15. Acci-
dental in Rio de la Plata.
Stenorhynchus carcinophagus Flower, Cat. Osteol. Vertebr. Anim. Mus.
College Surgeons, III, 1884, 213.
Ogmorhinus carcinophagus Turner, Zoél. Challenger Exped., XXVI, pt.
Ixvill, 1888, 64.
Stenorhynchus servidens Owen, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., XII., Nov.,
1843, 332.
This species was first made known through the publication of Jacquinot
and Pucheran’s plates of mammals in the Atlas of the Zodlogy of the
“Voyage au Pole Sud et dans |’Oceanie,” which appeared at various dates
between 1842 and 1853. Plates 10 and 1oa@ carry the name Phoca car-
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: PHOCIDA. 93
cmmophaga, the first giving a view of the animal, the other excellent fig-
ures of the skull and teeth. The exact date of their publication is in
doubt, but they must have appeared in 1842 or early in 1843, as they are
cited by Gray in 1844, in the Zodlogy of the Evedus and Zerror, where he
claims priority for Jacquinot and Pucheran’s name over Stenorhynchus
servidens Owen, published in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural His-
tory’ for November, 1843.
The Crab-eating Seal is one of the most common of the seals found in
the pack-ice of the Antarctic regions, outside of which, so far as known, it
is rarely seen. There is no record of its appearance in the Tierra del
Fuego Archipelago, nor on the shores of Patagonia, but it has found its
way on two or three occasions, as recorded by Berg,’ to the Rio de la
Plata, near Puerto de Ensenada and San Isidro, in latitude about 34°30
south. Its more or less frequent occurrence on the coast of Patagonia
seems, therefore, more or less probable. Its casual straggling to the
mouth of the La Plata is somewhat parallel to the occurrence of the
Crested Seal (Cystophora cristata) in Long Island Sound and on the coast
of France, and the Harbor Seal (Poca vitulina) on the coast of North
Carolina, 300 to 500 miles south of their normal southern limit.
Its history, so far as known, is very fully detailed by Barrett-Hamilton,
who gives (4 ¢., pp. 35-45) its bibliography, synonymy, distribution,
habits and external and cranial characters, based on the examination of a
large number of specimens obtained by the Southern Cross expedition,
the Belgian Antarctic expedition, and Ross’s Antarctic expedition of
1839-43. This is supplemented by Wilson’s further notes (2 c., pp. 74-
76) on its habits and distribution.
‘Mr. Berg’s account is so short and of so much interest that it is here transcribed in full :
“Lobodon carcinophagus (H. J.) Gr. en el Rio de la Plata. — Esta foca, que habita la region
antartica, aparece en aislados casos también en regiones mas septentrionales. Asi, por ejemplo,
menciona el Dr. Burmeister en su “Atlas de la description physique de la République Argentine.
II. Die Seehunde der Argentinischen Kiisten”’ (1883), haber visto el craneo de uno de estos pini-
pedios que habia llegado vivo al Rio Santo Cruz (yg 50°), sobre un témpano de hielo.
“Mas digno aun de mencion es el hecho de haberse encontrado un ejemplar de esta especie
en el Rio de La Plata, cerca del Puerto de Ensenada, que se conserva en el Museo de La Plata,
y otro en la proximidad de San Isidro, al norte de Buenos Aires (¢ 34°28), en el mes de Junio
del afio corrinete, que se encuentra actualmente en nuestro Museo.
“Este ultimo ejemplar, un macho mide 2 metros y 65 centimetros, y es de color blanco im-
puro, presentando algunas manchas irregulares amarillentas y poco definidas, que no fueron
notadas en el animal antes del embalsamamiento.’’—C. Berg, in Comunicaciones del Museo
nacional de Buenos Aires, Tomo I, No. 1, 24 de Augusto de 1898, p. 15.
94 J PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Genus MIROUNGA Gray.
Macrorhine F. Cuvier, Mém. du Mus., XI, 1824, 200, pl. xiii, fig. 2, a, e,
J. Type, Phoca proboscidea Péron = Phoca leonina Linn.
Machvrorhinus F. Cuvier, Dict. des Sci. Nat., XXXIX, 1826, 552; LIX,
1829, 464 = Macrorhine, F. Cuvier, 1824. Preoccupied by Macro-
rhinus Latreille, 1825, for a genus of Coleoptera.
Macrorhyna Gray, Griffith’s An. King., I, 1827, 180 (err. typ. for AZacro-
rhinus, apud Gray, Cat. Seals, 1850, 34).
Mirounga Gray, Griffith's An. King., V, 1827, 179 (in part). Type, by
elimination, Phoca proboscidea Péron.
Morunga Gray, Zo6l. Voy. Erebus and Terror, Mamm., 1844, 4; List
Osteol. Spec. Br. Mus., 1847, 33. An emendation of A@rounga
and restricted to Phoca proboscidea Péron.
Rhinophora Wagler, Nat. Syst. Amphib., 1830, 27. Type, Phoca pro-
boscidea Péron.
Cystophora Nilsson, Vet. Akad. Hand., 1837, —; Arch. f. Naturg., 1841, i,
323 (in part; not of Nilsson, 1820, when Cys/ofhora included only
Phoca cristata Erxl).” Also of ‘Peters, in) pant.
Physorhinus Gloger, Hand- u. Hilfsbuch der Naturg., 1841, 163. Type,
Phoca proboscidea Péron.
The Sea Elephant was removed from the genus Poca in 1824 by F.
Cuvier as the type of a special genus to which he applied the French term
Macrorhine, which he first used in its proper techinal form, Macrorhinus,
in 1826 for the same group. In the meantime (1825) Latreille gave the
same name to a genus of coleopterous insects. According to present
usage the name Macrorhine is untenable, and its technical equivalent is
preoccupied by one year by Latreille’s Macrorhinus.
In 1827 Gray proposed the genus A/vounga, to include the Sea Elephant
and Hooded Seal, which latter had already been made the type of the
genus Cysfophora by Nilsson in 1820. The type of Mevounga would thus
become, by restriction, the Sea Elephant, to which Gray himself, in 1847,
restricted the name, at the same time emending it to Worunga. In 1830
Wagler proposed the genus Réznophoca, with Phoca proboscidea Péron
as the type and only species. Gloger in 1841 again renamed the genus
Physorhinus.
From the foregoing it is evident that the proper name of the Sea Ele-
phant group is Afvounga Gray, 1827.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: PHOCID&. 95
MIROUNGA LEONINA (Linnzus).
Sea-lyon Anson, Voy. round the World, 1748, 122, pl. entitled ‘A Sea-
Lion and Lioness, "’ Island of Juan Fernandez.
Skull of Seal brought by Lord Anson from Southern Seas, Home, Comp.
Anat., IV, 1823, pl. xviii. See also Nilsson, Arch. f. Naturg., 1841,
i, 324 Blower, P. Z. S., 1881, t465-Cat Osteol..Coll. Mus. Roy.
Coll. Surgeons, II, Mamm., 1884.
Phoca leonina Linn., Syst. Nat., 1758, 37. Based exclusively on the
‘“‘Sea-lyon”’ of Anson.
Loup marin Pernetty, Voy. aux Iles Malouines, II, 1769, 447, 561, pl.
ix*. Figure copied from Anson, slightly altered.
Phoca leonina Schreber, Saug., III, 1776, 297, pl. Ixxxiiia. Based on the
above. Plate after Anson.—Shaw, Gen. Zodl., I, 1800, 268, pl.
Ixxiii, after Anson. .
Macrorhinus leontnus Allen, N. Am. Pinnipeds, 1880, 466 (synonomy
and distribution); Fur Seal Arbitra., Case of United States, 1892,
388, economic history. — Flower, P. Z. S., 1881, 145-162 (Falkland
Islands, skull and dentition, efc.); Cat. Osteol, Coll. Rey: Coll:
Surgeons, IT, 1884, 215.— Turner, Zodél. Challenger Exp., pt. Ixviii,
1888, 3-19, pls. i-iv. Kerguelen and Heard Islands; external char-
acters and osteology. — Albert, Act. Soc. scient. du Chili, XI, Dec.,
1901, 217—220.. Synonymy, description, history, habits, products, etc.
Phoca elephantina Molina, Sag. Stor. Nat. Chili, 1782, 260. New name
intentionally given for Phoca leonina Linn.
Morunga elephantina Gray, Zod). Erebus and Terror, Mamm., 1844, 4, 8,
pl. ix, animal, female, pl. x, skull, female; Cat. Seals and Whales,
1866, 38, fig. 13, skull. Also of Gray’s various later works.
? Phoca porcina Molina, Sag. Stor. Nat. Chili, 1782, 279 (young).
Phoca proboscidea Péron, Voy. aux Terres. Austr., II, 1816, 34 (32-66),
pl. xxiii, animal. — Desmarest, Nouv. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat., XXV, Lolz,
550, pl. G44, fig. 2, animal; Mamm., I, 1820, 238.
Mirounga proboscidea Gray, Griffith's An. King., V, 1827, 180.
Morunga proboscidea Sclater, P. Z. S., 1868, 227. Falkland Islands
(nearly extinct).
Cystophora proboscidea Nilsson, Vet. Akad. Hand., 1837, 3 Archipf.
Naturg., 1841, i, 323. With important critical and historical comment.
96 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Phoca vesima Péron, Voy. aux Terres Austr., II, 1816, 65. Iles Saint
Paul et Amsterdam.
Phoca coxtt Desmarest, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., XXV, 1817, 559.
Phoca vesima Péron, 1816.
Phoca ansonina et P. ansoni Blainville, Journ. de Phys., XCI, 1820, 299,
300. A composite of Phoca leonina Linn. and Ofaria jubata auct.
Phoca ansonii Desmarest, Mamm., I, 1820, 239. From Blainville. (CH
Nilsson, Arch. f. Naturg., 1841, 1, 325.)
Mivounga patagonica Gray, Griffith's An. King., V, 1827, 180. 7. ele-
phantina Gray, afud Gray in later works.
Phoca dubia Fischer, Syn. Mamm., 1829, 235. Iles Malouines: based on
a young specimen doubtfully referred by F. Cuvier (Dict. des Sci. Nat.,
XXXIX, 1826, 552) to his Macrorhinus proboscideus.
Cystophora falklandica Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, 1875, 394, foot-
note. Falkland Islands; Loup marin of Pernetty.
Cystophora kerguelensis Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, 1875, 394, foot-
note. Kerguelen Land.
Lord Anson's Sea-lion, Forster, Voyage round the World, I], 1777, 527-
528. South Georgia; description of the animal; referred to in a
footnote, p. 528, as the Poca l/eontna Linn.
Sea Elephant, Weddell, Voy. towards the South Pole, 1825, 134-137.
South Shetlands; habits, and destruction for oil.
So far as the evidence has been presented, there seems to be no good
reason for recognizing more than a single species of Sea Elephant in the
southern seas, with which the California Sea Elephant is so closely related
as to have been considered by some authors as doubtfully distinct from the
southern species. Three names have been, at one time or another, more
or less current for the species, as shown by the above citations, namely,
leonina ( Phoca leonina Linn., 1758), elephantina (Phoca elephantina Molina,
1782), and proboscidea (Phoca proboscidea Péron, 1816). The type locality
of Phoca leonina is Juan Fernandez Island, and of Phoca elephantina the
coast of Chili, including the Juan Fernandez Islands, the name having been
proposed as a substitute for Pioca /eonina. Péron gave the name Phoca
proboscidea to the Sea Elephant of the southern seas at large. Phoca
vesima of the same author has special reference to the Sea Elephant “ des
St.-Pierre et St.-Paul d’ Amsterdam (Phoca- Resima, N.) dont MaCart-
ney, Cox et Mortimer nous ont successivement donnée Il’intéressante his-
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: PHOCIDA. 97
toire,” afterwards renamed Phoca coxit by Desmarest. In 1875 Peters
proposed to call the Falkland Islands animal, the Loup marin of Pernetty,
Cystophora falklandica, and the Kerguelen animal Cystophora kerguelensis.
In this connection Peters recognized five species of Sea Elephant, as fol-
lows: 1, Cystophora leonina (Linn.); 2, C. falklandica, sp. nov., Sea
Lion of Pernetty ; 3, C. proboscidea (Péron); 4, C. angustirostris (Gill),
California Sea Elephant ; 5, C. kevguelensis, sp.nov., The two new names
are given in a footnote, without indication of any distinctive characters,
the record merely expressing the author’s opinion respecting probable
species of Sea Elephants. Subsequent writers have almost unanimously
referred all of the Sea Elephants of the southern hemisphere to a single
species, /eonzva Linn.
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. — ‘‘Sea-elephants were formerly found
in great abundance at nearly all of the Oceanic Islands south of the thirtieth
parallel of south latitude. Kerguelen Land and Heard Island were espec-
ially favorite resorts for them: They were also abundant at the Falkland
Islands, Staten Land, South Georgia, throughout the Tierra del Fuego
Archipelago, on the coasts of Patagonia, and as far north on the Pacific
coast of South America as Mas-a-Fuero and Juan Fernandez. They also
occurred in large numbers at the Tristan d’Acunha group, the Crozets, the
Prince Edward Islands, St. Paul and Amsterdam Islands, the coasts and
islands of southern Australia and New Zealand, and the numerous islands
to the southward and eastward of New Zealand. At most of these points,
however, they became long since practically exterminated, though still oc-
curring at Kerguelen Land, Heard Island, and at a few other points in suf-
ficient numbers to render sea-elephant hunting attractive to the few sealers
and whalers who still frequent these waters.?
‘“ HISTORY OF SEA-ELEPHANT HunrTING. — Sea-elephant hunting began
early in the present century, and for years, either exclusively or in con-
junction with whaling, proved a lucrative employment, largely monopolized
by Americans. From the incomplete statistics at hand, sea-elephant hunt-
"« The evidence upon which Dr. Peters has based four supposed species of southern Elephant
Seal, viz., /eonina, falklandica, proboscidea, and kerguelensis, is still more shadowy ; but these were
only put forth by him as suggestions of possibilities, not as ascertained facts.’-—Flower, P. Z. S.,
1881, p. 162.
*To the above it may be added that Sea Elephants are not found in the high Antarctic latitudes,
appearing not to reach the pack-ice and the shores of the Antarctic lands, the favorite haunts of
the other southern Phocids.
93 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
ing appears to have been begun in 1803 on the coast of Patagonia, and
was prosecuted there more or less regularly till 1819, during which period
a total of about 15,000 barrels of sea-elephant oil appears to have been
taken from Patagonia alone. In 1817 about 2,500 barrels were taken at
the Falkland Islands, and also about 2,500 barrels in 1837. In 1820—'22
about 4,000 barrels were taken at the South Shetland Islands, and again
about 2,000 barrels at the same islands in 1831. About 2,000 barrels are
accredited to the South Georgian Islands in 1829. In 1838 5,000 barrels
were obtained at Kerguelen Land; in 1838 and 1839 about 5,000 barrels
were taken at the Crozet Islands. During the decade 1840-50 nearly
half the take of sea-elephant oil (about 16,000 barrels), came from Ker-
guelen Land, the total take, so far as statistics are available, being about
37,000 barrels. About this time the sea-elephant hunters began to visit
Heard Island, and of the 84,000 barrels taken during the decade of 1850-
‘60, four-fifths were obtained at Kerguelen Land and Heard Island (the
latter first discovered in 1853). During the following decade (1860-70)
about 36,000 barrels were reported as taken, nearly all of which came
from the two last-named islands. The same is true of the decade from
1870 to 1880, but the amount of oil declined for this period to about 30,000
barrels, the decline being especially marked toward the close of the decade.
It has been stated that during fifty years, beginning with the year 1837,
not less than 175,000 barrels of sea-elephant oil were obtained from Ker-
guelen Land and Heard Island. As in later years, young of all ages as
well as adults were taken, regardless, also, of season and condition, the
number of sea-elephants annually destroyed at these seal islands must
have been in the neighborhood 40,000 individuals, or a total of probably
Over 2,000,000.
‘‘At these islands certain extensive beaches are described as being inac-
cessible from the water on account of the boisterous seas which constantly
prevail, while precipitous cliffs render it impossible to transport the
oil from these beaches to the vessels. Here great numbers of sea-elephants
annually haul up in security to breed, thus preserving the species from
extermination, which doubtless otherwise would long since have over-
taken them.
‘More or less sea-elephant oil has been taken annually since 1880, but
the amount is small in comparison with the earlier years, owing to the
increasing scarcity of the sea-elephants.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OTARIIDA. 99
“The oil is chiefly used for softening wool, and for other purposes in
the manufacture of cloth, for which it is especially adapted.
‘The above relates only to the operations of Americans, and even for
these the published statistics are far from complete (given principally by A.
Howard Clark in Goode’s ‘Fishery Industries of the United States’).
When we add to this the enormous number of sea-elephants that have
fallen a prey to sealers of other nationalities, it is nota matter for surprise
that these animals have long since been practically extinct, commercially
speaking, except at the few points where the physical surroundings afford
them protection from their inhuman enemies.”
Family O7ARIIDAEZ.
The Eared Seals are separable into two supergeneric groups, distin-
guishable externally by differences in the character of the pelage, in the
length of the ears, in coloration, and in size. These groups, while rather
sharply defined, especially as regards the nature of the pelage, are hardly
entitled to rank as subfamilies. In the first of these the pelage is coarse
and harsh, and without underfur ; the ears are rather short, and the gene-
ral coloration is yellowish brown in adults, darker and more reddish brown
in the young, especially on the limbs, and the species all attain large size.
This group includes the genera Eumetopias, Otaria, Zalophus and Phocarc-
tos, each, except Zalophus, being monotypic. They are here mentioned
in the order of size, the representatives of the first attaining the largest
dimensions.
The second group includes the Fur Seals of commerce, in which the
pelage consists of rather long overhair, beneath which is an abundant coat
of very fine, soft, thick underfur, which gives to the peltries their high
commercial value. The coloration in adults is grayish, the longer hairs
being dark brown tipped with gray; in old individuals the coloration be-
comes decidedly gray, while the young in early life are black. The
underfur is generally rich brown, lighter towards the base. This group
includes the two genera CaM/otarta ( = Callorhinus Gray) and Arctocephalus,
the former embracing the Fur Seals of the North Pacific and the latter
those of the southern seas; a species was also found formerly on the coast
and islands of southern and Lower California, but it is now nearly extinct.
‘Allen, in Proceedings of the Tribunal of the Fur Seal Arbitration, etc., Appendix to the United
States Case, Vol. I, 1892, pp. 389, 390.
100 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
The following synopsis gives in brief the diagnostic characters and geo-
graphical distribution of the several genera.
SYNOPSIS OF THE GENERA.
A, Pelage harsh, without underfur ; size large ; color yellowish brown....... TRICHOPHOCACA.
a. Molars $=’; palate deeply concave.
6. Palatine bones prolonged nearly to the pterygoid hamuli, truncate posteriorly. Coasts
and) islands ofisouthern South: Americas sions oc aicwets a oot ane oeeree ones Otaria,
6. Palatine bones ending considerably in front of the pterygoid hamuli, narrowed and
emarginate postenorny. sAukland Islands) a.icctrereaitare sister creeien cle Phocarctos.
10
10°
c. Palatine bones ending very far in front of the pterygoid hamuli, posterior border hol-
lowed or emarginate ; interorbital region moderately constricted; sagittal crest
moderate. Molars }?= ‘°, a long diastema between m4 and m&. North Pacific.
Eumetopias.
c.’ Palatines much as in Eumetopias ; interorbital region greatly constricted ; sagittal
4» no diastema between m4 and m§&,
a.’ Molars 3 =
5-5
. 5-5
crest enormously developed; molars = =
California and Japan, and-Australian Seas... .3 5 0.0.0 woes eros Heaen Zalophus.
B. Pelage soft, with abundant underfur ; size much smaller ; color gray, black in young.
OULIPHOCACA.
a. Facial portion of skull broad, short, and high; brain-case short and broad; molar teeth
Semel PIN OMEN RABI Gr yh s lati nisi wilco Diacn Bubp lees slop Ris WM Ace keen aNeTaeEe Callotaria.
a.’ Facial portion of skull slender, narrow, elongated, and sloping ; molars large. Southern
SEAS AMALIA is ovtanotoye rs sie ahepie casero) crater Clem ichans icncvelcTave enema rater eratetete Arctocephalus.
From the foregoing it will be seen that the Eared Seals are geograph-
ically separated into two groups, the one northern, the other southern.
The former includes the genera Eumefopias, Zalophus, and Callotaria ;
the latter Ofavia, Phocarctos, and Arctocephalus. The last-named genus,
however, furnishes a partial exception to this statement, for it not only
ranges northward on the west coast of South America to the Galapagos
Archipelago, situated on the equator, but has also a representative — or
had, it being now practically extinct—as far north as the coast of Lower
California, namely, the 4rctocephalus townsendi, described by Merriam in
1897 from Guadalupe Island. As Calofaria formerly ranged southward
in its winter migrations to the coast of California, it must have nearly or
quite met the range of Arcfocephalus. Fur Seals were actively hunted
during the first third of the nineteenth century all along the Pacific coast
of North America as far south as Lower California and the islands off the
west coast of Mexico, in north latitude 18° to 20°. As, however, no
specimens were secured for scientific examination, and the animals have
~ >
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OTARIIDA:. IOI
since become practically extinct, it is now impossible to determine the
former southward limit of CaWofaria, or the former northward limit of
Arctocephalus.
While the Phocids, or Earless Seals, are circumpolar in distribution, in
both hemispheres, the Eared Seals are confined, in the northern hemisphere,
to the shores and islands of the Pacific Ocean, but are circumpolar in the
southern hemisphere. It is noteworthy, however, that in neither hemi-
sphere do they reach nearly so high latitudes, and never range into the
pack-ice, as do most of the species of the Phocidz, in both the Arctic
and Antarctic regions.
Genus OTARIA Péron.
Ofarie Peron, Ann. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat., XV, 1810, 300. The only spe-
cies mentioned is Steller’s Sea Lion, but he gives a reference to his
“Voyage aux Terres Australes,” correctly citing volume and page
ast Ty p37.
Ofaria Peron, Voy. aux Terr. Austr., II, 1816, 37, footnote and fasszm,
Pp. 40-52, in part. Type, by elimination, Phoca byronta Blain-
ville = Ofaria leonina Péron, 1816, et auct.= Phoca leonina Molina,
1782, preoccupied by Phoca /eonina Linn., 1758.
Ofoes G. Fischer, Mém. Soc. Imp. des Sci. Nat. de Moscou, V, 1817,
445. =Ofaria Péron, 1816.
Ofaria Gray, Zoél. Erebus and Terror, Mamm., 1844, 5, in part.
Ofaria Gill, ex Péron, Proc. Essex Inst., V, 1866, ve
Ofaria Peters, Monatsb., k. p. Akad. Wissen. Berlin, 1877, 505. ‘‘ Ofaria
Perones: S\
Platyrhyncus F. Cuvier, Dict. des Sci. Nat., XXXKIX, 1826, 555=Le
Platyrhinque, F. Cuvier, Mém. du Mus., XI, 1824, pl. xv, fig. 2
(skull), in part. Type, as determined by the figured skull, Osaria
leontna auct.
GENERIC CHARACTERS. — Palatine bones extending nearly to the ptery-
goid processes, deeply concave, truncate posteriorly. Molars in a con-
tinuous series, ;=;;, Ears short. Pelage without underfur.
GENERAL History.—The genus Ofaria contains but a single well-
established species, the O. dyronta (=O. leonina or O. jubata of most
authors) of southern South America. Various other species have been
102 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
proposed, but they rest thus far on very unsatisfactory evidence, as will
be noted later.
All the Seals were placed by all authors in the Linnaan genus Phoca
till Péron, in 1810,' proposed to consider the Eared Seals as a new genus,
“sous le nom d’Ofavve.” In 1816 he introduced, informally, the generic
name O/aria for these animals, which he employed incidentally and con-
sistently for them throughout his chapter on the Sea Elephant in the second
volume of the ‘‘ History” of Freycinet’s ‘‘ Voyage aux Terres Australes.’’?
He mentioned here, in footnotes and in the text, three species of Eared
Seals, and subsequently two others in the same volume, as follows: (1)
Otaria ursina (pp. 39, 41, 42, 49, 52) = Phoca ursina Linn., based on the
Sea Bear of Steller; (2) Ofavia leonina (pp. 40, 65, etc.) =Sea Lion of
Forster; (3) Otaria jubata (p. 40, footnote) = Leo marinus of Steller;
(4) Otaria cinerea (p. 77), Iles, Decrés,—not identifiable; (5) Ofarza
albicollis (p. 118), Isle Eugéne. The first three of these names (O. wrszna,
O. leonina and O. jubata) are perfectly identifiable with previously de-
scribed and now well-known species. The other two (O. cénerea and O.
albicollis) were given to supposed new species, but so inadequately de-
scribed as not to be satisfactorily identifiable.*
Up to this time all of the Sea Lions had been regarded as forming a
single species, named Phoca jubata by Schreber in 1776, and all the Sea
Bears, or Fur Seals, as referable to the Poca ursina of Linnzeus (1758).
Péron thus for the first time not only separated the Otaries from the Pho-
cids, but he also distinctly separated the Northern Sea Lion from the
Southern Sea Lion, retaining for the former (very properly, as will be
‘Ann. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat., Vol. XV, 1810, p. 300, footnote. He here cites his use of
the name “ Otarie” (probably written by him Ofaria) in “ Voyage aux Terres Australes, t. ii, p.
37,” which work was not issued until long after the sheets were printed, owing to delay with the
plates. Osaria Péron is generally cited from the ‘‘ Voyage,” 1816, which appears to be its
proper date.
? Voyage de découvertes aux Terres Australes, Historique, Tome Second, 1816 . . . Chap-
itre XXIII, “ Histoire de l’Elephant marin, ou Phoque a trompe [Phoca proboscidea, N]: Péches
des Anglois aux Terres Australes,’’ pp. 32-66, pl. xxiil.
’Mr. G. W. Clark, who some years ago made them the subject of special investigation (see his
valuable paper “ On the Eared Seals of the Islands of St. Paul and Amsterdam, with Description
of the Fur Seal of New Zealand, and an attempt to distinguish and rearrange the New Zealand
Otariide,” in P. Z. S., 1875, pp. 650-677, pll. Ixx-Ixxii, and 8 text cuts), considers O. cinerea
as closely related to Arctocephalus forsteri, but possibly entitled to recognition as a species, with-
out, it seems to me, very good grounds. He considers QO. adbicollis as identical with Gray’s
Arctocephalus lobatus, which is perhaps probable, though not satisfactorily provable.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OTARIID. 103
shown later) the specific name suda/a, and giving a new name to the latter,
which unfortunately proves to be untenable.'
In 1817 G. Fischer, evidently ignorant that Péron had established the
generic name Ofavia for the Eared Seals, proposed for them the name
Ovoes,* basing his name entirely on G. Cuvier’s ‘‘Les Phoques 4 oreilles
extérieures,” in the ‘“Régne Animal”’ (I, 1817, p. 166), his own account
of which is an unabridged paraphrase of Cuvier’s, even to Cuvier’s error in
respect to the incisors. He cites as referable to it “ Phoca jubata, ursina,
Lin. Gmel.,” in other words, the Sea Lions (Poca jubata auct.) and the
Sea Bears (Phoca ursina auct.) as they were known to Cuvier and
naturalists generally at the time, who believed there were only one spe-
cies of each, both common to the Arctic and Antarctic regions. No one
but Péron appears to have thought otherwise for the next ten years; even
as late as 1823, G. Cuvier spoke? derisively of Péron’s assumption that
none of the seals of the ‘‘hemisphére antarctique”’ were ‘‘de méme espéce
que ceux du nord.”
It consequently happens that the genus Oéves Fischer, 1817, is an exact
synonym of Ofaria Péron, 1816. It is therefore inadmissable to assume,
as has been recently done,‘ that the name Ovves is available for the
northern Fur Seals, on the ground that what Fischer did ‘‘was simply to
apply a generic name to Cuvier’s group [= ‘‘Otaries Péron’’] whose name
Cuvier avowedly took, which. . . . was based chiefly on the northern and
not the southern fur seal.’’ While the first part of this statement is per-
fectly correct, the latter is not, Cuvier’s Phoca ursiuva including a southern
Fur Seal (“Phoca pusilla”) and a southern Sea Lion (‘le phoque jaune
de Shaw, etc.,””), as well as a citation of “Buff, Supp. VII [lege VI], pl.
xlvii,” which plate Buffon states is after a design from nature by Forster,
which, as all investigators of the group know, relates to the Fur Seal of
1 The following quotations from Péron show the manner in which the two names Otaria leonina
and Otaria jubata were introduced. Péron (/. c., p. 40, in the text) says: “. . . (Borster, 2°
Voy. de Cook, tom VIII, pag—56). L’auteur parle ici de l’Otaria Leonina, N.*” ; and adds in a
footnote to the same page : ,
“@ Quelque singulier que puisse étre le phénoméne dont il s’agit, il n’est pas cependant particulier
aux grands Phocacés des régions Australes, STELLER a observé quelque chose d’analogue sur le
Lion marin du Nord [Otaria jubata, N.]”” —and then follows a quotation from Steller.
2Mem. Soc. Imp. des Nat. de Moscou, V, 1817, p. 445.
3 Ossem. foss., V, 1823, p. 218.
‘ Cf. Palmer, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XIV, pp. 133, 134, Aug. 9, 190I.
104 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
New Zealand, Forster's drawing having been made at Dusky Bay, on the
southeastern coast of South Island, New Zealand, March 31, 1773.1
In 1824 F. Cuvier’ separated the Otaries (which he still looked upon
as consisting of only two species) into two groups, under vernacular French
names, as follows: (1) ‘‘Arctocéphale,” and (2) ‘‘ Platyrhinque.” He says
‘‘nous prenons le type de ce genre Arctocephale dans l’Ours marin, Phoca
ursina.’’ Of the second he says: ‘Le lion marin (Poca leonina) paroit
étre le type de ce dernier genre, auquel nous donnerons la dénomination
de Platyrhinque.”
Two years later he introduced these terms in proper Latin form, as, re-
spectively, 4rctocephalus and Platyrhyncus*® and says, “ quoique l'un et
l'autre de ces genre ne se composent encore manifestement que d’une
seule espéce.”’ One he calls ‘“4rctocephalus ursinus; Ursus marinus,
Steller, Novi comment. petrop., 11, p. 331’’; vaguely referring also to
Pernetty and Forster. The other he calls “ Platyrhyncus leoninus,; Lion
marin, Steller, Nov. act. petrop., 2; Forster, 2 Voyages de Cook, t. 4;
Pernetti, Voyage aux iles Malouines, t. 2, pl. 10,’’ etc. No specimens are
definitely mentioned in either of Cuvier’s articles, but a skull of each genus
is figured in his first paper. These illustrations are based not on Steller’s
animals mentioned in the text, but, in the case of Platyriyncus, on the
Southern Sea Lion, and in the case of 4rcfocephalus on a fur seal from the
Cape of Good Hope. Cuvier’s plate xv (Z. c.) therefore determines the type
for both groups, which in the case of 4rctocephalus is the Cape of Good
Hope species, 4rctocephalus antarcticus (Thunberg), and in the case of
Platyrhyncus, the sea lion of Patagonia and the Falkland Islands, named
Otaria leonina by Peron. This would restrict Ofaria to Steller’s Sea
Lion were it not, fortunately for the present current nomenclature of the
group, that the name Platyrhynchus is doubly preoccupied — for a genus
of birds by Desmarest in 1805, and by Thunberg in 1815 for a genus of
Coleoptera.
It hence fortunately happens that the first valid restriction of Ofaria,
after the Fur Seals (4rcfocephalus) were removed, was made in 1866, when
Gill established Ezmefopias for the sea lion of Steller, and Zalophus for
' Gf. Forster's Descript. Anim., p. 64. Compare also Forster’s “‘ Voyage Round the World,”
I, 1777, p. 151, and Buffon, Hist. Nat., Suppl., VI, 1782, pp. 330, ef seq.
*Mém. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. XI, 1824, pp. 205-209, pl. xv.
*Dict. des Sci. Nat., Vol. XXXIX, 1826, pp. 553-555.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OTARIIDA. 105
the California Sea Lion, and Peters proposed Phocarctos for the Aukland
Islands Sea Lion. Of¢avza is thus, by the elimination of all the other types
originally included under it, restricted tothe Southern Sea Lion, or the Sea
Lion of Forster.
OTARIA BYRONIA (Blainville).
(Plate XXI, Skeleton.)
Lion marin, Pernetty, Voy. aux Iles Malouines, 1769, 447, pl. viti, fig. 1
(animal). Falkland Islands.
Phoca jubata Schreber, Saug., II], 1776, 300. In part; mainly based on
Steller’s Leo marinus, but includes ‘Zion marin Pernetty.” Also,
in part, of Erxleben, Zimmermann, Gmelin, Kerr, Shaw, Gia FE.
Cuvier, Fischer, and systematists generally until about 1830, and of
some later authors.
Sea-lion, Forster, Voy. Round the World, II, 1777, 512-515.
Sea-Lion of Forster, Hamilton, Amphibious Carnivora (Jardine’s Nat.
Library, VI), 1839, 237, pl. xviii, animal, after Forster.
Le Lion-marin, Buffon, Hist. Nat. Suppl., VI, 1782, 358-380 (in part), pl.
Ixviii, ‘‘dessine d’aprés nature par M. Forster.”
Phoca jubata Biainville, Journ. de Phys., CXI, 1820, 294; Ostéog., Les
Phoques, 1840, pll. iii (skeleton), vi (skull), and ix (dentition). —
Forster, Descrip. Anim., 1844, 317. Staten Land, New Year’s Island
and Patagonia.
Otavia jubata Desmarest, Mamm., I, 1820, 248 (in part).— Nilsson, K.
Vet. Handl. Stockholm, 1837,—; Arch. f. Naturg., 1841, 1, 329
(in part). — Gray, List Mamm. Brit. Mus., 1843, 103; Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. (3), XVIII, 1866, 230; Suppl. Cat. Seals and Whales,
1871, 13; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), IX, 1872, 483; ‘‘ Handlist
Seals, Morses, Sea-Lions and Sea-Bears, 1874.’’— Tschudi, Fauna
Peruana, 1844-46, 135.— Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Wissen. zu Berlin,
1866, 263, 665, 670; zbzd., 1877, 505.— Abbott, P. Z. S., 1868, 190,
Falkland Islands. —Sclater, P. Z. S., 1868, 190, 527-529 (fasszm),
Falkland Islands. —Murie, P. Z. S., 1869, 101-106, skull, male and
female, Falkland Islands; Trans. Zod]. Soc. London, VII, pt. xvi, 1872,
501-582, pll. Ixvii-Ixxii; VIII, pt. xvi, 1874, 527-596, pll. Ixxv—
Ixxxii, anatomy, Falkland Islands. — Allen, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl.,
II, 1870, 44 (in part); Hist. N. Amer. Pinnipeds, 1880, 208. — Cun-
ningham, Nat. Hist. Strait Magellan, 1871, 126.— Hensel, Phys.
106 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Abhandl. Akad. Wissen. zu Berlin, 1872 (1873), 91, Lobos
Islands, Uruguay ; also, formerly, Lobos Islands off Sta. Catharina,
Brazil.— Burmeister, Descrip. phys. Rép. Argent., III, 1879, 526-528,
Atlas, 2” livr., pl. viii, skulls and teeth, showing variation with age
and sex. Islas de los Lobos, Argentina.— Thomas, P. Z. S., 1881,
4, Magellan Strait. — Flower, Cat. Osteol. Coll. Roy. Coll. Surgeons,
II, 1884, 187-190 (special mention of the Commodore Byron Sea-
Lion skull, p. 189).— Turner, Zodl. Voy. Challenger, pt. Ixvili, 1887,
29, Falkland Islands. — Philippi, An. Mus. nac. Chile, I, Zool., 1892,
5, 9, pl. i, animal. — Figueira, An. Mus. nac. Montevideo, II, 1894,
203.— Albert, Act. Soc. scient. du Chili, XI, 1901, 257-271, synonymy,
description, distribution, habits, etc.—Dabbene, An. Mus. Buenos
Aires, I, 1902, 350, Tierra del Fuego. — Heller, Proc. California Acad.
Nat. Sci. (3), Zodl., III, 1904, 243, Galapagos Archipelago.
Phoca leonina Molina, Sag. Stor. Nat. Chili, 1782, — (not of Linnzeus,
1758). Coast of Chili.
Otarvta leonina Péron, Voy. aux Terr. Austr., II, 1816, 40, 65.— Desmarest,
Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., XXV, 1817, 590 (in part). —Gray, Zodl.
Voy. Erebus and Terror, Mamm., 1841, 5, pl. xvii, fig. 1, 2, skull,
juv.; Cat. Seals in Brit. Mus., 1850, 47; Cat. Seals and Whales,
1866, 59.—Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, 1866, 264, 665, 670
(referred to as a doubtful species).
? Fared Seal, Pennant, Hist. Quad., II, 1793, 278, young. ‘‘Streights of
Magellan.”’
? Phoca flavescens Shaw, Gen. Zodl., I, ii, 1800, 260, young. Based on
Pennant, as above.
? Otaria flavescens Desmarest, Nouv. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat., XXV, 1817, 601 ;
Mamm., I, 1820, 252. Based on Shaw and Pennant, as above. —
Lesson, Man. de Mamm., 1827, 207; Dict. class. d’Hist. Nat., XIII,
1828, 425. Based on the foregoing.
Sea lon from the tsland of Tinian by Commodore Byron, Biainville, Journ.
de, Phys., XCl, Oct. 1820, 287; 410; pl. “Wee, 4920,” fig...
P{hoca| byronta? Blainville, zdzd., 300. Same as above.
Phoca byrontt Desmarest (ex Blainville MS.), Mamm., I, 1820, 240. ‘Sea
lion from the Island of Tinian, by Commodore Byron,” in Hunterian
Museum, afterwards in Mus. Coll. Surgeons, London. Skull only=
Phoca byronia Blainville, Oct., 1820.
EA Pe
- = ee
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OTARIIDA. 107
Macrorhinus byront Lesson, Man. de Mamm., 1827, 202.
Ofaria byronia Peters, Monatsb. k. Akad. Wissen. Berlin, 1866, 269, 666.
Phoca byronia Blainville. Given as doubtfully distinct from O.
jubata auct.
“Otaria byronia (Blainville),”’ Burmeister, Zeitsch. fiir gesammte Natur-
wiss. Halle, XXXI, 1868, p. 298, in text; referred to O. jubata auct.
Ontaria |sic] molossina Lesson & Garnot, Férussac’s Bull. Sci. Nat.,
VIII, 1826, 96 (prelim. desc.), Iles Malouines (= Falkland Islands).
Otaria molossina Lesson & Garnot, Voy. Coquille, Zool., I, 1826, 140—
149, pl. ili, animal. Detailed description of a young sea-lion, from
Falkland Islands. — Philippi, An. Mus. nac. Chile, I, Zool., 1892, 6,
22, pl. ix, animal, pl. x, skull, juv.
Platyrhyncus molossinus Lesson, Man. de Mamm., 1827, 203. Same as
above.
Otaria guerin Quoy & Gaimard, Zool. Voy. Uranie, 1824, 71 (footnote).
Falkland Islands.
Platyrhyncus uranie Lesson, Man. de Mamm., 1827, 204. From Quoy
& Gaimard, as above.
Lion marin, Pernetty, Voy. aux Iles Malouines, 1769, 447, pl. viii, fig. 1.
Iles Malouines.
Sea Lion, Pernetty, Hist. Voy. to the Malouine (or Falkland) Islands, 2d
English ed., London, 1773, 240-242, pl. xvi. Falkland Islands.
Otaria pernettyt Lesson, Dict. class. d’Hist. Nat., XIII, 1828, 421. Based
on the Sea Lion of Pernetty, as above.
Sea Lion of Pernetty, Hamilton, Amph. Carn. (Jardine’s Nat. Libr.), 1839,
244, pl. xix, animal, from specimens in the Edinburgh Mus.
Otaria chilensts Miiller, Arch. f. Naturg., 1841, i, 333, Chili. — Philippi,
An Mus nae. Chile, 1° Zooel!, 1892)6, 25, pl. xi, fig. 1, animal, pl.
xii, skull, juv., showing part of milk dentition.
Otaria ulloe Tschudi, Fauna Peruana, Mamm., 1844-46, 136, pl. vi, ani-
mal. Coast of Peru. — Peters, Monatsb. k. Akad. zu Berlin, 1866,
270 ; 2bid., 667, 2 pll., skull, % nat. size. — Burmeister, Zeitsch. fiir
gesammte Naturwiss. Halle, XXXI, 1868, 298, in text ; considered
as the female of Ofarta jubata auct.— Philippi, Mus. nac. Chile, I, Zool.,
1892, 12, pl. vi, animal, pll. vii, viii, skull, female.
Otaria hookeri Sclater, P. Z. S., 1866, 80, text fig. of animal. In error;
gy, oelater, PZ. S.; 1868, 190;
108 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Otaria godeffroyt Peters, Monatsb. k. Akad. zu Berlin, 1866, 264, 670, pl.
i, skull, Chincha Islands, Peru.— Burmeister, Zeits. fiir gesammte
Naturwiss. Halle, XX XI, 1868, 296, 297, in text, referred to O. 7u-
bata auct.
Otaria minor Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), XIII, April, 1874, 326.
Locality unknown (cf Allen, N. Am. Pinn., 1880, p. 201).
Otaria pygmea Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), XIII, April, 1874,
326. Locality unknown (cf Allen, 7 c. sapr.).
Otaria velutina Philippi, An. Mus. nac. Chile, I, Zool., 1892, 5, 14.
Otaria fulva Philippi, An. Mus. nac. Chile, I, Zool., 1892, 5, 17, pl. ii,
animal, pll. i, iv, v, skull, juv. ‘Costa de Algarroba y Provincia
Bahia de Talcahuana.” Specimens described and figured are very
young.
Otaria rufa Philippi, An. Mus. nac. Chile, I., Zool., 1892, 6, 28, pl. xiii,
fig. I, animal. Length, 990 mm.
EXTERNAL CHARACTERS.'—General color of adult light yellowish
brown, lighter on the head, darker and more reddish brown on the but-
tocks and limbs ; muzzle and naked membranes of the feet black. Young
dark chocolate brown, much darker than the adult, the coloration be-
coming gradually lighter with age. Females are said to be like the males
in coloration.
Length of adult male from muzzle to end of tail about 6 to 7 feet, and
from the muzzle to the end of the hind flippers about 8 to g feet. Female
about one third less in linear measurements.
The old males are described by the early voyagers as maned like a
lion, but this is in no strict sense true. The hair is longer on the neck
and shoulders than elsewhere, but the maned effect is due mainly to the
thick skin being thrown into heavy folds when the head is raised.
SKULL.—The skull of this species has been so often figured and is
‘The material collected by the Princeton Patagonian Expeditions relating to the Pinnipedia
not having been conveniently accessible during the preparation of this work I have drawn upon
previously published descriptions in dealing with their external and osteological characters.
Through the kindness of the authorities of the United States National Museum and the Cam-
bridge Museum of Comparative Zodlogy I have had opportunity to restudy a considerable series
of skulls of both the Southern Sea Lion and the Southern Sea Bears, and have utilized to some
extent material from my “ Monograph of the North American Pinnipeds,’’«published in 1880. I
am also indebted to the kindness of Prof. W. B. Scott for Plate X XI, illustrating the skeleton of
Otaria bryonia, based on a mounted specimen from Patagonia, collected by the Princeton Pata-
gonian Expeditions.
re es ree er Se
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OTARIIDA. 109
now so well known that a detailed description is unnecessary. It varies
greatly in the two sexes, the male skull being much larger than that of
the female, with an excessive development of the processes and crests, as
age advances. The average dimensions of old male skulls from the
Straits of Magellan are: Total length 350 mm., ranging in a series of 8
old skulls from 325 to 372; zygomatic breadth 223, ranging from 210 to
237. Four old female skulls give an average total length of 260 (252 to
277), and a zygomatic breadth of 143 (140 to 146).!
Dr. James Murie? and Dr. William Turner’ have made known the
anatomy of this species in great detail, their work being based on Falk-
land Island specimens.
The Southern Sea Lion bears a strong general similarity externally to
the Northern Sea Lion, which it resembles in color and proportions, but,
judging from the skulls, it is about one eighth smaller. In cranial char-
acters the two animals are remarkably distinct for members of the same
family, not only in dental formula but in the formation of the bony palate.
But they appear to agree as closely in habits as in external appearance,
both being polygamous, and resorting to particular islands or coasts at a
definite season of the year to bring forth their young.
GEOGRAPHICAL DIsTRIBUTION.— The Sea Lions of the coasts and islands
of southern South America are commonly believed to be referable to a
single species, of rather wide distribution. It formerly occurred in great
abundance at the Galapagos Islands, and is still found there in small
numbers‘; also along the coasts of Peru and Chili to Cape Horn, resort-
ing especially to some of the islands of this part of the South American
coast. It also frequented the eastern coast of Patagonia, and still ranges
north to Lobos Island, off the mouth of the Rio de la Plata, and formerly
north to the coast of Brazil, off Sta. Catharina’. It was formerly numer-
'@. Allen, N. Am. Pinnipeds, pp. 226 (footnote), 246, 247; Murie, Trans. Zodl. Soc. Lon-
don, 1869, p. 105.
* Researches on the Anatomy of the Pinnipedia. Part II. Descriptive Anatomy of the Sea
Lion (Ovaria jubata). By James Murie, M.D., F.L.S., F.G.S., etc. Trans. Zodl. Soc. London,
Vol. VI, pt. viii, Jan., 1872, pp. 527-596, pll. Ixvii-Ixxiii; Vol. VIII, pt. ix, June, 1874, pp.
501-582, pll. Ixxv—Ixxxii.
* Report on the Seals collected during the Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger in the years 187 3-
76. Zodl. Chall. Exp., pt. Ixviii, 1887, pp. 1-138, pll. i-x. Appendix to the Report on the
Seals. The Myology of the Pinnipedia. By Wm. C. Strettell Miller. lbid., pp. 139-234.
*Heller, Proc. California Acad. Sci. (3), Zoél., XII, 1904, 244.
* Hensel, Abhandl. K. Akad. Wissen. zu Berlin, 1872 (1873), 91:
IIo PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
ous at the Falkland Islands and in the Tierra del Fuego Archipelago.
It does not appear to have been reported from the South Shetland and South
Georgian Islands, nor from any point more remote from the South Ameri-
can coast than the Juan Fernandez and Falkland Islands. In the report
on the Southern Cross Collections (1902), it is not mentioned as hav-
ing been met with by the naturalists of this expedition during their long
cruise in Antarctic waters.
Respecting their recent occurrence on the eastern coast of Patagonia
Mr. Barnum Brown (MSS. notes) says: ‘Two herds of sea lions were
found on the coast of Patagonia at a point about twenty miles south of
the mouth of the Santa Cruz River, where they have bred and been noted
since the earliest settlements along the southern coast. They occupy two
distinct rookeries, although not more than half a mile apart; the herd
furthest north, numbering less than 200 head, lives in tide-worn crevices
and caverns, from which they slide into the sea with great noise when
disturbed. The southern and largest herd has over 300 head, which lives,
when ashore, on the open shingle beach under the cliffs. Others were
seen off Cape Hall, but they were not in rookeries.”’
NOMENCLATURE AND TECHNICAL History.—The early voyagers to
high southern latitudes met with Sea Lions, Sea Bears, and Sea Wolves
at various points on or near the coast of southern South America and
described them in narrations of their voyages, usually in vague terms, but
sometimes with sufficient detail to render them recognizable, when the
locality is considered, in the light of our present knowledge of the subject.
The technical history of the present species may be said to have begun
with Pernetty,t whose Lion marin, though poorly described and badly
figured, observed by him at the Falkland Islands in 1764, is identifiable
as this animal, although his account of it is more or less confused with
that of the Sea Lion of Anson. Pernetty’s Lion marin became, in 1776, in
part the basis of Schreber’s Phoca jubata (/. c.), who quotes Pernetty as
authority for his statement that the male has long curly hair (“langen
krausen Haare’’) on the nape and neck, like the male lion, and a length
of 25 feet and a girth of 19 to 20 feet,? and for its occurrence at the Falk-
"Voyage aux Iles Malouines, 1769, p. 447, pl. viii, fig. 1.
*It is hard to say whether Pernetty meant this statement to apply to his Lion marin or to Lord
Anson’s Sea-lion, which Pernetty insists was injudiciously applied to what he calls Loup-marin,
his statements are so confused.
—
2 np al ae
CORINA tie . Sn ee i
i o> sen
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OTARIIDA. ey
land Islands. Schreber also mixes Pernetty’s account of its habits with
Steller's, although Steller is necessarily his main authority, Pernetty’s
information is so meagre. As, however, Steller gave no figure of the sea
lion, Schreber supplied this deficiency by copying Pernetty’s grotesque
caricature of the Falkland Island animal. Schreber's Phoca jubata was
thus composite, though based primarily on Steller.
For the next fifty years, or till 1828, nearly all systematic writers fol-
lowed Schreber in considering the northern and southern sea lions as
specifically identical. Péron, in 1816,' was the first author who had the
hardihood to assert that they were specifically distinct, and acting upon
this belief he bestowed the name /eonéva upon the southern one and
restricted the name jwbafa, very properly, to the northern one, calling
them respectively Ofaria leonina and Ofaria jubata, without, however,
pointing out their distinctive differences. This he doubtless did, or
intended to do, in a paper on the Pinnipedia he left in manuscript at his
death, in 1810, which was never published. Thus Péron, as the “first
reviser,’’ fixed the name jwda/a, as he had a right to do, very appropriately
on the Leo marinus of Steller.
Unfortunately his name /eonzna for the Falkland Islands species proves
untenable, although subsequently employed for it for many years by
numerous authors. Its untenability in this connection is due to the fact
that Molina, in 1782, gave the name Poca /eonina to the same ‘species,
as represented on the coast of Chili, notwithstanding the fact that he knew
that Linnzus had previously (1758) bestowed the same name (Phoca
Jeonina) upon the Sea Elephant (now Mzrounga leonina auct.).
A large number of specific names have been based, since 1782, on the
sea lions of the coasts and islands of southern South America, and from
these it is necessary to replace the name /eontva of Molina and Péron.
The first of these, in order of time, is (1) Poca flavescens, given by Shaw in
1800, and founded on the eared seal of Pennant. Pennant’s description
was based on a young otary in the Leverian Museum, only about two
feet in length, said to have come from the Straits of Magellan. It is
entirely indeterminable from the description, but the locality, if correctly
indicated, leads to the inference that it was more likely a young sea lion
than a fur seal; and this being the case, it may be hypothetically referred
to the genus Ofarza, to which it has been provisionally assigned by the
"Voy. aux Terr. Austr., II, 1816, pp. 37-40, passim.
I12 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
majority of writers for the last fifty years; but Gray, in 1871, referred it
to Phocarctos hookeri.' The name flavescens evidently rests on a basis
too unsatisfactory to warrant its use for any species.
In 1820 Blainville’? described and figured the skull of a sea lion found
by him in the Hunterian Museum of London, bearing the legend ‘Sea
Lion from the island of Tinian, by Commodore Byron.” His description
of this skull is given in considerable detail, and his figure, though rough,
aids in determining beyond doubt its reference to the sea lion (Ofaria) of
southern South America. On a later page he bestowed upon it the name
Phoca byronia. This skull, fortunately, was afterward deposited in the
British Museum, and finally transferred to the osteological collection of
the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, where it is still preserved.
It has been examined by numerous competent authorities, as G. Cuvier,
Nilsson, Gray, Peters, Burmeister and Flower, who have uniformly
referred it to Ofaria jubata auct. Gray says (Suppl. Cat. Seals and
Whales, 18717 p: 13) -°" 1 cannot see any difference between the skull in
the College of Surgeons, on which Poca Byronia was founded and those
[of O¢farvia jubata| in the British Museum.” Flower, in his Catalogue of the
Osteological Collections of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons,
enters this skull with the following comment: ‘This specimen was
brought to England in 1769, by Commodore Byron, as is stated, from
Tinian, one of the Ladrone Islands, and was for many years preserved in
the British Museum. It is not improbable that there has been a mistake
as to the locality assigned to it, or that it was brought to the island by
some human agency or accident, as living Sea-Lions of this species have
never been met with nearer Tinian than the Galapagos Islands. There
is no mention of it in Byron’s published narrative. De Blainville has
given a very incorrect description and figure of this specimen in the
‘Journal de Physique,’ tome xci., pp. 287 and 300 (1820), under the
name of Phoca byronia, whence Phoca byronti, Desmarest, Mammalogie,
p. 240 (1820).’’— Flower, 2 c., II, p. 189.
As stated by Flower, the skull could not, therefore, as alleged, have
come from the Island of Tinian, one of the Mariana or Ladrone Islands
(lat. 15° N.), which are situated far outside of the range of any known
*Suppl. Cat. Seals and Whales, 1871, p. 14.
?Journ. de Phys., XCI, Oct., 1820, p. 287, fig. 3 of plate dated Dec., 1820; named Phoca
byronia on p. 300.
ie Pera Ty Vee es ——
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OTARIIDA. WAL
Pinniped. The essential facts of the case, then, are: (1) The skull on
which the name Phoca byronza was based is beyond doubt a skull of the
sea lion (Ofaria gubata auct.) found on the islands and coasts of southern
South America; (2) that it is also the first name exclusively based on
that animal that is perfectly identifiable and not preoccupied. It is hence
necessarily the only available name for this species, which must stand as
Otaria byronia (Blainville).'
Several subsequent names also relate exclusively to this species, which
of course become synonyms of Ofaria byronia. Among these may be
mentioned Ofaria molossina Lesson & Garnot, 1826, based on the Sea
Lion of the Falkland Islands, very fully described and well figured in the
Zoology of the Voyage of the Cogwz//e, from a semi-adult male specimen.
Other synonyms were added the following year (1827) by Lesson, as
Otaria pernetty:, based on Pernetty’s account of the Falkland Island Sea
Lion, and Platyrhyncus uranie, based on the “ Otarie Guérin”’ of Quoy
and Gaimard,—a young or female sea lion, also from the Falkland
Islands. In 1841 Miiller added Ofavia platyrhinchus, based on the type of
F. Cuvier’s genus Platyrhyncus, and Otarta chilensis, based on specimens
obtained by Philippi on the coast of Chili. In 1844 von Tschudi added
Otaria ulloe = the female of Ofaria byronta (= jubata auct.) as recognized
by Peters, Gray, and Burmeister. Peters in 1866 added Ofavza godeffroyi,
from the Chincha Islands, off the coast of Peru, which he later considered
doubtfully distinct from O. 7wbatfa, and to which it was subsequently re-
ferred by Gray and Burmeister as representing the male of that species.
Gray, in 1871, described an Ofavia minor and an Ofaria pygmea, both
based on skulls from unknown localities, and previously referred by him
to O. jubata. Finally, Philippi, in 1892, added three more, namely,
Otaria velutina, O. fulva and O. rufa, besides reviving O. molosstna and
O. chilensts of previous authors, making six species recognized by him
from the coast and islands of Chili. His descriptions and figures of most
of them are based on very young specimens, some of them still retaining
part of the milk dentition.
‘Desmarest, the same year (Mamm., I, 1820, p. 240), gave a description of the same skull,
under the name Phoca byronit, “ espéce nouvelle, fondée par M. de Blainville,”’ etc., his account hav-
ing been evidently based on Blainville’s manuscript description. He believed it to be allied to the
Sea Elephant, as did Lesson in 1827. Evidently Desmarest’s account was written before Blainville’s
description was published, and in the uncertainty as to which account was actually first published,
it is best to consider Blainville as the author of the species and accept his form of the name.
114 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
NoTE ON THE NAME OF THE NORTHERN SEA LION.
As already said, Phoca jubata Schreber was based primarily on the Zeo
marinus of Steller, the description being almost wholly from Steller, with
references to the Sea Lion of Pernetty ; and as Steller did not figure the
Sea Lion, as he did the Sea Bear, Schreber copied Pernetty’s execrable
figure of the Sea Lion of the Falkland Islands, supposing, as did subse-
quent naturalists generally for the next fifty years, that the Northern and
Southern Sea Lions were specifically the same. In 1816, as stated above,
Péron asserted their specific distinctness, restricted the name jzbata to
the Northern Sea Lion, and gave what he evidently supposed to be a new
name, /eouznva, to the Southern Sea Lion, and transferred both from Poca
to his new genus Ofarza. As already explained, the name Ofaria /eonina
is untenable on account of Molina’s having previously called the same
animal Phoca leontna, a name preoccupied by Linnzus’s Phoca leonina
for the Sea Elephant.
Lesson in 1862 renamed the Northern Sea Lion Ofaria steller?, and the
name s¢e//ert has since been in almost universal use for this animal. In
view of Péron’s restriction, twelve years before, of the name jwdata to
this species, the name s/ed/eri obviously becomes a synonym of jwéata, and
the correct name of Steller’s Sea Lion is Eumetopias jubata (Schreber).
Unfortunate as it may seem, the history of the case shows the necessity
of the change, under the current rules of nomenclature.
Earty HIsTORY OF THE NORTHERN AND SOUTHERN SEA LIONS.
The case of the Northern and Southern Sea Lions, often known respec-
tively as Steller’s Sea Lion and Forster's Sea Lion, furnishes an instructive
illustration of the struggles of zodlogists in arriving at a fair knowledge
of animals long known only from the vague accounts of explorers and
travellers, who, while perhaps eminent in other ways, were not good nat-
uralists. The case of the Fur Seals, or Sea Bears, of the northern and
southern hemispheres is equally complicated and interesting, but need not
be dealt with at length in this connection; it may suffice to say that the
history of these groups is perfectly parallel to that of the Sea Lions. Our
knowledge of the northern forms dates, in both cases, from Steller (1751),
whose classic memoir on these animals forms a conspicuous landmark
in the early history of mammalogy. In his ‘‘De Bestiis Marinis”’ both
~
a, ef ene — |
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OTARIID:. I15
the Sea Lions and the Sea Bears were made known with admirable detail
and clearness, and for nearly a century this memoir remained our chief
source of information respecting them.
It was, however, quite different with the large Pinnipeds of the south-
ern hemisphere, including the Sea Elephant as well as the Sea Lions and
the Sea Bears. They were first made known by the early voyagers to the
Southern Seas, as Dampier (1697), Freizer (1717), Anson (1748), Byron
(1769), Pernetty (1770), Forster (1777), Cook (1784), Weddell (1825), and
others, who gave, however, only very imperfect and erroneous accounts
of them; and yet they were taken by systematists many years later as
the basis of supposed species, notably by Desmarest (1817 and 1820)
and Lesson (1828). Thus each of the South American species was named
over and over again by compilers who apparently, in most instances, had
never seen a specimen of any of them. The early voyagers appear to
have taken home very few specimens, and these were not always correctly
labelled as to locality of capture. Thus, as in the case of the Commodore
Byron skull, already mentioned, they were sometimes attributed to local-
ties remote from the home of any species of Pinniped, and in other cases it
was uncertain whether the specimen came from the vicinity of Cape Horn,
or the Cape of Good Hope, or the Australian seas, the locality being
finally given as the ‘Antarctic Seas,” or as “unknown.” In some cases
the specimen consisted of a skin without a skull, sometimes of a very
young animal, as in the case of Pennant’s Eared Seal and Buffon’s Petit
Phoque; in other cases of a skull without the skin, sometimes adult,
sometimes young. While these animals were being slaughtered on their
breeding grounds by sealers, for their skins or oil, by the tens of thou-
sands annually during the latter part of the eighteenth and early part of
the nineteenth centuries, and their habits and haunts had become well
known, scarcely a specimen reached any of the scientific museums of
Europe, or fell under the observation of competent naturalists. It was
not apparently till about 1840 that any mammalogist had had speci-
mens of the northern and southern sea lions for comparison, when Miiller
found skulls of both in the Berlin Museum, and was able to confirm for
the first time their specific distinctions by actual comparison of their skulls.
In the Paris and London Museums there were a few skulls of the southern
species, but none of the northern, until about 1859, when a skull of this
animal reached the British Museum, received from California, and was
116 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
described by Gray as a new species. Neither had he up to that time seen
a skull of the northern fur seal.'
Till many years after the middle of the nineteenth century no one had
opportunity to recognize the great differences due to age and sex that ob-
tain in these animals; and it was therefore not strange that when, some
years later, isolated skulls from different localities and of different ages
began to arrive at the British, Berlin, and other Museums, they should be
taken as the basis of supposed distinct species, with the result of adding
to the long array of synonyms that now cumber the literature of the subject.
It was not till about 1870 that sufficient material for determining the cranial
differences due to age and sex began to accumulate, when good series of
skulls and skeletons, as well as of skins, of the northern sea lions and
fur seals reached the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy at Cambridge, and
the National Museum in Washington, and also of the southern forms as
represented at the Galapagos Islands.
Finally, as I stated in 1880 :* “Of about fifty synonyms pertaining to
the Eared Seals, probably two thirds have been based, directly or indirectly,
upon differences dependent on sex and age, and the rest upon the defec-
tive descriptions of these animals by travellers.”
Figures. — The Southern Sea Lion has been figured repeatedly, both as
regards the skull and the animal. The early figures are naturally crude
and of little value ; the later ones meet all requirements of detail and ac-
curacy. In the following enumeration the principal illustrations of the
animal and its external features are first mentioned, and then those of the
skull and its general anatomy.
Animal. —The first published figure of this species is probably that
given by Pernetty,* in 1769, based on the sea lion of the Falkland Islands.
This, though a wretched caricature, was copied by Schreber to illustrate
his Phoca jubata, and this fact constitutes the chief interest and impor-
tance of Pernetty’s figure.
* Dr. Gray, in 1864 (P. Z. S., 1864, p. 34) said: “Iam not aware that the Leo marinus of Steller
exists in any Museum.” In 1868, he wrote as follows: ‘When I published my ‘ Catalogue of
the Seals in the British Museum,’ in 1850, I was satisfied from Steller’s description that the species
he described from the Arctic regions were distinct from those found in the southern seas; and
when I at last succeeded in obtaining specimens and skulls from the northern regions of the
Pacific, I not only found that my idea was confirmed, but that they did not belong to the same
genera.’ — Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), I, Feb., 1868, p. 99.
*Hist. N. Am. Pinnipeds, 1880, p. 227, footnote.
* Voy. aux les Iles Malouines, IT, 1769, pl. viii, fig. 1.
a
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OTARIID. ie)
In 1782 a fairly good representation was published by Buffon! from a
drawing made by Forster, also at the Falkland Islands. The species was
again illustrated by Lesson and Garnot in 1826,2 who gave a colored figure
of a young animal from the Falkland Islands, under the name Ofaria
molossina. This figure was copied by Hamilton in his “Carnivorous Am-
phibia.” Hamilton gave also in 1839 a poor figure of what he called ‘The
Sea-Lion of Pernetty,’’* based on a specimen in the Royal Museum of
Edinburgh, which, he says, “was brought from the antarctic regions some
years ago.”
Tschudi in 1844-46,‘ gave a figure of his Ofavza ulloe, from a young
example about four feet long, from the coast of Peru.
The next figure appears’to have been published by Sclater,> an excel-
lent representation of a young male in the Garden of the Zoblogical So-
ciety of London, ‘captured on the sea shore near Cape Horn.” Other
figures from life of the same specimen, according to Gray and Murie, were
published in “ Land and Water,” “The Illustrated London News,” and
‘The Boys’ Own Magazine”’ (VI, No. 33, p24). The cutfrom “Land
and Water’ was republished by Dr. Murie in his memoir on the Anatomy
of Ofaria jubata,® and duly acknowledged. He also gave other text cuts
illustrating (fig. 2, 7 ¢., p. 539) its manner of swallowing food ; a group
(fig. 3, 2. ¢., p. 556) of Sea Lions in a variety of positions on land and in the
water, from drawings made from the living animal in the Zoological So-
ciety’s Gardens ; and also additional attitudes (fig. 4,2 ¢., p. 575) assumed,
drawn from life. In the plates accompanying Dr. Murie’s admirable
memoir are given figures of the fore and hind flippers, and of the hinder
portion of the body, showing the external genital organs, the ear, eye,
muzzle and throat, and the skin ridges on the breast (Zn65. WIL, lll: dsevan:
Ixviii and Ixix). Beddard, in his memoir “ On the Structure of Hooker’s
Sea Lion” (Arctocephalus hookeri),” gave a side view of the head, and a
front view of the muzzle of Ofaria “jubata,” in comparison with views of
similar parts in Arctocephalus antarcticus and Zalophus californianus.
These figures are of special interest as showing the short ears and the
"Hist. Nat., Suppl., VI, 1782, pl. xlviii. ? Voy. Coquille, Zool., I, 1826, pl. iii.
* Amphib. Carn., 1839, pl. xix. ‘Fauna Peruana, 1844-46, pl. vi.
* Proc. Zodl. Soc. Lond., 1866, p- 8, woodcut, under the name Ofaria hookeri, by error,
* Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., VII, part xvi, Jan., 1872, pp. 527-596, pll. Ixvii-lxxiii ; ié¢d., VIII,
part xvi, June, 1874, pp. 501-582, pll. Ixxv—Ixxxii.
"Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., XII, pt. x, 1890, pp. 370-374, figs. 2 and 5.
118 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
character of the nose-pad in Ofavia as compared with those -parts in
Phocarctos and Arctocephalus.
The pictorial history of this animal, as regards its external characters,
was further supplemented by Philippi, in 1892, by a series of very inar-
tistic and unimportant figures, based in large part on immature examples
from Chili.
Skull and General Anatomy.—The earliest figure of the skull, and
one of special importance from a nomenclatural standpoint, was pub-
lished by Blainville in 1820,’ since on this skull is based the name
Phoca byronia ; this figure, though rather unsatisfactory, is readily iden-
tifiable as that of O. 7wbata auct., as is shown further by his description
of it. In addition to this, the skull is still (or was recently) in the
Museum of the College of Surgeons of London, and, as already stated
(antea, p. 112), has been repeatedly examined and identified by compe-
tent authorities as belonging to this species. In fig. 4 of the same plate
Blainville figures the dentition (side view) of another skull of this species
under the name of ‘‘ Sea lion from islands Falckland.”” The first skull
was erroneously supposed to have come from the Island of Tinian, one
of the Mariana group.
The next figure of a skull that seems identifiable with the Southern Sea
Lion is that given by G. Cuvier in 1823 in his ‘“Ossemens fossiles,’’? a
side view of a “ téte adult du Cap” (/ c., p. 222), which appears to be the
same skull as that figured by F. Cuvier in 1824,° the side view given by
F. Cuvier corresponding with the figure given by G. Cuvier. F. Cuvier’s
figures e and f of this skull, particularly fig. 2, 4 of the ventral surface,
leave no doubt of its reference to the southern sea lion. This author,
however, does not state the locality or history of either of the skulls fig-
ured by him as the types respectively of his ‘‘ Platyrynque”’ and “ Arcto-
céphale.”’ As said above, and also earlier in this paper (avtea, p. 104),
there is no doubt of the identity of his type skull of the Platyrhinque with
the Ofaria gubata of modern authors.
Hamilton, in 1839, in the volume of Jardine’s ‘“‘ Naturalist’s Library”’
devoted to the ‘Amphibious Carnivora,” gave a rude side view of a skull
he attributed to the ‘“Sea-lion of Steller’ (p. 232), but which is unques-
‘Journ, de Phys., XCI, 1820, pl. (with the number for December, EB20); fig. 3.
Oss. foss., V, pt. i, 1823, pl. xviii, fig. 4.
*Mém. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat., XI, 1824, pl. xv, fig. 2, d, 2, f.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OTARIIDA. 119
tionably, as is his description of the skull, referable to the southern sea
lion. The history of the specimen is not given, and the figure has no
special value.
In 1840 Blainville figured the skeleton, and also the skull and denti-
tion! of a very old male, four views, one third natural size, being given
of the skull. The skeleton, it is stated, came from the coast of Chili, as
did also the skull, the latter having been obtained by Dr. Néboux on the
cruise of the Véuus.
In 1844, in the Zodlogy of the Avebus and Terror,? Gray gave two
views, profile and from below, of the skull of a young specimen. This is
presumably the same skull figured by him ten years later in his ‘‘Cata-
logue of Seals in the British Museum”’ (p. 46), apparently from the ‘west
coast of South America” (cf 7 c., p. 48), under the name Ofaria /eonina,
and again republished in his ‘Catalogue of Seals and Whales”’ (1866, p.
58).
In 1866 Peters gave three views of the skull of Ofavza godeffroy7* and
also three of a skull of Ofaria ulloe Tschudi,‘ both of which species he
later referred to O. jubata auct.
In 1872-1874 Dr. Murie, in his well-known memoir (Z. c.) on the “ Anat-
omy of the Sea Lion (Ofaréa jubata),” publishedan admirable series of illus-
trations of not only the skull but of the general anatomy, including the soft
parts as well as the skeleton. Two wood cuts in the text’ (VIII, p. 506)
give comparative views of the palatal surface of the skull of the male and
female, and plates Ixxv and Ixxvi a series of figures of the skull of a
young male, including sectional views. Plate xxvii illustrates the skele-
ton and numerous separate bones, and a series of skulls of different ages,
from a fortnight old to old adults, in profile and from above, showing
‘progressive growth.’ Five additional plates ® are devoted to the myology,
and five others’ to the brain, sensory, vascular, digestive, urinary, and
genital organs.
In 1883, Burmeister, in the Atlas (livr. 2, pl. vill, 17 figures) to his
'Ostéographie, Les Phoques, pll. iii, vi and ix.
?Mamm., pl. xvii, figs. 1 and 2.
*Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, May, 1866, pl. i.
* Thid., Nov., 1866, pl. i.
° First published in Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond., 1869, p. 103.
°Trans. Zodl. Soc. Lond., VII, pll. lxix—Ixxiii.
Op. cit., VIII, pll. Ixxviti-lxxxii.
120 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
‘Description Physique de la République Argentine,’ gave a series of
figures of skulls of old and young of both sexes, showing individual and
sexual variation, and also variation due to age. This is a most important
series of figures, based on specimens from the Lobos Islands, off the
mouth of the Rio de la Plata.
In 1892 Philippi figured a number of skulls, including those of three
supposed new species, all, however, based on very young animals, several
of the skulls showing part of the milk dentition, besides other features
of immaturity.
Otaria byronia has thus been very fully and satisfactorily illustrated as
regards both its external characters and internal structure.
Genus ARCTOCEPHALUS F. Cuvier.
Arctocéphale, F. Cuvier, Mém. du. Mus. d’Hist. Nat., XI, 1824, 205, pl.
AVM AG, Opes
Arctocephalus F. Cuvier, Dict. des Sci. Nat., XX XIX, 1826, 554. Same
as above. Type, ‘“ Phoca ursina’’ = Phoca antarctica Thunberg.
Flalarctus Gill, Proc. Essex Inst., V, 1866, 7, 11. Type, 47ctocephalus
delalandt Gray = Phoca antarctica Thunberg.
Arctophoca Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, May, 1866, 276 (subgenus
of Otarta). Type, Otaria | Arctophoca| philppu, sp. nov.
Euotaria Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), IV, Oct., 1869, 269 (‘‘ South
America’’) ; Suppl. Cat. Seals and Whales, 1871, 20. Type and only
species, 4rctocephalus nigrescens Gray = Phoca falklandica Shaw.
Gysophoca Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), IV, Oct. 1869, 269
(“Australia”); Suppl. Cat. Seals and Whales, 1871, 24. First spe-
cies, Otaria (Arctocephalus) cinerea Peters=? Otaria cinerea Péron,
1816 = Ofaria cinerea Quoy & Gaim., 1830=Ofaria forstert Lesson,
1828.
The only species referred by F. Cuvier (2 c., 1826) to his genus
Arctocephalus is his “ Arctocephalus ursinus ; Ursus marinus, Steller,
Novi comment. petrop., 11, p. 331,’ which he elsewhere mentions as
‘““ Phoca ursina, Linn.,”’ and distinctly says is the type of his genus 47c/o-
cephalus.'_ On this account many subsequent writers have given the type
of Arctocephalus as Phoca ursina. Under this name, however, Cuvier
associated not only Steller’s Sea Bear, but the Fur Seal observed by Per-
1Mém. du Mus., XI, 1824, p. 208; Dict. des Sci. Nat., XX XIX, 1826, p. 553.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OTARIIDé. 121
netty at the Falkland Islands, and the Fur Seal of the Cape of Good Hope,
(2. c., 1826, p. 554), —in other words, all the fur seals then known. As
F. Cuvier figured the type skull of his genus 4rctocephalus, his figure
must determine the type of the genus. Furthermore, it is a well-known
fact that no skull of Steller’s Ursus marinus reached any European museum
till many years after Cuvier established his genus Arctocephalus ; it was
thus impossible that this species should have served as the basis of his
figure and description of the skull. Besides, his figure does not leave the
least doubt as to its being, not this species, but some one of the several
southern species of fur seal. Cuvier, himself, does not intimate in either
of his two accounts of the genus 4rctocephalus the source of his speci-
men. In another work,! of about the same date, he describes the denti-
tion of certain of the seals, and says: ‘‘J’ai tiré cette description de une
téte qui avait appartenu a l’ours marin (fhoca ursina), et qui avait été
rapportée du cap de Bonne-Espérance par M. Lalande”’; also his brother
G. Cuvier, in 1823,? says he had received from M. Delalande ‘‘deux squel-
lettes de jeune Age, et une téte adulte de cette espéce’” from the Cape;
this adult skull he describes and figures (of. ce, pl. xviii, fig. 5). As
these were the only skulls of this genus in the Paris museums at the time
F. Cuvier established 4rctocephalus, it must be assumed, aside from the
evidence afforded by the figure, that his type was not Poca ursina Linn.,
but the Fur Seal of the Cape of Good Hope, referred to by F. Cuvier?
as the “O. [tarie] de Delalande,”’ and later named Arctocephalus dela-
landit by Gray.t It had, however, been previously described by Thun-
berg in 1811 as Phoca antarctica.’ The type of Arctocephalus F. Cuvier
is thus Phoca antarctica Thunberg = Arctocephalus antarcticus (Thunb.)
Gray.®
* GENERIC CHARACTERS. — Facial portion of skull slender, elongated,
pointed, gently declined. Molars “*=%, large in comparison with those of
Callotaria.
Arctocephalus is well distinguished from Ca//otarza, the only other genus
‘Des Dents des Mammiféres, 1825, p. 123.
2 Ossem. foss., V, 1823, p. 220.
3 Dict. de Sci. Nat., XXXIX, 1826, p. 558.
*Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1859, p. 107, pl. Ixix.
5Meém. Acad. St. Petersb., III, 1811, 322.
6 Arctocephalus antarcticus Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th Ser., IV, Oct., 1869, p. 266;
Suppl. Cat. Seals and Whales, 1871, 17.
122 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
of Fur Seals, by the slenderness and declivity of the rostral portion of the
skull and the much more elongated and relatively narrower general form
of the entire skull. The cranial differences between these two groups
are, however, not nearly so great as those which separate Ofaria from
Eumetopias and Zalophus. Dr. Peters, in his last synopsis of the Eared
Seals, referred all of the Fur Seals to the genus 4rcfocephalus, and placed
all the Hair Seals, except Ofavia byronza, in the genus Eumefopias, thus
recognizing only three genera of Otaries— Ofaria, Eumetopias and Arc-
tocephalus.
The number of species of 4rctocephalus, as well as their nomenclature,
has been a subject much in dispute, owing to lack of sufficient material to
determine the status of the supposed species, and to the unsatisfactory
basis of many of the earlier names. Peters, in 1877, recognized seven
species of southern Fur Seals, but several of them rest on very unsatis-
factory evidence. In 1892'I considered that six were fairly entitled to
recognition ; another, 4rctocephalus townsendi Merriam, had not then been
described. They are, adding the latter, as follows:
1. Arctocephalus townsendi Merriam. Guadalupe Island, off Lower
California.
2. Arctocephalus philippit (Peters). Islands of Juan Fernandez and
Mas a Fuera, and probably adjacent coast and islands of western South
America.
3. Arctocephalus australis (Zimm.). Falkland Islands, Straits of Ma-
gellan, and probably South Georgian Islands.
4. Arctocephalus antarcticus (Thunb.). West coast of South Africa
and adjacent islands.
5. Arctocephalus gazella (Peters). Kerguelen Island, and St. Paul and
Amsterdam Islands, and probably the Crozet Islands.
6. Arctocephalus forstert (Lesson). Coasts of New Zealand, Australia
and Tasmania, and the islands to the southward and eastward.
Very little new light has since been thrown upon the subject, as regards
the number and exact definition of the species. Facts of considerable im-
portance having an indirect bearing on the matter have been developed
through the Fur Seal Investigations of the seal herds in Bering Sea and
the North Pacific ; it having been established that the several herds which
frequent respectively for breeding purposes the Pribilof Islands, the Kurile
‘Proc. Fur Seal Arbitration, Vol. II, Appendix to Case of U. S., I, 1892, pp. 373-375.
:
€
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OTARIIDA. 123
Islands, and the Commander Islands, have separate feeding as well as
breeding grounds, and do not mingle even during migrations; and also
that the animals composing these separate herds are so far differentiated
in external and other characters as to be considered worthy of recognition
in nomenclature under separate names. Thus instead of the northern Fur
Seals being all referred as formerly to a single species, they are considered
as separable into three closely related species, under the names respec-
tively, of (1) Callotarta ursina (Linn.) of Bering Island, the real Sea Bear
(Ursus marinus) of Steller; (2) Callotarta alascana (Jordan & Clark) of
the Pribilof Islands ; and (3) Ca//otaria curilensts (Jordan & Clark).' The
differences, so far as known, separating these forms are sufficient to render
even their peltries distinguishable. This being the case it is more than
probable that the southern Fur Seal herds that congregate at different
breeding resorts would also show similar differentiation, if material repre-
senting them could be brought together in sufficient amount for satisfac-
tory comparison. It does not, for example, seem probable that the Fur
Seals of the Galapagos Archipelago can be strictly the same as those
breeding on the Falkland Islands,’ or even those of Juan Fernandez and
Mas a Fuera Islands ; or that the herds that formerly resorted in immense
numbers to the Shetland, South Georgian and other Antarctic Islands
south of Cape Horn may not have presented minor differences from those
whose breeding resorts were in much lower latitudes. In the absence of
satisfactory material, however, for such comparison the Fur Seals of
southern South America and adjacent islands will be treated in the present
connection as belonging to two species, under the names Arcfocephalus
australis (Zimm.), of which the type locality is the Falkland Islands, and
Arctocephalus philippit (Peters), of which the type locality is Juan Fer-
nandez Island. Both species are represented in the material at hand by
fifteen skulls, of which four are referable to 4. australis and eleven to 4.
philippi; ten of the latter are from the Galapagos Archipelago, while
one purports to have come from “Straits of Magellan.”
The two South American species may be readily recognized by their
marked cranial differences, the skull of 4. austva@s having the rostral
Jordan and Clark, Report Fur Seal Investigation, I, 1898, p. 45, and III, 1899, p. 3.
*Since this article was prepared, early in 1902, the Galapagos Fur Seal has been separated as
Arctocephalus galapagoensis by Heller (Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 3d Ser., Zool., III, 1904, p. 245),
but on very unsatisfactory evidence of its distinctness. See further, p. 134.
124 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
portion very short with short nasals, while the same part in 4. pAhilippie
is relatively greatly lengthened, with correspondingly long nasals. In
brief, 4. australis is a short-nosed species and A. philippit a long-nosed
species. These features also involve the whole contour of the skull, so
that one is markedly brachycephalic and the other strongly dolichoceph-
alic. The two species are so distinct that they represent two very good
subgenera, as recognized by Peters in 1866, 4. phiizpfit being the type of
his subgenus 4rctophoca.
A very distinct species of this genus, not previously known to exist
north of the equator, was described by Dr. Merriam, in 1897, from
Guadalupe Island, off the coast of Lower California, from weathered
skulls collected by Mr. C. H. Townsend. These skulls, kindly loaned to
me for comparison with skulls of 4rctocephalus from the Straits of Ma-
gellan and the Galapagos Archipelago, prove of such interest that it has
been deemed desirable to give figures of them for comparison with those
of their southern allies, and to republish in this connection Dr. Merriam’s
original description and historical summary of this nearly extirpated
animal, with additional historical matter.
- ARCTOCEPHALUS AUSTRALIS (Zimm.).
(Plates XV, Fig. 1; XVI, Fig. 2; XVII, Fig. 2, Skulls.)
Falkland Isle Seal, Pennant, Hist. Quad., II, 1781, 521. Specimen in
Mus. Roy. Soc. London, from ‘“ Falkland Iles.”
Phoca australis Zimmermann, Geogr. Gesch., III, 1782, 276, based on the
‘Falkland Seal, Pennant, II, 521.”
Arctocephalus austrais Allen, Hist. N. Am. Pinn., 1880, 193, 210; Fur
Seal,.Arbitr., Appen. Case U:-S., \1,, 1892, 374.—— Thomas; PaZ. S:;,
1881, 4, Straits of Magellan.— Turner, Zo6]. Challenger Exped., pt.
Ixvill, 1888, 39, 82, pl. vi, figs. 1, 3, 5, pl. vii, parts of skeleton. —
Townsend, Rep. Fur Seal Invest., III, 1899, 274, pl. xxxv, Lobos
Islands. — Albert, Act. Soc. scient. du Chili, XI, Dec. 1901, 224-257.
General history, description, synonymy, habits, Chilian laws for its
protection, etc.
Ofaria austvats Philippi, An. Mus. nac. Chile, I, Zool., 1892, 6, 40, pl. xi,
fig. 2, animal, pl. xxi, skull. Punta Arenas, Straits of Magellan.
Phoca falklandica Shaw, Gen. Zodl., I, pt. ii, 1800, 256. Based on Pen-
nant’s ‘‘ Falkland Isle Seal.” — Weddell, Voy. towards the South Pole,
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OTARIIDAE. 125
1825, pp. 137-142, account of habits and products, especially in re-
lation to the South Shetland Islands.
Otavia falklandica Desmarest, Dict. d’Hist. Nat., XXV, 1817, 601 ;
Mamm., I, 1820, 252. Based on Pennant and Shaw. — Hamilton,
Ann. Nat. Hist., II, Oct., 1838, 81, pl. iv (name Ofaria falklandica
on the plate only); Jardine’s Nat. Libr., VI, Amphibia, 1839, 271,
pl. xxv (based on two stuffed specimens in Mus. Univ. of Edinburgh,
brought from the Falkland Islands by Capt. Weddell).— Peters,
Monatsb. K. Akad. Berlin, 1866, 273.—Sclater, P. Z. S., 1868, 528
(Falkland Islands). — Burmeister, Zeitsch. f. gesammte Naturwissens.
Halle, XXXI, 1868, 299.
Otaria (Arctophoca) falklandica Peters, Monatsb. K. Akad. Berlin, 1866,
672.
Arctocephalus falklandicus Gray, List Mamm. Brit. Mus., 1843, 103; Cat.
Seals in Brit. Mus., 1850, 42 (in part); Cat. Seals and Whales, 1866,
55; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), I, 1868, 103; Suppl. Cat. Seals
and Whales, 1871, 25; ‘‘Hand-List of Seals, 1874.’ — Burmeister,
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), XVIII, 1866, 99, pl. ix, fig. 1-4, skull
(Buenos Ayres).—Allen, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., II, 1870, 45.—
Cunningham, Nat. Hist. Strait Magellan, 1871, 179, Straits of
Magellan. — Burmeister, Descrip. phys. Rép. Argent., III, 1879, 528-
530, Atlas, 2™ fasc., 1883, pl. x, skulls and teeth, showing variation
with age, sex, etc.— Peters, Monatsb. K. Akad. Berlin, 1875, 393-
399; 1877, 505-507. — Figueira, An. nac. de Montevideo, II, 1894,
202, islets off Maldonado.
Arctophoca falklandica Peters, Monatsb. K. Akad. Berlin, 1871, 566. —
Goeldie (in Nehring), Sitzungsb. Ges. Naturf. Freunde zu Berlin,
1877, 209, near Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.
Arctocephalus ursinus Gray, List. Mamm. Brit. Mus., 1843, 103 — only
the Falkland Island reference.
Otarie de Péron, Blainville, Journ. de Phys., XCI., 1820, 295, in part.
Skin of a young specimen from Iles Malouines, afud G. Cuvier,
Ossem:. foss.;. V.-1623., 222.
Otaria hauvillit Lesson, Dict. class. d’ Hist. Nat., XIII, 1828, 425. From
Cuvier and Blainville, as above.
Ofaria shaw Lesson, Dict. class. d’Hist. Nat., XIII, 1828, 425 = Phoca
SJalklandica Shaw.
126 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Arctocephalus nigrescens Gray, Zoé). Erebus and Terror, t. f—(cf Gray,
P. Z.S., 1859, 109, 360 (based on a young skull, from “Falkland
Islands?” ; Cat. Seals and Whales, 1866, 52 (same specimen) ; Ann.
& Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), XVIII, Sept., 1886, 236 (same specimen, here
made type of a subgenus Ewofaria) ; Suppl. Cat. Seals and Whales,
1871; 20:
Otaria (Arctophoca) nigrescens Peters, Monatsb. K. Akad. Berlin, 1866,
669.
‘Otaria nigrescens (Gray)’’ Burmeister, Zeits. Naturwissensch. Halle,
XXXI, 1868, 198, in text ; referred by Burmeister to 4. Salklandica
(Shaw).
Arctophoca nigrescens Peters, Monatsb. K. Akad. Berlin, 1871, 564.
Euotaria nigrescens Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. His. (4), I, Feb., 1868, 106
(several Falkland Island specimens mentioned) ; zbzd., IV, Oct., 1869,
264 (three skulls from Desolation Island, southwest coast of Pata-
-gonia).
Arctocephalus grayit Scott, Mamm. Recent and Extinct, 1873, 19. Avow-
edly a new name for 4rctocephalus falklandicus auct.
FEtuotaria lativostris Gray, Hand-List Seals, 1874, 37, pl. xxvii, skull.
Based ona skull supposed to have come from Falkland Islands,
previously referred by Gray to his 4rctocephalus nigrescens.
Arctocephalus (Arctophoca) gracis Nehring, Arch. f. Naturg., 1887, i,
92, pl. ii (skull, young). Rio Tramandahy, Rio Grande do Sul,
Brazil.
? Otaria brachydactyla Philippi, An. Mus. nac. Chile, I, Zool., 1892, 6,
43, pl. xiii, fig. 2, animal, pl. xxii, skull, very young, with the milk
dentition ; length of animal, 900 mm. += Chonos Archipelago.
Arctocephalus falclandicus var. gracilis Nehring, Sitzungsb. Ges. Naturf.
Freunde zu Berlin, 1877, 142—coast of Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil.
External Characters.—Pelage of two kinds of hair—long, coarse,
blackish overhair tipped with gray or yellowish gray, giving a grizzled
effect, except on the ventral surface, where the hairs are without gray
tips; beneath this is the thick soft brownish underfur, lighter at the tips
and darker basally.
In the absence of specimens it is almost impossible to give a satisfac-
tory description of the external characters of the South American Fur
Seals. What the external distinctions may be, can be determined only by
ewe
eS a AO OS OO ED
see me ip lt al lt in Fe, la i al el le, NT TS
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OTARIIDA. 127
an examination of a good series of specimens from various localities.
In general coloration, ears and foot structure, they do not appear to differ
greatly from the northern species, although they must differ markedly (in
life) in physiognomy and more or less in the color and texture of the
pelage.
Skull. —Skull short and broad, the brain-case subquadrate, the anteor-
bital region very short, not greatly depressed, the very short nasals only
very slightly sloping and the extreme front border slightly raised, giving
a marked retroussé effect; zygomatic arches broadly expanded, the palate
strongly concave and the posterior nares narrow; sagittal crest slightly
developed. The skull as a whole is shorter and broader than in 4. Ahz/-
tppi. The unworn teeth are distinctly tricuspid, there being a distinct,
low, pointed cusp at the anterior base of the main cusp, and a similar one
on its posterior border. Teeth relatively much smaller than in 4. pheleppit.
The following table of comparative measurements (p. 128) of four
skulls each of 4. australis and A. philippit serve to illustrate the chief
points of cranial difference in the two species.
General Flistory.—The first introduction of the present species into
the literature of natural history appears to have been made by Pennant
in 1781, in his “ History of Quadrupeds”’ (Vol. II, p. 521), where, under
the name ‘Falkland Isle Seal,”” he described a young fur seal in the Mu-
seum of the Royal Society sent “from the Fa/kland isles.” Although
his description is very incomplete, it has always been considered as refer-
able to the Falkland Island Fur Seal. Pennant’s account became the
following year (1782) the basis of Zimmermann’s Phoca australis. In
1800 the same description formed the basis of Phoca falklandica Shaw,
under which name the species was commonly known till 1880, when
Zimmermann’s long-forgotten earlier name was revived for it.
In 1828 Lesson renamed Phoca falklandica, calling it Otaria shawit,
and also, in the same year, named the ‘‘Otarie de Péron”’ of Blainville,
based on another young specimen from the Falkland Islands (‘Iles
Malouines’’), Ofavta hauviliit, making the third name based on young
specimens of the Falkland Island Fur Seal. The two Cuviers and vari-
ous other writers had previously referred the Southern Fur Seals to
Phoca ursina, or to some vernacular equivalent, believing they were not
specifically different from the Fur Seals of the North, the Ursus marinus
of Steller.
128 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
COMPARATIVE MEASUREMENTS OF THE SKULLS OF Arctocephalus australis AND A. philippii.
Arctocephalus australis, Straits of Magellan. Arctocephalus philippit.
Strait of Hood Isl., Galapagos.
23331 U.S.N.M.) M. C. Z. | M. C. Z. |Magellan. ]
al 36664 1125 1126 |U.S,N.M./U.S.N.M.|U.S.N.M.|U.S.N.M.
o ad. go ad. & ad. 23332 23279 23281 23280
gad. g ad. gad. gad.
Basalblenpthis cecaca-eccame-<eeeee- 235 235 2a3 235 260 260 272 265
Basilar length (of Hensel)....) 206 211 211 210 230 245 238 238
Length of brain-case............ 87 85 87 85 103 97 96 99
Length of interorbital region.. 70 66 65 70 67 71 75 15
[Rostral exe plone veceas-meate eee 75 76 71 70 84 go 88 85
Palatal Nene thseecceeseceeecsteetes 104 98 102 99 108 III 108 113
Foramen magnum to palatal
MOOK sen Musto scecasttecneasieces 107 113 III I12 Ae NIP eaG IIo 125
Incisors to pterygoid hamuli...} 136 136 134 137 149 150 149 152
Zycomatic breadth: +. ....+,2-=0- 142 148 144 138 135 132 144 143
Mastoid breadth.................. 124 136 130 125 | —- 112 122 127
Lachrymal breadth.............. 58 57 64 Or Gr 64 72 66
Postorbital breadth .............. 48 59 | 6§ | — 6r 60 63 61
Postorbital constriction......... 27 35 BiG Wes Wa POR 26 a0 30
Width of rostrum at base of | |
Canines Presse ase nenseaeeeteodecs 51 52 Ste |} 2 150 Wie zai les AS 52 50
Wadthyvon ipalatete cess csc csesce 28 2S Nees 2) 0) a ees Ae ee On a ees | ec
Width of posterior nares....... 17 16 22 Ly | 24) Zo) eb2S 28
Upper tooth row(pm.1—m8)....) 58 Ba lee501 sh S05 60, f 56th A674) Ge
INasals length csse.ce seececss tare 34 36 BAe | say. eA Ge ||P a eGOn a ee Oyen
Nasals, width ant................ 28 30 Zou eS ZEW BAS HA, G2'5i9 Wee
Nasals; width! posts-ccc.-cs<eeee 12 14 ay | eae 12 15
Ratio (skull) of breadth to} | |
LON BED ee ead icdasesessteneeteens Gorqy|) 6314) 16153, 0le 159 52 | Cie dh ito Isy2t
Ratio of braincase to total | | | |
REN GUAR Fe orcese vase eenaeesanees 32.8 Bite i | iy 31.9 41-3 | 37 35 B73
Ratio of rostrum to total length | 31.5 32.3 go.5 || | 30 34 | 34.6 32.4 532
Dr. J. E. Gray, in 1859, based the name Arctocephalus nigrescens on a
young skull from the Falkland Islands, a ‘‘species”’ he continued to recog-
nize in all his later works and papers on the Eared Seals, but which by
other writers has been quite as uniformly referred to Arctocephalus falk-
fandicus. In 1874 the same author based the name Euofaria latirostris
on a skull also supposed to have come from the Falkland Islands, making
the third species recognized by him from these islands. In 1873 Mr. A.
W. Scott added still another synonym by avowedly renaming, as 47cfo-
cephalus grayt, the A. falklandicus of previous authors. In 1887 Nehring
based the name 4rctocephalus gracilis on skulls of young examples taken
on the coast of Rio Grande do Sul; and in 1892, Philippi described and
figured a very young specimen, under the name Ofaria brachydactyla,
from the Chonos Archipelago, which may or may not be referable here.
‘Only five molars instead of the normal number, six.
———
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OTARIIDA. 129
The locality is against such a reference. The skull, as figured, shows the
milk dentition, and the short nasals, which give it a resemblance to the
skull of 4. austvalis, may be due to its extreme immaturity. The de-
scription and figures are not sufficient for the satisfactory identification
of the alleged species.
Although hundreds of thousands, and probably millions, of these ani-
mals have been slaughtered for their peltries, no proper or adequately
satisfactory account has been given of the external characters of the
species, descriptions of which have been almost entirely based on skulls
alone, owing to the absence in museums of the skins of this species.
One of the most detailed accounts yet published is that given by Ham-
ilton in the ‘‘Annals of Natural History” (Vol. I, Oct. 1838, pp. 81-95,
pl. iv, animal), and republished in part in his ‘Amphibious Carnivora”
(Jardine’s Naturalists’ Library, VI, 1839, pp. 271-279, pl. xxv). Under
the title “Observations on the Fur Seal of Commerce,” he gave a critical
and discriminating review of the literature of the subject, and described “the
Fur Seal of Commerce” in considerable detail from two stuffed specimens
presented by Captain Weddell to the Museum of the University of Edin-
burgh, with extracts from Captain Weddell’s! account of its habits. It is,
however, not stated whether the specimens came from the Falkland or
South Shetland Islands, though probably from the latter, judging from
Weddell’s narrative.
The fullest recent account of the Falkland Island Fur Seal is that given
by Turner in the ‘‘ Zodlogy of the Challenger Expedition” (part Ixviii, 1888,
pp. 39-41). The skull, on the other hand, has been described and figured
by Gray (as 4rctocephalus nigrescens and Euotaria latirostris—see bibli-
ographical citations above), and recently by Burmeister and Turner.
Burmeister’s plate x of the second livraison of the Mammals of the Atlas
to his “ Description Physique de la République Argentine’ (1883) gives a
view of the animal, an adult male, with three views of its skull; also three
views of the skull of a young animal, and figures of the hyoid apparatus
and the bones of the fore and hind feet; but there is no information as to
the place of capture of the specimens figured, though presumably they
came from Lobos Islands, Uruguay. Turner, in the “Zodlogy of the
Challenger Expedition” (/ c., pl. vi), has also figured the skull and other
"Voyage to the South Pole, London, 1825, pp. 137, 140. See also Allen, /. c., pp. 378, 379
where Weddell’s account is again quoted. :
130 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
parts of the skeleton (/ c., pl. vii). As, however, Dr. Turner’s figures
are not altogether satisfactory, the teeth especially having been badly
drawn, the accompanying illustrations (Plates XV, Fig. 1; XVI, Fig. 2;
XVII, Fig. 2) may not be superfluous.
Geographical Distribution.— This species is unrepresented in the collec-
tions of the Princeton Patagonian Expeditions, nor is any very definite
reference made to it in Mr. Hatcher’s ‘‘ Narrative.’ Mr. Barnum Brown,
however, observed it off the coast of Tierra del Fuego, and has kindly
prepared the following account of his observations. He says (MSS.
notes): ‘Fur Seals were seen in considerable numbers on the south
coast of Tierra del Fuego, but they were not observed off the coast of
Patagonia. One herd, estimated to contain 1500 head, was seen near
Cape Hall, west of the Strait of Le Maire, and two smaller herds were
seen south of Lenox Island, having less than 200 individuals each. These
seals are poached by a few natives, but owing to the abrupt, rugged rocks
they are seldom found on shore and cannot be driven toa killing ground.
The Argentine Government sends a gunboat to these waters oncea month
to keep off poachers.”
The species ranges northward along the Patagonian coast to the mouth
of the Rio de la Plata, where it has been long known to frequent the small
islands off Maldonado. An out-lying colony was also reported by Nehr-
ing' in 1887 as found on the coast of Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, at the
mouth of the Rio Tramanduhy ; and the same year, through Dr. Nehring,
Dr. Goeldie? made known the capture of specimens at Ponta Negra, in the
neighborhood of the city of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, —doubtless, however,
an exceptional occurrence.
The breeding haunts of this species, as is well known, formerly included
the Falkland Islands, New Year's Island, Staten Land, Desolation Islands,
and other islands and coasts off the southern portion of South America,
and probably the more southern South Shetland, South Georgian, and
Sandwich groups. They doubtless still resort to most of these localities,
but only in small numbers in comparison with their former abundance.
The material used in the present connection consists of a series of
skulls in the United States National Museum, from the Strait of Magellan,
which are, however, without definite localities.
"Arch. fiir Naturg., 1877, pt. i, pp. 80-94, pl. ii; Sitzungsb. Gesells. Naturf. Freunde zu
Berlin, 1877, p. 142.
* Sitzungsb. Gesells. Naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, 1877, p. 207.
.
, aa ad errs ee er res
eee
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OTARIIDA:. 131
ARCTOCEPHALUS PHILIPPI (Peters).
(Plates XV, Fig. 2; XVI, Fig. 1; XVII, Fig. 1, Skulls.)
? Phoca porcina Molina, Sag. Stor. Nat. Chile, 1782, 275. Not satisfac-
torily identifiable, but apparently a Fur Seal.
? Ofaria aurita Tschudi (ex Humboldt MS.), Fauna Peruana, 1844-46,
137. Based apparently on a very young Fur Seal from San Lorenzo
Island, in the Bay of Callao, Peru.— Philippi, An. Mus. nac. Chile,
I, Zool., 1892, 47, based on Tschudi as above.
Otaria (Arctophoca) philippii Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, 1866, 276,
pl. ii, skull. Juan Fernandez Island.
Arctophoca philippii Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, 1871, 564.
Arctocephalus philippit Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, 1875, 393-399,
1877, 505-507.—Allen, Fur Seal Arbitr., App. to Case of the U. S.,
I, 1892, 374. —Townsend, Fur Seal Invest. (Jordan), III, 1899, 272.
Galapagos Islands.
Otaria philippit Burmeister, Zeits. fiir gesammte Naturwissensch. Halle,
XXXI, 1868, 299, in text. — Philippi, An. Mus. nac. Chile, I, Zool.,
1892, 6, 33, pll. xiv, xv, animal; pll. xvi-xix, skull.
Otaria ( Arctophoca) argentata Philippi, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, 1871, 560,
pll. i, ii, skull, Juan Fernandez Island. Considered by Peters to be
the female of Arctocephalus philippi, ¢. c., 1871, 563.
Otaria argentata? Philippi, An. Mus. nac. Chile, I, Zool., 1892, 38, pl. xx,
animal.
Otaria leucostoma Philippi, An. Mus. nat. Chile, I, Zool., 1892, 6, 46, pl.
xxiii, animal. Masa Fuera. Young; length 690 mm.
Orctocephalus galapagoensts Heller, Proc. California Acad. Sci. (3), Zodl.,
III, 1904, 245-248. Wenman Island, Galapagos Archipelago.
External Characters.\— Above blackish gray, more yellowish gray on
the head and neck; brownish black below, proximal portion of the limbs
rusty brown; lips and chin rusty brown; mustachial bristles in six rows,
part wholly black, part wholly white, and part black with the basal por-
tion white. The long overhair rusty brown basally, with rusty yellow
tips on the back, head, and neck, and on the ventral surface uniform
brownish black or with the tips ferruginous. The thick underfur is fer-
1In the absence of specimens, a free translation of Dr. Peters’s original description of the ex-
ternal characters is here given. The cranial measurements (p. 128) are taken from skulls from
the Galapagos Archipelago.
132 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
ruginous (rostroth). The hair on the upper part of the neck has a length
of 22 mm., on the middle of the back, 18 mm., and on the middle of the
belly, t1-12 mm, The thick, smooth-lying short hair on the dorsal
surface of the fore limbs extends only to the middle of the hand and basal
portion of the phalanges, which are tipped with very small nails. The
distribution of the hair on the upper surface of the hind limbs is the same
as on the fore limbs. The nail on the outer toe of the foot is small, flat
and short; that on the inner toe somewhat longer. The three middle
toes have well developed nails. The skin flap at the end of the toes is
largest on the outer toes and smaller on the middle toes, being broadest
on the outer toe.
Total length from the end of the nose to the end of the tail, 1570 mm. ;
length of the ear 36; length of the tail, 35; length of the palm, 300;
length of the sole, 350; length of the membrane on the middle toes, 9go—
105; length of the skull, 235. (For further cranial measurements see the
table under 4. australis, p. 128.)
The specimen described by Dr. Peters, as summarized above, is a young
adult male, as shown by the illustrations of the skull, in which the sagittal
crest is only slightly developed. The ear is apparently a little shorter
than in /. avsfrafis, but in other respects there are no very marked ex-
ternal differences between 4. australis and A. philippii.
Skud/, —Skull long and narrow, the posterior part much narrower than
in .f. austva/ts, though the skull as a whole is much longer; rostral por-.
tion also narrower, longer and much more sloping; nasals about one
third longer and much narrower ; dentition much heavier, and the acces-
sory cusps generally wholly absent or rudimentary; palate nearly flat,
not vaulted as in 4. avsfra/is; sagittal crest strongly developed, reaching
a height of 28 mm. in old males and extending forward to the postorbital
processes, as in Za/op/ius, and reaching as great a degree of development.
Geographical Distribution —The type locality of Arctocephalus philip-
fui is the Island of Juan Fernandez, off the Coast of Chili. In the mate-
rial at present available there is a single skull labelled as from the Straits
of Magellan, and one from ‘“ Patagonia,”’ probably Paraca Bay ; all of the
other eight skulls are from the Galapagos Archipelago, two being from
Jarvis Island and six from Hood Island. It would thus appear that
Ariocephalus philippit ranges from the Straits of Magellan northward
along the west coast of South America to the Galapagos Archipelago.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OTARIIDA:. 133
Among their noted resorts, from which hundreds of thousands have been
taken by the sealers, are Masaluero and Juan Fernandez Islands, the St.
Felix, St. Ambrose, and St. Mary’s Islands, and Albemarle and other
islands of the Galapagos group.' Apparently they formerly bred in large
numbers at most of these resorts, where apparently a few are still found.
There are also numerous records of their capture at many points on
the coast of Chili, at the Chincha Islands, and in the Bay of Callao on the
coast of Peru.
General FItstory.—Under the name Phoca porcina Molina, in 1782,
described an eared seal, but whether it was a species of Ofaria or an Arc-
tocephalus it is impossible to determine. It is so very imperfectly de-
scribed that it must be considered as undeterminable.
Tschudi, in his ‘Fauna Peruana”’ (1844-1846), published under the
name “ O|/aria| aurita Humboldt,” a drawing and a manuscript description
of a young eared seal from the San Lorenzo Island, in the Bay of Callao,
communicated to him by Humboldt. There is nothing in the descrip-
tion to show whether it was a hair seal (Ofavza) or a fur seal ( 4rctoce-
phalus).
The first name unquestionably referable to a fur seal from the west
coast of South America is Ofavia philippit Peters (1866), based on a skin
and skull of a young adult male from Juan Fernandez Island, of which he
gave a detailed description and excellent figures (natural size) of the
skull. At the same time he referred it to a new subgenus 4rclophoca, on
the basis of its having only five teeth in the upper premolar-molar series,
and the palate deeply emarginate. Neither of these features was normal,
the antepenultimate tooth having fallen out (a partly obliterated alveo-
lus is clearly shown in Peters’s figure on the right side, and more than
the normal interval on the left side), while the great emargination of the
posterior border of the palate is obviously due to imperfect ossification.
Both these abnormalities occur with some frequency in various species of
the Otariidz.’
‘For some account of the slaughter of this species for its skins at Mas a Fuero, Juan Fernan-
dez, and Galapagos Islands see Allen, Rep. Fur Seal Arbitr., App, to Case of United States, Vol.
I, 1892, pp. 394-396. Also Townsend (for the Galapagos), Fur Seals and Fur Seal Islands of
the N. Pac. Ocean (Jordan), Part III, 1899, p. 273.
2 Of the six skulls from Hood Island, Galapagos Archipelago, four have the molars ©* and two
have them ¢;, in these two instances with no indication that there were ever any more. In
another skull there is a supernumerary denticle between the 5th and the 6th teeth on each side.
134 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
In 1871 Philippi based the name Ofaria (Arctophoca) argentata on a
specimen from Juan Fernandez Island which Dr. Peters and subsequent
writers generally have considered as representing the female of 4. phzlip-
pi. The same author in an article entitled ‘“‘Las Focas Chilenas” (An.
Mus. Chili, 1892, pp. 52, pll. 23) has recognized five or six species
of fur seals from the coast and islands of Chili, all apparently referable to
those previously known from the Chilian coast. Among these are two,
both based on immature specimens, described as new, namely (1) Ofaria
brachydactyla, from the Chonos Archipelago, founded on a suckling pup
still retaining the milk dentition, and too immature for determination by
the description and figures (see avfea, p. 126); and (2) Ofaria leucostoma
from Mas a Fuera, of which the skull is not figured. It is apparently a
female or a young male of 4rctocephalus philippit.
In 1904 the Fur Seals of the Galapagos Archipelago were separated
by Heller (2 c.) as a distinct species under the name 4rctocephalus gala-
pagoensts, on the basis of certain supposed cranial differences distinguish-
ing it from 4. Ahikppe. Wis comparison must have been made with
Peters’s description and figures of the skull of 4. AAzzppi7, which I had
already considered with care in reference toa good series of Galapagos
skulls, without feeling myself warranted in making the separation later
proposed by Mr. Heller. His alleged characters —‘ wider skull, both
the zygomatic and mastoid measurements being considerably greater, and
by longer snout and mandible’’—are not evident. While his measure-
ments of an “old adult” male skull are larger than those given by
Peters, it must be recalled that the type skull of 4. Axziippi was, while
“full-grown,” ‘not very old.”’! The differences in size and proportions
are only what might be expected in skulls of the same species of cor-
responding ages. While the Galapagos animal may very naturally be
different on geographical grounds, from that of the Juan Fernandez
Islands, as already intimated (afea, p. 123), any differences that may ex-
ist can be shown only by direct comparison of satisfactory material from
A skull from Jarvis Island, Galapagos Archipelago, has six teeth on the left side and only five
on the right, set in close juxtaposition.
The emargination of the palatal border, in varying degree, is a not very uncommon condition
in Pinnipeds which have normally the palatal border truncate or only slightly concave.
t« |. . dem Schadel eines augsgewachsenen, aber noch nicht sehr alten mannlichen Ex-
emplars.’’—Peters, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, 1866,p. 276.
~~ ere wet * SQ €- OS sre
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OTARIID#. 135
the two localities. Until this has been done it seems premature to treat
the two forms as specifically different.
ARCTOCEPHALUS TOWNSENDI Merriam.
(Plates XVIII, XIX and XX, Skulls.)
| Arctocephalus sp.| Allen, Gill and Merriam, Fur Seal Arbitration, Append.
to Case of the United States, I, 1892, 586. Announcement of the
discovery of a species of 4rctocephalus on Guadalupe Island, Lower
California.
Arctocephalus sp. nov. Allen, zé¢d., 373, making the same announcement,
with historical comment on the occurrence of Fur Seals off the coast
of Mexico, Lower California and southern California.
Arctocephalus townsend Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XI, 1897,
pp. 175-178, original description. —Townsend, Fur Seals and Fur-
Seal Islands N. Pac. Ocean (Jordan), III, 1899, 269-272, habits and
statistics of capture.
In the general form the skull of 4. sownsendi is much nearer that of
A. philippii than that of 4. australis. In cranial characters /ownsendt
differs from Ahzclippit much as philippii does from australis, but the dis-
tinctive features of A/z/ippii are carried less far in fownsend?, and other
differences are added. Especially distinctive are: (1) the greater narrow-
ness of the skull, particularly of the rostral portion; (2) the much nar-
rower and more depressed palate; (3) the more flattened audital bullz;
and (4) the somewhat smaller size and slenderer form of the skull. The
external differences are not known, 4. fownsend? being thus far known
only from more or less imperfect skulls.
I am indebted to Dr. C. Hart Merriam, the describer of the species, for
an excellent photograph of the palatal aspect of the type skull (an old
male), here reproduced (natural size) in Plate XVIII, and a ‘‘young adult”
female skull, here figured (natural size) in Plates XIX and XX. A com-
parison of Plate XVIII (palatal view) with Plate XVII (palatal views, 34
nat. size) will serve to illustrate some of the striking differences that dis-
tinguish 4. townsend: from both 4. philippii and A. australis. For fur-
ther descriptive details it is sufficient to transcribe Dr. Merriam’s original
description, as follows:
“ Type Locality. —Guadalupe Island, off Lower California. Type No.
136 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
83617, df ad., U. S. National Museum. Collected on the beach on west
side of Guadalupe, May 22, 1892, by C. H. Townsend.
“Cranial Characters. —Contrasted with skulls of Arctocephalus (aus-
tralis or phillipt |= philippir|) from the Galapagos Islands, skulls of 4.
townsend? differ in somewhat smaller size ; much shorter rostrum; shorter
nasals; larger and more freely open incisive foramina ; heavier and shorter
ascending branches of premaxillze, which do not push backward along the
nasals as in australis |= philippir|; smaller, flatter and smoother audital
bull; much narrower and more deeply excavated palate; narrower post-
palatal notch; broader and heavier jugals; broader zygomatic processes
of maxillze, which are expanded to form a broad floor under the anterior
half of the orbit; larger, broader, and more rounded anterior nares in the
male, and absence of sagittal crest between frontals.
“The most important characters are the exceedingly narrow and exca-
vated palate, flat audital bullze, short and thick ascending arm of pre-
maxilla, and broadly expanded zygomatic root of maxilla, forming a floor
under the anterior half of the orbit. There are also tooth characters: the
first upper molar (5th molariform tooth) is mainly posterior to plane of
anterior root of zygoma; both upper true molars are double rooted, and
the last upper premolar is incompletely double rooted.
“In the female of éownsendi the narrow and deeply excavated form of
the palate is even more emphasized than in the male, and the postorbital
constriction is very much narrower than in the female of azstralis
[= philippit |.”
“ MEASUREMENTS OF MALE SKULL OF Arctocephalus townsendi (THE TYPE).
“Greatest basal length (gnathion to occipital condyles)............. 256
Basalilensth (snathion|tojlbasion) ere <slerpeyeyereleyeeioneloier rere erred 243
Basilar length of Hensel (basion to incisors) ...............+..-5 233
Palatine length (gnathion to postpalatal notch) ..............-4.- 120
Postpalatal length (postpalatal notch to basion)................-- 12
ZY SOMAtiG DKEAGtL o\eiajele aves eke iets eis cieke eer casio mien iisies 151
Lateral series of teeth (canine to last molar inclusive)............. 88
Distancelbetweenlcanitiesays siya oitvel aera) retreat teil ae 22.5
Distance! between 3d pair of molariform) teeth) 2.1.4.4. n= 22.5
Breadth (anteroposterior) of zygomatic root of maxilla between in-
ferior lip of antorbital/foramenvand orbiter ere)+ eile eler oie aie
The Guadalupe Island Fur Seal, though now commercially extinct,
being reduced to a few individuals, was formerly so abundant as to have
ad ete Sm A EE ty LE © in ounell
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OTARIID. 137
formed the basis of a profitable Fur Seal fishery, carried on at intervals
for many years, at several groups of islands off the western coast of
Mexico and Lower California. The history is so interesting, as well as
important, that it may well be here transcribed for convenient future
reference.
The first notice of this seal as a distinct and undescribed species is a
note written in June, 1892, and signed jointly by Dr. Gill, Dr. Merriam,
and the present writer, as given below, and published the same year in
the report of the ‘‘Fur Seal Arbitration, Appendix to the Case of the
United States,” Vol. I, p. 586, but not available for public reference till
1895. This note, entitled “The Fur Seal of Guadalupe Island, off Lower
California,” is as follows:
‘For many years it has been known that fur-seals breed at Guadalupe
Island, where formerly large numbers were killed annually for their skins.
Two thousand were secured as late as 1883, since which time small num-
bers have been taken nearly every year. Inasmuch as the Northern fur
seal (Callorhinus ursinus) is not known to breed south of the Pribilof
Islands, but occurs in winter off the coast of northern California and
passes north in the spring, it seemed important to determine the species
of fur-seal inhabiting Guadalupe Island. For this purpose an expedition
_ was sent to said island by the direction of Dr. C. Hart Merriam in May,
1892, in charge of Mr. C. H. Townsend, an assistant of the United States
Fish Commission. Seven fur seals were seen near the island and one
was shot by Mr. Townsend, but it sank before it could be recovered.
The visit was made too early in the season to find the seals on the shore.
A beach on Guadalupe Island was visited where it was known that a
large number of fur seals had been killed a few years previously and
four skulls were there obtained. We have carefully examined these
skulls and find them to belong to a species of 4rctocephalus, a very dif-
ferent kind of fur seal from that found in Bering Sea, the well-known
Callorhinus ursinus. [Signed]
J. A. ALEEN;
THEO. GILL,
C. HarT MERRIAM.”
The history of this seal probably runs back to Dampier, who, in 1686,
met with seals at the Chametly and Tres Marias Islands, in latitude 23°
138 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
and 21° respectively, off the west coast of Mexico. In describing the
Chametly Islands he says: ‘“‘The bays about the Islands are sometimes
visited with Seals; and this was the first place where I had seen any of
these Animals, on the North side of the Equator, in these Seas.” In
writing of the Tres Marias Islands he says: ‘‘The Sea is also pretty well
‘stored with Fish, and Turtle or Tortoise, and Seal. This is the second
place on this Coast where I did see any Seal: and this place helps to
confirm what I have observed, that they are seldom seen but where there
is plenty of Fish.”' Whether these seals were the California Sea Lion
(Zalophus californianus), the California Sea Elephant (AZvounga angus-
fivostvis), or a Fur Seal, he has left no means of determining.
The early history of their presence on the coast of Lower California and
Mexico I have detailed in another connection? and here transcribed.
‘Formerly large numbers of fur-seals were taken at the San Benito,
Cerros (or Cedros), Guadalupe, Santa Barbara, and other islands off the
coast of Lower California, and also on the coast of the mainland. Though
formerly abundant at all these points, they have become nearly extermi-
nated by the indiscriminate and persistent attacks of the seal hunters.
“Until recently the fur-seals off the Lower California coast were sup-
posed to be the same as the Alaska species, but Dr. Merriam has recently
obtained skulls from the old killing grounds on Guadalupe Island which
show that it is not only a different, as yet a probably undescribed
species, but that it is referable to the genus 4rctocephalus, not previously
known to occur north of the equator. It is resident the whole year off the
California coast, and resorts to the caves on the islands it frequents to
bring forth its young. In these respects it resembles the fur-seals of the
Galapagos Islands, to which it seems to be closely related.
“The following historical notes may be of interest in the present
connection:
“In 1825 Capt. Benjamin Morrell cruised along the west coast of
Mexico and California in search of fur-seals. Under date of May 20, 1825,
he writes that he arrived at Cape Blanco, in latitude 42° 49’ N. ‘Between
this cape and that of Mendocino, which is in latitude 40° 17’ N.
there are many small islands and rocks, some of which lie 3 miles from
the main. On these islands or keys I expected to find fur-seals, whereas
‘A New Voyage Round the World, 5th ed., Vol. I, 1703, pp. 263, 276.
* Fur-seal Arbitration, Appendix to the Case of the United States, I, 1892, 373, 374.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OTARIID. 139
I found them all manned with Russians, standing ready with their rifles
to shoot every seal or sea-otter that showed its head above water.’ (Mor-
rell, Voyages and Discoveries, p. 212.) Continuing southward, ‘perceiv-
ing little prospect of taking fur-seals on any part of the coast which the
Russians have monopolized,’ he reached Socorro Island, in latitude 18°
53 N. ‘At6a.m. the boats were despatched to examine the island in
search of fur-seals; but returned, after a faithful inspection, without see-
ing more than twenty animals of that species. They saw about 300 sea-
leopards and 1,500 hair-seals.’! (/éa., p. 213.)
‘He visited Guadalupe Island earlier in the season (March 27-31),
and says: ‘We lay here three days, during which time we took a number
of fur-seals.. A few days later he visited Cerros Island, and sent out
boats to search the island, but neither seals nor sea-elephants were seen.
He says: ‘There are many fine fish to be caught around this island, and
it was formerly a great resort for sea-elephants and fur-seals; but it now
appears to be entirely abandoned by these animals.’ (/é7@., p. 196.) On
April 8 he landed at Cenizas Island, in about latitude 30°, in search of
fur-seals, but found only sea-leopards and sea-elephants, about 400 of
the former and 800 of the latter. Later (April 23 to May 5) he ‘examined
the islands of St. Clement, St. Barbara, St. Rosa, and St. Miguel,’ for fur-
seals, but, he says ‘without much success,’ although he saw a few sea-
elephants and many ‘sea-leopards.. On May 11 he arrived at the
Farallon Islands, of which he says: ‘Many years ago this place was the
resort of numerous fur-seal, but the Russians have made such havoc
among them that there is scarcely a breed left. On this barren rock we
found a Russian family and twenty-three Codiacks, or Northwest Indians,
with their bark canoes. They were employed in taking sea-leopards, sea-
horses, and sea-elephants for their skins, oil, and flesh, the latter being
jerked for the Russian market on the Northwest Coast.’ (J/é7a., pp. 108,
110.)
‘“Captain Scammon refers to the former occurrence of fur-seals at San
Benito Islands and on the ‘coast of California,’ where, he says, ‘many
beaches were found fronting gullies, where [fur] seals in large numbers
formerly gathered; and as they had plenty of ground to retreat upon, the
sealers sometimes drove them far enough back to make sure of the whole
"Probably Zalophus californianus, which probably still occurs there in small numbers. Cf.
Nelson, N. Amer. Fauna, No. 14, April 29, 1899, pp. 17, 18.
140 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
herd, or that portion of them the skins of which were desirable.’ (Scam-
mon, Marine Mammalia of the Northwest Coast, pp. 152, 154.) Unfortu-
nately Captain Scammon’s account gives no definite dates, but the period
referred to must have been prior to the year 1850. He also refers, in Mr.
J. Ross Browne's ‘‘ Resources of the Pacific Slope”’ (p. 128), to Guadalupe
and Cerros Islands as having been formerly favorite resorts of fur-seals
and sea-elephants.”’
Dr. Merriam’s account of the circumstances that led to the discovery
of the species, and his-statistical history of Fur Seal hunting within a
comparatively recent period at Guadalupe Island,’ complete the history
of a species that nearly reached extinction before its existence had become
scientifically known. He says:
“During the recent international discussion respecting the seals of
Bering Sea, the matter of the distribution of the Northern Fur-seal (Ca/-
lorhinus ursinus) has received closer attention then heretofore, and ques-
tions have arisen as to the southernmost range of the species in the
past.
“Tt had been known for many years that colonies of fur-seals inhabited
parts of Guadalupe and the San Benito Islands, off the coast of Lower
California, and these seals were commonly assumed to be the northern
species —the same that breeds in such numbers at the Pribilof Islands in
Bering Sea. But it seemed to me a violation of the known laws of geo-
graphic distribution that a species adapted to the arctic climate and cold
waters of Bering Sea, and even there requiring constant fogs to protect
it from the feeble rays of the sun, should be able to breed under clear
skies on the subtropical islands of Guadalupe and San Benito.
‘During the sessions of the Bering Sea Joint Commission in February
and March, 1902, I made bold to express the opinion that the fur-seal
which breeds on these islands would prove to be, not the northern spe-
cies belonging to the genus Ca“/or/inus, but a southern species belonging
to the genus 4rctocephalus. No specimens were at hand for examina-
tion, but through the codperation of the Department of State and Fish
Commission I was enabled to send a small boat, in direct charge of Mr.
C. H. Townsend, on a special mission to Guadalupe Island.
"A New Fur-Seal or Sea-Bear (Arctocephalus townsendt) from Guadalupe Island, off Lower
California. By C. Hart Merriam. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, Vol. XI, pp. 175-178, July 1,
1897.
— neha Re Secllr ear SO OP pe
a 4
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: OTARIID. I41I
“Mr. Townsend sailed from San Diego on May 14, 1892, reached
Guadalupe on the 16th, and remained there until the 27th. He saw
seven fur seals and shot one, which sank before it could be recovered.
The trip was made too early in the season to find the seals on shore. A
locality was visited where it was known that a large number had been
killed a few years previously, and here four skulls were obtained. These
skulls were immediately sent to Washington, and on their arrival, were
examined by Dr. J. A. Allen, Dr. Theodore Gill and myself, and proved,
as had been suspected, to belong to the genus 4rcfocephalus. A joint
note to this effect was published by us in the “Fur Seal Arbitration, Ap-
pendix to the Case of the United States,” Vol. I, p. 586, 1892. In the
same volume (p. 373) Dr. Allen expresses the belief that the skulls in
question represent an undescribed species. The northernmost locality
from which the genus had been previously recorded is the Galapagos
Islands under the equator, about 2,500 miles southeast of Guadalupe.
“Tn his manuscript report on the Guadalupe trip Mr. Townsend states :
‘Guadalupe Island is thoroughly volcanic and there are caves by the dozen
along every mile of the shoreline which were once the retreats of thous-
ands of fur seals. On the afternoon of May 17 we saw four seals swim-
ming some distance off shore. Two of these we believed to be fur seals,
but could not get within shooting distance, although we tried for an hour.
The other two, seen later, were undoubtedly Za/ophus. No seals what-
ever were found on the rocks. . . . On May 22 we examined SW Point
and the three islands or rocks south of it. On the most southerly rock
we found a band of Zalophus, about thirty in number, hauled out. There
was no fur seals among them. Passing the point, we continued, pulling
in the dory, the schooner lying to off shore, up the west side of the island
about eight miles, where we anchored. In the evening we visited the
spot where Borges and Sisson had killed two or three hundred fur seals
about ten years before. Only a few weather-worn skulls were found,
which we gathered for shipment to Washington. The next day, May
23, we hunted along shore, in the boat as usual, as far as the next point
south of NW Point about six miles, the schooner keeping well off shore.
At 10 A.M., near the outlying rocks off this point, we found what seemed
to be a male fur seal, perhaps about four years old, asleep on the water
with his fins held aloft in the manner so characteristic of these animals.
I got a pretty fair shot with the rifle but missed. Half an hour later I
142 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
shot a female fur seal, killing it instantly. Before we could get the hook
on it, it sank below our reach, although only three boat-lengths away
when shot. The water was perfectly clear and we could see the animal
sinking when we reached the bloody spot on the water. It began to sink
zmmediately when shot. With an extra long hook we might have reached
it. We remained in the neighborhood for an hour, but no more seals
were seen. While lying to with the vessel about two miles off this point
the Captain saw two fur seals from the vessel, but was powerless to try
getting them. It was on the rocks at this point that Capt. Hunt had
killed a pup fur seal the year before (1891).’
“Tn addition to his own observations Mr. Townsend collected from
California sealers some very important information respecting the abund-
ance of the Guadalupe fur-seal and the numbers killed in recent years.
This may be summed up as follows:
“In 1880 Capt. Geo. W. Chase, of San Diego, made several trips to
Guadalupe for fur-seals, which he found ‘tightly packed in the caves and
holes [in the rocks].’ He generally fired at their eyes in the darkness of
these places, but sometimes used candles. His skins sold for $15 each,
from which he made $2,200 in 1880. The same man (Capt. Chase) stated
that about a year earlier a Mr. Borges sold his catch of Guadalupe seal-
skins at San Francisco for over $20,000 (the rate being $10 to $15 per
skin).
“In 1883 Capt. Geo. E. Wentworth killed about 2,000 fur-seals on
Guadalupe. Captain Wentworth states that several other vessels were
there at the same time, and that the Guadalupe fur-seal was practically
[commercially] exterminated that year — 1883.
“In 1890 Capt. Nelson told Mr. Townsend that he had killed fur-seals
with more or less regularity every year on the exposed shingle beach at
the northwest end of Guadalupe Island, where he pursued them into the
caves and killed them with clubs.
“In 1891 Geo. M. Hunt, of San Diego, visited Guadalupe in December
for the purpose of sealing and killed 5 fur-seals — 4 adults on the east
side and one pup on the northwest side. A few others were seen off
shore.”
In a paper published by Mr. Townsend in 1899," he gives (2 c¢., p. 272)
'Pelagic Sealing with Notes on the Fur Seals of Guadalupe, the Galapagos, and Lobos
Islands. By Charles H. Townsend, U.S. Fish Commission. The Fur Seals and Fur-Seal
Islands of the North Pacific Ocean (Jordan), Part III, 1899, pp. 223-274, pll. xxii-xxxv.
on a Os
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: MUSTELIDA. 143
in detail the information above summarized by Dr. Merriam, and adds, on
the authority of Mr. A. W. Anthony, a well known naturalist, that 36 fur-
seals were taken at Guadalupe in 1893, and 15 in 1894. He gives also
Statistics for the years 1876 to 1894, and adds: ‘This incomplete record
accounts for 5,557 fur-seals killed at Guadalupe between 1876 and 1894.”
Family MUSTELIDA.
This family, so far as known, is represented in Patagonia by only three
genera, a Skunk (Conefatus humboldt), the Weasel-like Lyncodon pata-
gonicus, and two species of Otter (Zatva). Two other species, the Tayra
(Zayra barbara, or a form of it), and the Grison or Huron (Gatcts
vittata) nearly reach our borders, the former occurring, according to Bur-
meister, as far south as the Grand Chaco in Argentina, and sparingly in ~
Paraguay, and the latter as far south as the northern part of Patagonia.
The true Weasels (genus /Pzforzzs) occur in northern South America,
and as far south as Peru in the Andes, but are absent from the more south-
eastern parts of the continent.
Genus CONEPATUS Gray.
Conepatus Gray, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist., I, Nov. 1837, 581. Type,
and only species, Conefatus humboldt Gray, sp. nov.— Howell, N.
Amer. Fauna, No. 20, 1901, 20 (footnote).— Thomas, Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. (7), VIII, Dec. 1901, 528 (in text).
Thiosmus Lichtenstein, Abhandl. Akad. Wissen. Berlin, 1836 (1838),
phys. Kl., 270. No type = Conepatus + Marputius Gray, 1837.
The genus Comefatus, taken in the broad sense for the bare-nosed
skunks in general, ranges from the southern border of the United
States southward to the Straits of Magellan. The group proves, how-
ever, divisible into three subgenera— Conepatus (s.s.), Marputius Gray,*
and Oryctfogale Merriam.? The latter includes most of the bare-nosed
skunks of the United States and Mexico; Marfufius includes certain Mex-
‘Type, Mephitis chilensis (= ‘“ Mephitis chilensis Geoff. Inhabits Chili. Brit. Museum.”
According to Thomas (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), VIII, Dec. 1901, 528), the “type was what
Gray called ‘ Mephitis chilensis Geoff.’ ; but his specimen (B. M. 68a) proves to be not the Chilian
Skunk (Conepatus chinga, Mol.), but the Brazilian one and the actual type of Lichtenstein’s M/e-
phitis amazonica.”
* Type, Conepatus leuconotus (Licht.) from Vera Cruz, Mexico. Cf Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc.
Washington, XV, p. 161, Aug. 6, 1902.
144 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
ican, Central American and South American species, leaving Conepatus
restricted apparently to the Patagonian and allied species of southern South
America. The geographical limits of these several groups, however, have
not been worked out, and the material now available does not permit me
to throw much light on the subject. As shown by Thomas (Z. c.) in oppo-
sition to a suggestion by Howell (/ c.), the name 7/zosomus is not avail-
able for use in this connection, being antedated by both Conepatus and
Marputius of Gray, in whatever sense 7/zosmus may be construed.
CONEPATUS HUMBOLDTI Gray.
(Plate XXII, Skulls.)
Conepatus humboldti Gray, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist., I, Nov., 1837,
581. Straits of Magellan. — Milne-Edwards, Miss. du Cap Horn,
VI, Zool., 1890, 6-14, pl. i (animal), pl. vii (skull). — Merriam, Proc.
Biol. Soc. Wash. XV, 165, Aug. 6, 1902 (in text).—-Prichard,
Through Heart of Patagonia, 1902, 260.
Conepatus nasutus, var. 2. humboldti Gray, P. Z. S., 1865, 146. ‘‘ Hab.
Magellan Straits.”’
Conepatus nasutus, var. 3. chilensts, Gray, P. Z.S., 1865, 146, in part; not
Marputius chilensis Gray, 1837.
Mephitis patagonica Lichtenstein, Abhl. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1836 (1838),
275, Patagonia= Conepatus humboldti Gray.—Cunningham, Nat.
Hist. Strait Magellan, 1871, 109. Sandy Point, Patagonia.
Conepatus castaneus Gervais & D’Orbigny, Voy. Amer. Mérid., Mamm.,
1850, 19, pl. xil. }
Adult Femade (winter).—General color above reddish brown with two
longitudinal stripes of white as follows: Two bands of white, united on
the head into a transverse band in front of the ears, pass, one on either
side, from the head to the base of the tail; between these a median band
of chestnut, extending from the crown onto the basal fifth of the tail; this
band is dark chestnut on the nape and shoulders, then light yellowish
chestnut to the hips, and again darker on the lower back, rump, and base
of tail; sides of the body dark chestnut brown; ventral surface still
darker, blackish brown, darkening to black on the anal region and base
of the tail; fore and hind limbs blackish brown; ears small, heavily
clothed, blackish brown like the head; tail rather short but very broad,
basally chestnut above and blackish below, then grizzled white and black-
1
|
|
|
;
7
|
|
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: MUSTELID. 145
ish above, with a broad, ill-defined subterminal band of blackish and
tipped with white ; below with two indistinct bands of black; claws white,
fore claws very long.
This is a very old female, as shown by: the skull. Two younger speci-
mens are similar, except that the dark median dorsal band is blackish
brown instead of chestnut, and the sides, underparts, and limbs are also
much darker, almost black. A third somewhat older specimen is rather
lighter, with a faint tinge of chestnut on the median band and sides. It
would thus appear that the general color lightens with age, and that the
light brown tints characterize more particularly old adults, which some-
times have the median band light chestnut and the upper portions of the
sides of the body chestnut brown.
The tail, in all of the specimens, is composed of two kinds of hair, as ,
respects length and color—long hairs wholly white, and shorter hairs with
the apical portion black, which latter form the subapical black band of the
tail, beyond which the tips of the wholly white hairs project for about 30
to 35 mm., forming a broad terminal white fringe. In the old specimen,
described above in detail, there are two broad black bands in the tail, a
subapical and a subbasal, both distinctly visible on the lower surface of the
tail, but only the outer one well defined on the upper surface.) (A close
examination shows that both bands, while quite regular and well defined as
seen from below, are composed of hairs that are white basally and black api-
cally, those forming the proximal band being only about half the length
of those which constitute the subapical band. They are probably a new
set of hairs, growing out to replace the longer ones.
Measurements.—Old female (No. 99270, U. S. Nat. Mus., Rio Gallegos,
Jan. 18): Total length, 570 mm.,; tail vertebrz, 200; hind foot, 56; longest
fore claw, 18; lateral tail hairs, 140-150. Milne-Edwards gives the length
of the type of Conepatus castaneus as: Head and body, 360; tail 180
(= total length, 540) ; hind foot 50; and of his Santa Cruz Specimen as :
Head and body, 410; tail, 110 (= total length, 520); hind foot, 60.
Skull: Total length, 64; basal length, 60; zygomatic breadth, 42.4;
mastoid breadth, 34.3; postorbital constriction, 17; palatal length, 25.3 ;
post-palatal length, 29; length of nasals, 20; width of nasals at middle,
6; upper premolar-molar series, 15.4; m’, transverse, 8; antero-posterior,
6.5; lower jaw, length, 41.5; height at coronoid, 21; lower premolar-
molar series, 20. In this skull the teeth are very much worn, but there
is no sagittal crest.
146 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Another skull, sex unknown, from Santa Cruz, slightly older, but with-
out any sagittal crest, measures as follows: Total length, 66; zygomatic
breadth, 42; mastoid breadth, 35.5; postorbital constriction, 17.5; upper
premolar-molar series, 17; lower jaw, length, 42, height at coronoid, 21 ;
lower premolar-molar series, 22.
Milne-Edwards gives the principal dimensions of the skulls of his Santa
Cruz specimens (No. 1), and of the three (Nos. 2-4) obtained by D’Or-
bigny, respectively as follows: Total length, No. 1, 68; No. 2, 62; No.
2°65 sNon iA, 50:3) mastoid, breadth, Nowa, 36%. ING: 72,4325 JNe! se. 325
No. 4, 33. Only one of the four skulls has a sagittal crest; this is No.
2, in which it extends as a thin lamina of bone 22 mm. in extent.
Represented by four specimens, collected by Colburn, as follows: Rio
Gallegos, 2 females, one very old, the other about one fourth grown, Jan.
18, 1898; Basalt Cafions, 50 miles southeast of Lake Buenos Aires, a
young female, about one half grown, April 7; Swan Lake, a female, about
two thirds grown, March 5. Also a skull, collected by Mr. Brown near
Santa Cruz. As already noted, the young are much darker than the
adults, but the pattern of markings is closely similar in all.
This species seems to vary considerably in color individually among
adults, the specimen described and figured by Milne-Edwards, collected
by Mr. Lebrun near Santa Cruz, Patagonia, being much lighter in color
than Mr. Colburn’s specimen taken near the mouth of the Rio Gallegos,
especially on the head and apical portion of the tail; while this author
states that those collected by D’Orbigny and described by Gervais have
all the dark portions of the body, including the ventral surface and the
feet, light chestnut.
According to Mr. Brown (MSS. notes) this animal is now quite rare in
southern Patagonia, though abundant at the time of its early settlement ;
‘‘a few years ago, they were destroyed by some contagious disease.’”’ He
says “the Indians make beautiful capas or blankets from their skins”’ ;
and adds: ‘I came across one of these animals one day eating an ostrich
and tried to drive it away; very much to my surprise, instead of taking
advantage of his natural means of defence, the little fellow bared his teeth
and came after me, whereupon I beat a retreat.”
Of this species Mr. Prichard says: ‘“‘The Skunk is to be met with
throughout the whole country, but we saw perhaps more specimens of this
animal in the neighborhood of Bahia Camerones than elsewhere. I have
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: MUSTELID. 147
observed it within ten miles of the foot of the Cordillera. The skins are
much prized by the Indians for the making of cafas” (¢. ¢., p. 260).
Genus LYNCODON Gervais.
Lyncodon Gervais, Dict. univ. d’Hist. Nat., IV, 1849, 685. Type, Lyx-
codon patagonicus, sp. NOV.
This monotypic genus is most nearly related to Gr7son Oken! (= Galictes
Bell et auct.) and Zayra Oken® (Galera Gray ex Brown), but is quite
distinct from either, differing in its reduced dentition, and externally by
its very short tail and peculiar pattern of coloration.
LYNCODON PATAGONICUS Gervais.
Lyncodon patagonicus Gervais, Dict. Univer. d’Hist. Nat., IV, 1849, 685 ;
Hist. Nat. des Mamm., II, 1855, 115, fig. (dentition). Bur-
meister, Descrip. phys. Rép. Arg., Hl, 1879, 161.— Matschie,
Sitzungsb. Ges. naturf. Freunde Berlin, 1895, 171-177.
Mustela (Putorius) brasthensis D'Orbigny, Voy. de l'Amér. Meérid., IV,
Mamm., 20, pl. xiii, fig. 3 (skull).
Putois du Chili (Mustela brasiliensis on plate) Blainville, Ostéog., Gen.
Mustela, 42, pl. xiii (dentition).
Mustela quigui Burmeister (vec Molina) Reise durch die La Plata Staaten,
II, 1861, 408.
General color grizzled gray brown, the hairs at base fulvous, subapically
broadly ringed with dark brown and terminating in a long white tip;
nape blackish brown; head yellowish white, from which extends posteriorly
on either side a broad whitish stripe from the side of the head to the
shoulder; throat, breast and limbs dark brown like the nape; rest of the
lower surface paler brown varied with gray; tail like the dorsal surface,
bushy-haired; ears very small, yellowish white, concealed by the sur-
rounding pelage.
Measurements (approximate from flat skin). — Total length, 335 mm.; tail
vertebra, 65. Burmeister gives the total length as 15 inches (380 mm.)
1Grison Oken, Lehrb. der Zool., II, 1816, pp. xi and 1000. Type, Viverra vittata Schreber.
Gf. Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XVI, 1902, p. 377.
2 Tayra Oken, Lehrb. der Zool., IT, 1816, p. 1001. Type, Mustela barbara Linn. Cf. Allen,
Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XVI, 1902, p. 377.
148 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
and the length of the tail as 3.50 inches (89 mm.). Gervais describes the
size of the animal as between that of an Ermine and a Mink.
Represented by a single imperfect flat skin, without skull or flesh
measurements, obtained by Mr. Hatcher on the Rio Santa Cruz in the
spring of 1899.
The species was first characterized by Gervais, in 1849, from a single
skull obtained by D’Orbigny on the Rio. Negro, which heretofore seems
to have formed the most southern known limit of its range. Later its
external characters were made known by Burmeister, from two specimens,
one of which came from Azul, Argentina, near the northern boundary of
Patagonia, and the other from the Rio Negro. It is said to have the
savage ferocity characteristic of all the weasel tribe, and, according to Bur-
meister, is sometimes kept in the houses of the ranchmen to destroy rats.
Genus LUTRA Brisson.
Lutra Brisson, Rég. Anim., ed. 2, 1762, 13, 201.—Erxleben, Syst. Reg.
Anim., 1777, 445.—Merriam, Science, N. S., I, No. 14, 376, April
5, 1895; type fixed as Mustela lutra Linn.
Two species of Otter are said to be found along the southern coast of
Patagonia and in the Straits of Magellan region, namely, Lutra felina
(Molina) and Z. favanensis Rengger. No specimens, however, were se-
cured by the Princeton University Patagonian Expeditions, and no Pata-
gonian specimens are at present available for examination. Both species
are fairly well known, having been repeatedly described, and their skulls
at least figured.
LuTRA FELINA (Molina).
Mustela felina Molina, Sagg. Stor. Nat. Chile, 1782, 342; Comp. Hist.
Geogr. Nat. y Civil de Chile, 1'788, 320.
Lutra felina Shaw, Gen. Zo6l., I, pt. 11, 1800, 448.—Thomas, P. Z. S.,
1881, 3 (Straits of Magellan, in part only); zdzd., 1889, 198 (critical).
Nutria felina Gray, P. Z. S., 1865, 128; Cat. Carniv. Br. Mus., 1869, 106.
Mustela (Lutra) chilensts Kerr, An. King., 1792, 172 (=Lutra felina
Mol.).
Lutra chilensis Bennett, P. Z. S., 1832, 1.—Waterhouse, Zodl. Voy.
Beagle, Mamm., 1839, 23, Chonos Archipelago.— Wagner, Suppl.
Schreber’s Saug., II, 1842, 260.—Cunningham, Nat. Hist. Strait
Magellan, 1871, 344, 350, 482.—Milne-Edwards, Miss. scient. du
_ o sini aditetialiaa eta eitaelmeieele
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: MUSTELIDA. 149
Cap Horn, VI, Mamm., 1890, 14, description of animal and distribu-
tion.— Dabbene, An. Mus. nac. de Buenos Aires (3), I, 1902, 349,
distribution.
Lutra californica Gray, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. I, Nov., 1837,
580; List Mamm. Br. Mus., 1843, 71. Locality, “California,” prob-
ably = Patagonia (cf Thomas, P. Z. S., 1889, p. 198).
Lutra peruviensis Gervais, Voy. la Bonite, Zool., I, 1841, 15, Atlas, pl.
ii, figs. 4-6, skull. ‘San Lorenzo du Pirou.”
Lutra brachydactyla Wagner, Suppl. Schreber’s Saug., IJ, 1842, 261,
footnote. Provisional name for a specimen ‘‘aus West-Amerika.”’
The above citations refer to the small otter common off the coast of
Chili and southward to the Straits of Magellan and the Tierra del Fuego
Archipelago. During the voyage of the Beag/e Darwin met with it in
abundance and has left us the best account we have of its habits. He
Says:
“These animals are exceedingly common amongst the innumerable
channels and bays, which form the Chonos Archipelago. They may gen-
erally be seen quietly swimming, with their heads just out of water,
amidst the great entangled beds of kelp, which abound on this coast.
They burrow in the ground, within the forest, just above the rocky shore,
and I was told, that they sometimes roam about the woods. This otter
does not, by any means, live exclusively on fish. One was shot whilst
running to its hole with a large volute-shell in its mouth; another (I
believe the same species) was seen in Tierra del Fuego devouring a
cuttle fish. But in the Chonos Archipelago, perhaps the chief food of
this animal, as well as of the immense herds of great seals, and flocks
of terns and cormorants, is a red colored crab (belonging to the family
Macrouri) of the size of a prawn, which swims near the surface in such
dense bodies, that the water appears of a red color. This specimen
weighed nine pounds and a half.” (Darwin, Zoél. Voy. Beagle, Mamm.,
p. 24.)
Milne-Edwards (2. c., pp. 14, 15) speaks of them as very abundant in the
region of Magellan Straits. He states that the officers of the Romanch
observed them in Orange Bay, at Grévy Island, Banner Cove, and Staaten
Land, and specimens were taken in Sea Gull Bay, north of Wollaston.
Their skins are commonly used by the Fuegians for clothing, and a short
account is given of their manner of hunting the otters.
150 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Mr. Hatcher, in his ‘‘ Narrative’ (p. 247), in his account of the Channel
Indians, refers to them incidentally as being hunted by these Indians,
from the skins of which and of fur seals they make their scanty clothing.
Mr. Barnum Brown met with them along the southern shore of Tierra
del Fuego, and has kindly furnished the following from his MSS. Notes:
‘Otters are numerous on the islands south of Tierra del Fuego and in
Beagle and Darwin Channels. The Channel Indians spear them and
sell their pelts to traders for a mere pittance. One canoe stopped our
schooner and an Indian brought on board seven pelts which the captain
secured for a gallon of aguardiente and a small bag of ship's biscuit.”
LUTRA PARANENSIS Rengger.
Lutra pavanensis Rengger, Naturg. Saeug. von Paraguay, 1830, 128-
138. Paraguay. — Wagner, Suppl. Schreber’s Saug., II, 1842, 261
(based on Rengger).— Burmeister, Reise durch La Plata Staaten,
II, 1861, 410; Descrip. phys. Répub. Argen., III, 1879, 166. — Nehr-
ing, Sitzungsb. Ges. naturf. Freunde Berlin, 1886, 146. Rio Grande
do: Sul/— ThomasyP.Z. S., 1889)!190; in! text, “and ifootnete tomp
198. Straits of Magellan.
Lutra platensis Waterhouse, Zoél. Voy. Beagle, Mamm., 1839, 21, pl.
xxxV, figs. 4a—4c, skull. — Wagner, Suppl. Schreber’s Saug., II, 1842,
262 (ex Waterhouse). — Thomas, P. Z. S., 1889, 199, in text.
? Lutra solitaria Wagner, Arch. f. Naturg., 1842, 1, 358. Ypenema,
Brazil. — Thomas, P. Z. S., 1889, 199, in text.
Lutra felina Thomas, P. Z. S., 1881, 3 (in part only; cf zbzd., 1889, 198,
footnote).
Lutra paraguensis Gray, P. Z. S., 1865, 128; Cat. Carniv. Brit. Mus.,
1869, 107 (in error for L. favanensis Rengger).
Lutra latifrons Nehring, Sitzungsb. Ges. naturf. Freunde Berlin, 1887,
23, in text; in part only.
Lutra paranensis was described in 1830 by Rengger from Paraguay,
who refers to it as common along the larger rivers, as the Parana and
Paraguay. Waterhouse, in the ‘“ Zodlogy of the Voyage of the Beagle”
(Z. c.), redescribed it as Lutra platensis, from a specimen killed near
Maldonado, near the mouth of the estuary of the La Plata. Burmeister,
in his ‘Description physique de la République Argentine” (III, p. 167),
says it is common along the banks of the Rio Parana, Rio Dulce, and Rio
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: CANID. I51
Salado, as well as in the lakes that border them; and is also found
further south along the rivers of the Provinces of Buenos Aires and the
Banda Orientale, sometimes as far as the mouths of the rivers, near
where they enter the ocean. The only record I know for its occurrence
in the Straits of Magellan is that by Thomas (P. Z. S., 1889, p. 198,
footnote, and p. 199, in text), who states that one of Dr. Coppinger’s
specimens taken in the Straits of Magellan, and first referred to LZ. fe/na,
proved on a later examination of the skull to be really ZL. Aavanensis.
Its range thus meets that of Z. fe/va, and hence occurs on the coast and
in the rivers of Southern Patagonia.
Family C4ANM/DAE2.
The South American Canids are more or less unlike typical representa-
tives of either Canzs' (C. Zupus group= Lupus Frisch, 1775) or Vulpes,
and various names have been proposed for their generic or subgeneric
designation. For the twenty species and subspecies which seem more or
less well entitled to recognition at least five generic or subgeneric names
(excluding synonyms) have been proposed. Of these Sfeothos Lund
(1839 = /chcyon Lund, 1843, afud Thomas) is widely different from any
other member of the family, and was formerly referred by some authors
to the Mustelida; it includes the ‘‘ Bush Dog” (S. vewaticus) of Brazil,
and one or more extinct cave forms from the same region.
Another very distinct group is that to which Matthew and Wortman
intended to apply the name /Vofhocyon, but which, through the peculiar
circumstances attending the original publication of the name, is not avail-
able in this connection. The type of /Vothocyon? was intended to be
‘By the process of elimination Camis Linn., 1758, is restricted to C. familiaris, the first of the
seven species given by Linnaeus under Camis. These species are:
1. familiaris, type of Canis, s. s., Ham, Smith, 1840; Gray, 1868.
. lupus, type of Lupus Frisch, 1775 ; also of Oken, 1816, Gray, 1868, etc.
. hyena, type of Hyena Brisson, 1762.
. vulpes, type of Vulpes Frisch, 1775, and of several later authors.
. alopex,= C. vulpes Linn. :
. lagopus, type of Alopex Kaup, 1829, and of Leucocyon Gray, 1868.
. aureus, type of Thos Oken, 1816; Vulpicanis Blainville, 1837; Sacalius Ham. Smith,
1839; Oxygoiis Hodgson, 1841; ? Lupulus Gervais (ex Blainville), 1855.
* Nothocyon was first proposed by Matthew (Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XII, pp. 20, 62,
March 31, 1899) without characterization (/. c., p. 20), although later in the same paper (/. c., p.
62) three fossil species, previously described by Cope, from the John Day (Lower Miocene)
An BW Nd
N
[52 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Canis urostictus Mivart, as Dr. Matthew informs me, but as first published
it did not include this species, it covering only three previously published
fossil species from the Miocene of Oregon, which were later only provis-
ionally referred to this genus, and which prove to be, as would be ex-
pected, not congeneric with Canzs wrostictus of Brazil. In allusion to
this embroilment I propose for this group, should it be deemed worthy
of recognition, the name Eunothocyon, with Cavs s/adent Thomas as the
type.’ ee also belongs Canis parvidens Mivart,’ which, like C. urostic-
tus, was described as from ‘“‘ Brazil,” without definite locality.
The “Maned Wolf” of southern Brazil, Paraguay and northern Argen-
tina is the type and only known representative of Hamilton Smith’s “sec-
tion” Chrysocyon (Chrysocyon jubatus = Canis gubatus Desm.).
beds of Oregon were referred to it. The genus was first described nearly three months later
(June 21, 1899) in a paper by Wortman and Matthew (of. cit., p. 124) as ‘‘ Nothocyon, gen.nov.,”
with Canis urostictus Mivart, as (inferentially from the context) the type, to which genus were also
referred Canis parvidens Mivart and also “ provisionally the three John Day species [ Galecynus |
latidens Cope, [G] lemur Cope, and Canis geismarianus Cope.” Hay, however, in his “ Bibli-
ography and Catalogue of the Fossil Vertebrata of North America” (1902, p. 771), in entering
this genus, says: “No type was designated, but Canis geismarianus may be taken.” Palmer,
two years later, in his “Index Generum Mammalium” (1904, p. 462), cites Hay, and says
“type fixed” (7. e., by Hay,as above). This, according to current rules of nomenclature and cur-
rent usage, was a perfectly correct proceeding, although when the genus Nothocyon was defined
it was founded on a skull of a living species from southern Brazil (Am. Mus. Osteol. Coll. Mamm.,
No. 391, from Chapada, Matto Grosso, Brazil = Canis sladeni Thomas, April, 1904), identified
and figured as Mivart’s Canis urostictus. Thus the real intention of the authors was inadvert-
ently defeated by the original publication of the name without any reference being made to the
intended type. The point is covered by Canon XXII of the A. O. U. Code, which is: “In no
case should the name of a genus be transferred to a group containing none of the species origi-
nally included in the genus.’’ There is also a similar provision in most other modern codes of
nomenclature.
1 As stated in the preceding footnote, the real basis of the diagnosis of othocyon was a skull
from Chapada, Matto Grosso, which for this purpose was described in detail and figured, and
identified as Canis urostictus Mivart. Three years later Thomas described (P. Z. S., 1903, II, p.
235, pl. xxvii, April 1, 1904) a small species, based on Chapada specimens, as Camis sladeni,
of which the skull used as the basis of Worhocyon is unquestionabiy a topotype. The type of
Eunothocyon is therefore Canis sladeni Thomas. The group will apparently include, besides £.
sladeni (Thomas), &. urostictus (Mivart), E. parvidens (Mivart), and perhaps other small forms
described and figured by Burmeister under apparently preoccupied names, as noted in the next
footnote.
?Mivart considers, and probably correctly, that the Canis vetulus of Burmeister is not the
Canis vetulus of Lund, leaving Burmeister’s C. vetu/us without a name, but which he provision-
ally refers to his parvidens, as he does also Canis fulvicaudus Burmeister (not Lund).
SS
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: CANIDA:. 153
The “Antarctic Wolf,” or ‘Falkland Island Dog,” a species restricted
to the Falkland Islands and apparently approaching extinction, is the only
recognizable species of Hamilton Smith’s ‘‘section” Duszcyon (emended
to Dasicyon by most later writers who have referred to it) ; although named
by Shaw, in 1800, as Candis antarcticus, it was first really made known by
Waterhouse and Darwin (Zoél. Voy. Beagle, Mamm., 1839, pp. 7-10, pl.
iv, animal); its skull, described by Mivart (Mon. Canidz, 1890, pp. 26-29,
pl. viii, animal) in 1890, appears not to have been figured, and its claims
to subgeneric distinction are not clear.
The ‘‘Azara Fox,” the ‘Magellanic Dog,” and their allies fall into Ham-
ilton Smith's “section” Cerdocyon (= Lycalopex Burmeister, 1854, part),
and seem at least subgenerically distinct from the foregoing and from the
larger, broader-headed Canids of Guiana, Venezuela and Colombia. For
the latter J. E. Gray proposed, in 1868, the genus 7Zows, which has been
adopted as a subgenus by several later writers. This name, however, is
untenable in this connection, having been applied exclusively by its
proposer, Hamilton Smith, in 1839, to certain African and other species
of Jackal (type, Canis anthus F. Cuv.). Thous of Gray includes the
“Crab-eating Dog” (Cands cancrivorus Desm.) and its allies of northeast-
ern South America, and in the absence of any synonym to replace 7hous
the group may be called Carcinocyon with Canis thous’ Linn. (= Canes
cancrivorus Desm.) as type, to comprise the C. ‘hous group,. C. agulus
Bangs, and probably other forms, including Cavs sclateri* (nom. nov.).
The two species of Canids known certainly to occur in southern Pata-
gonia belong to Cerdocyon, as recorded below. C. magelanicus is a well-
marked species, quite distinct from any of its northern allies. The relation
of C. griseus to the C. azare group is evidently close, but in the ab-
sence of specimens from Paraguay, the type region of C. azare, and of
Uruguay specimens representing C. extrertanus (Burmeister), or of C.
vetulus (Lund) from Minas Geraés, Brazil, it is impracticable to attempt to
express an opinion as to their relationships. They are evidently closely
allied, and may probably rank, with C. gr7sews, as only more or less well-
marked subspecies of C. azave. All are apparently quite different from
1Mr. Oldfield Thomas has recently adopted (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XII, Oct., 1903, p.
460, and footnote), the Linnean name Canis thous (ex Guiana) in place of caxcrivorus Desm., on
seemingly reasonable grounds.
2 Canis microtis Sclater, 1882, not Canis microtus Reichenbach, 1834, = Canis velox Say.
154 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
the much smaller and otherwise peculiar Canzs sladent Thomas from Cha-
pada, Matto Grosso.
Genus CERDOCYON Ham. Smith.
Cerdocyon Ham. Smith, Jardine’s Nat. Libr., IX, 1839, 259, 291. Includes
Canis azare Wied, 1826 (= Cants brasthensts Schinz, 1821), Vulpes
magellanicus Gray, and two unidentifiable species.
Lycalopex Burmeister, Thiere Bras., 1854, 95, part, asa subgenus of Cawzs ;
includes Canis azave Wied, C. vefulus Lund, C. canxcrivorus Desm.,
C. magellanicus Gray ; Erlaut. Faun. Bras., 1856, 24, 31; includes C.
cancrivorus Desm., C. vefulus Lund, C. fulvicaudus Lund.
Lycalopex Gray, P. Z. S., 1868, 511, as a full genus, to include L. vetulus
Lund, and C. falvicaudus Lund. C. cancrivorus is removed as the
type of Gray’s 7hous, gen. nov., nec Ham. Smith, 1839.
Pseudalopex Burmeister, Erlaut. Faun. Bras., 1856, 24, 44, includes Cans
azave (Wied), C. griseus Gray, C. magellanicus Gray.
Pseudalopex Gray, P. Z: S., 1858, 512=P. azare (Wied),, P. griseus
(Gray), P. magellanicus (Gray), P. antarcticus (Shaw), P. gracilis
(Burm.).
Cercodocyon was proposed by Hamilton Smith in 1839, as a ‘“‘section”’
of his ‘‘subgenus”’ C/aon, for a group of species he called ‘‘ Aguara Foxes,”
of which he recognized four species—(1) Cerdocyon mesoleucus sp. nov.,
(2) Cerdocyon guaraxa, sp. nov., (3) Cerdocyon azare (Wied), and (4)
Cerdocyon magellanicus (Gray). The first was described from a living
specimen said to have come from South America; ‘‘it forms,” he says, ‘a
kind of counterpart to 7ouws mesomelas of the Cape [of Good Hope], and
might be mistaken for it.’”’ The specimen does not appear to have been
preserved, and the species has not been since identified. The second spe-
cies was described from one of the “original drawings of Prince John
Maurice of Nassau-Siegen,”’ and is also unidentifiable. This leaves within
the genus two identifiable species, namely Canzs azare Wied and Vulpes
magellanicus Gray, both well known, and commonly recognized as con-
generic.
Lycalofex, originally proposed by Burmeister as a subgenus of Cawzs,
in 1854, contained Canzs azare Wied and C. vetulus Lund, to which he
also referred, in a footnote, Canzs cancrivorus Desm. and C. magellanicus
Gray. In 1856 he removed Caunzs azare and C. magellanicus to his new
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: CANIDA:. 155
subgenus, Psendalopex, leaving in Lycalofex, of the species originally
referred to it, C. cancrivorus and C. vetulus. Yo Pseudalopex he also
referred C. griseus Gray, making Pseudalopex a pure synonym of Cer-
docyon, as is also Pseudalopex of Gray, excluding C. antarcticus.
Gray, in 1868, still further restricted Lyca/opex by removing from it C.
cancrivorus, to form, as already stated, his new genus 7Zows, the name
for which being preoccupied is above replaced by Carcznocyon. Of the
four species originally included in Lycalofex two (azare@ and magellanicus)
already belonged to Cerdocyon, and the removal of cancrivorus to Thous
left in it C. vefu/us of both Lund and Burmeister. If C. vetw/us Bur-
meister is not the C. vefu/us Lund,! as Mivart believed, but is referable to
what Mivart saw fit to name C. parvidens, C. vetulus Burmeister was really
nameless, and Lyca/ofex cannot thus take the place of Aznothocyon. On
the other hand, Lyca/ofex cannot be made to replace 7/ouws, when Gray,
in establishing 7/ous, preserved Lycalofex for what he regarded as
another and distinct genus, to include the C. vetulus and C. fulvicaudus
of Lund.
CERDOCYON GRISEUS (Gray).
(Plate XXIII, Skull.)
Canis griseus Gray, P. Z. S., 1836 (1837), 88, nomen nudum.
Vulpes griseus Gray, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist., I, Nov. 1837, 578.
Straits of Magellan; type examined.
Canis griseus Burmeister, Erlaut. Fauna Bras., 1856, 48, pl. xxv, animal,
xxvili, fig. 3, xxix, fig. 4, skull. Sand Point, Straits of Magellan ;
Reise durch die La Plata-Staaten, II, 1861, 400; Desc. phys. Répub.
Argent., III, 1879, 151, same specimen.—Prichard, Through Heart
of Patagonia, 1902, 120, 258, 259 (habits and distribution).
Cants patagonicus -Philippi, Arch. f. Naturg., 1866, i, 116. Straits of
Magellan.
Canis azare Mivart, Mon. Canidz, 1890, p. 66, pl. xvii, animal, from
“type,” figs. 25-27, skull, type of Canzs fulvipes Martin (in part ;
only Patagonian references).— Hatcher, Narrative Princeton Univ.
Patagonian Exped., I, 1903, 58, 68, 167 (habits and distribution). —
Also of various other writers, in part.
1 Canis vetulus Lund has been sometimes referred to C. azare Wied (= C. brasiliensis Schinz)
and also to C. gracilis Burm. In either case it falls into the group Cerdocyon Hatin. Smith.
156 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Eixternal Characters.—General color above gray, varied with black,
most strongly over the median dorsal area, where in some specimens
there is a tendency to an ill-defined blackish median band. The pelage
is long and heavy, and consists of long rather stiff over-hair and an
abundance of soft woolly underfur. Top and sides of nose as far as the
eyes, crown, nape, and outer surface of ears rufescent brown; forehead
and sides of head more grayish, the hairs being conspicuously tipped
with whitish; dorsal region gray, strongly varied with black and strongly
suffused with rufous, beneath the surface the hair and fur being dusky for
the basal third, then strongly yellowish rufous to the tips of the fur, the
projecting points of the stiff over-hair broadly ringed with white and
tipped with black; sides paler and grayer, with paler underfur and less
black at the tips of the hairs; chin dusky; anal region fulvus; rest of
lower surface dull yellowish gray with a whitish median band extending
more or less regularly from the throat to the base of the tail; underfur
dark gray basally, passing into pale yellowish gray apically, with a patch
of darker underfur behind the fore limbs and just in front of the thighs;
fore limbs light yellowish rufous on the anterior and inner surface and
deep rufous on the posterior and outer surface; hind limbs pale fulvous
anteriorly, deep dark rufous posteriorly; tail large and full, the underfur
whitish gray at the base, gradually passing into dark sooty gray apically,
the portion of the over-hair extending beyond the underfur yellowish
gray tipped with black, giving a more or less blackish superficial tint
throughout, with the whole tip of the tail black for nearly two inches;
also a large well-defined spot of black near the base on the upper sur-
face ; ears externally dark cinnamon brown, the edges and inner surface
pale fulvous.
Young. — The nursing pups in first pelage are clothed in a soft woolly
coat, which over the whole dorsal area is dingy gray basally, darker sub-
apically, and fulvous gray on the surface with scattered long dusky-
tipped over-hair; the whole top of the head and limbs strongly reddish
fulvous or pale rufous, the nose and the ears externally darker or dull
brownish rufous, the edges and inner surface of the ears conspicuously
whitish. Below the coloration is similar to that of the adults, as is,
in fact, the general pattern of coloration, including the dusky chin and
dusky plumbeous axillary patches. The extreme tip of the tail is also
blackish.
—
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: CANIDA&. 157
Measurements. — Fourteen adults, of which 11 are males and 3 are
females, taken by Mr. O. A. Peterson and measured by him in the flesh,
give the following dimensions (in millimeters) :
EXTERNAL MEASUREMENTS OF Cerdocyon griseus.
Locality. Date. Total Length. Tail Verteb. Hind Foot.
U.S. N.M. No. | Sex.
92144 fot Rio Gallegos May 28, 1896 2692 343 140
92145 fot “ Sts oi 2 Ohne 2692 368 140
92146 fot ub Sez Ome 2616 305 133
92148 foe vC June to, ‘ 2642 330 140
92149 fot ob May 28, ‘ 2667 330 140
92150 fot 36 Gor Te 906 2591 305 127
92153 oo | Cape Fairweather July m4; ys 2692 330 140
92154 fot Gt a orece 2667 330 152
92155 oh ot ae a 2642 305 127
92156 J ‘ie ge fp 2692 305 127
92157 of fu June 30, “ 2692 356 147
92147 Q Rio Gallegos May 24, ‘ 2565 279 114
g2151 Q 36 Se tS nos 2565 267 127
g2152 QO ob June to.) 2616 318 127
Average of 11 Go 2664 329 137.5
OG) © BG ONG) 2582 288 123
Skull,—The skull is slender and fox-like, with the rostral portion long
and narrow. In old skulls of both sexes the occipital crest is well devel-
oped across the central portion of the skull and there is a very short
sagittal crest. The dental armature is rather weak and delicate. There
are two well developed posterior cusps on pm,, one on pms, with a slight
indication of a second, and none or only a slight trace of one on pm.
In much worn teeth these all nearly or quite disappear through wear,
except the last posterior cusp of pm . 2 is large, about half the size
of m+. .
Seven fully adult skulls give the following measurements :
MEASUREMENTS OF SKULLS OF Cerdocyon griseus.
Nat. Mus. Gee Total Basal Zygom. Postpal. Palatal Upper Molar Length
No. Length. Length. Breadth. Length. Length. Series. M1.
92150 fet 125 121 62.5 51 61 47 12.2
92146 fot 124 121.4 61 50.5 61 47 13
92197 fof 129 120 62 50.3 61.5 5° 13
92177 rot 129 124 68 52 65 48.6 14
92176 Q 130 127 66.5 56 63 50 D255
92152 ie) 130 125 66.5 54 62 49.6 14
10081" Q 133 126 64 53 64 50 14.2
‘Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.
158 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
The three specimens sexed as female by the collector (Mr. O. A. Peter-
son) are the largest of the series, and average a little older than the males,
although all are fully adult. There is apparently little if any sexual dif-
ference in size.
This species is represented by 16 adult specimens, of which 11 are
males, 3 females, and 2 without indication of sex; 11 were taken on
the Rio Gallegos, May 18 to June 10, and 5 at Fairweather, June 30 to
July 14. Besides these is a series of 6 young pups, representing two lit-
ters, taken respectively Nov. 16 and Nov. 29, on the Rio Coy. The
3 specimens taken on Nov. 29 are apparently several days younger
than those taken Nov. 16, and also somewhat darker.
The adults vary considerably in color, especially in respect to the
amount of black in the dorsal surface, and in the intensity of the fulvous
and rufous tints on the limbs. One specimen (No. 92148, 3, Rio Galle-
gos) differs from all the others in the very strong fulvous tinge of the
whole dorsal pelage. The July (Cape Fairweather) specimens are in
rather fresher, less worn coat than the May specimens, and have ae
whitish gray tips of the over-hair more conspicuous.
The color of the ventral surface is quite variable ; in general there is a
tendency to a narrow white median band suerte from the throat to the
tail, broadening on the throat and upper breast, and again on the pos-
terior part of the abdomen, these two areas being connected by a nar-
rower and somewhat irregular band. The amountand purity of the
white on the ventral surface varies, and is sometimes wholly replaced by
pale fulvous, without any very distinct median band. The plumbeous
lateral patches, behind the fore limbs and in front of the thighs, also vary
in distinctness, being sometimes strongly developed and again nearly ob-
solete.
Nursing pups, even of the same litter, show considerable variation in
respect to the amount of fulvous suffusion, the dorsal area varying from
dull dingy gray to rather strong fulvous gray.
The small gray foxes of Patagonia were referred by Mivart to Cavzs
azave \Nied,' under which name he “lumped” a large number of the
smaller South American foxes. Other writers, notably Burmeister, have
identified the animal from southern Patagonia with Gray’s Cans griseus,
1 The proper name of this species is Camis brasiliensis Schinz (Thierreich, I, 1821, 220), which
antedates azare of Wied by five years (cf. Allen, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XIV, 1901, 184).
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: CANID@. 159
which Gray’s brief description very satisfactorily characterizes. Besides
this, I have directly compared some of the Patagonian specimens with
Gray’s type (55-12—24—239)! in the British Museum and find there is no
question of their identity with C. gvzseus.
The following field notes, by Messrs. Hatcher and Brown, give much
new and interesting information respecting the habits and distribution of
this attractive animal. Mr. Brown’s notes have not been heretofore pub-
lished ; Mr. Hatcher’s are from his recently published ‘“Narrative’’ of
the Princeton University Patagonian Expeditions. Mr. Brown says:
“Next to the guanaco the small fox, Cans azar@, is most numerous
of the larger mammals, ranging from the Straits of Magellan northward.
I have seen them throughout Patagonia to 46° N., although they are most
numerous near settlements in the southern part, where they feed on dead
sheep and young lambs. Owing to their small size and lack of ferocity
they. never attack grown sheep.
“They burrow under the calafata and incensce bushes and live under
the rocks along the rivers and sea coast, where it is not uncommon to see
a litter of five or six young ones.
“The stealthiness with which they creep into a camp and attempt to
satisfy their insatiable curiosity is wonderful, and however small a piece of
tanned leather they may find it is packed off and chewed into small frag-
ments. When journeying over the pampas it is necessary to cover saddle,
bridle, harness and boots with canvass or put them out of reach of these
prowlers.
‘They are very fond of ostrich eggs, and as the shell is too hard for
them to break with their teeth the method employed in breaking the shell
is ingenious. An egg is pushed with the nose till it rolls down a bank,
and if, in striking a rock, it breaks, the fox has a feast. I have seen sev-
eral nests of eggs scattered at the foot of an incline, some broken by roll-
ing against stones, and although I did not see the operation, it is vouched
for by many different persons.” (Barnum Brown, MSS. notes.)
At Cape Fairweather, says Mr. Hatcher: ‘The many cracks aa
crevices in the surface of the landslide were frequented by a host of small
rodents, while the beautiful little gray fox or wild dog, Canzs azar@, was
also plentiful here, as everywhere throughout the Patagonian plains.
‘The type is a young female skin with the skull inside, with milk dentition. It was formerly
mounted and has thus become somewhat faded by exposure to light as an exhibition specimen.
160 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
This little carnivore, while commonly called a fox, belongs more properly
to the lupine or thodid series of Canidz than to the vulpine or alopecoid
series. Not only is its structure wolf-like rather than fox-like, but its habits
are also decidedly more similar to those of the wolves than of the foxes. It
is both nocturnal and diurnal, not at all shy and easily approached. These
animals are of an extremely playful and mischievous disposition, but with-
out any of the cunning which, by common consent, has been ascribed to
the foxes. At times their actions and deportment are not unlike those
of a half-grown shepherd dog. They are extremely fond of rawhide or
leather, and when by any chance articles made of either were left about
camp within their reach for any length of time, such articles were sure to
be found in an entirely ruined condition. This necessitated our placing
everything beyond their reach when not in actual use. On one occasion
I loaned my saddle and bridle and the borrower, on returning them in
the evening, was not careful to place the latter in a safe place. As a con-
sequence when I next wanted to use it, I found only the bit and buckles;
the reins and headpieces, which were made of California red leather, were
cut up into bits each not more than aninch in length. The damage
wrought by these little animals would seem to be due to an inherent
spirit for wanton and mischievous destruction rather than a search for
food. It was never safe to picket a horse with a rope made of rawhide
or a long tie strap made of leather, since either might be found cut to
bits by these animals.
“ They live in shallow burrows, among bushes and in the crevices of
the rocks, where such are to be found. They seem to be chiefly scavengers,
living for the most part upon the carcasses of dead sheep, guanaco, and
other animals. They undoubtedly prey on smaller mammals and on
the eggs and young of birds, when the latter are in season. Their fur is
abundant, of a soft quality and rather light gray color over most of the
body.” « (Hatcher, Z'¢., pp. 68; ‘69:)
The following from Mr. Prichard’s ‘Through the Heart of Patagonia”’
(pp. 258, 259) interestingly supplements the foregoing from Brown and
Hatcher :
“To the east of the Andes, the pampa fox is to be met with practically
everywhere. There are two varieties of foxes upon the pampa. The
common pampa variety is a most inveterate thief, and causes endless
trouble to travellers by eating all and anything that the wind may blow
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: CANIDE. 161
down from the bushes, upon which one’s belongings are generally hung
by way of guarding against their depredations. If a horse is sogaed out
with a cabresto of hide, the foxes will very often gnaw through the cadresto
and set the horse free. This trick has cost the life of more than one
Gaucho, who, travelling alone upon the pampa, in some district hundreds
of miles away from human habitations, has been left quite helpless with-
out his horse, unable to use his d0/as with effect on foot, and so has
starved to death.
“In my experience the range of the grey fox seems to cease at the
foothills of the Cordillera, where the Magellan wolf (Cawzs magellanicus)
is to be found. Of course, in making this statement I am open to cor-
rection. I can merely state that, during the time I spent at Lake Buenos
Aires and Lake Argentino, I never saw a pampa fox, although evidences
of their presence in the way of tracks were frequent, upon the north shore
of the former lake. Yet directly one ascended the range of the hills
towards the River Fenix, pampa foxes were to be seen. On the top of
Mount Frias I saw a pampa fox in the snow. I never came upon the
pampa fox in the forests which grow upon the slopes of the Cordillera.
“The fearlessness of the grey pampa fox is remarkable, even in districts
where it is chased by the Indians and their dogs. The pelts are much
used for making cafas or fur cloaks. During the early part of January,
1901, upon the pampa outside the Cordillera, we continually came upon
half-grown pampa foxes in twos and threes. Until they saw the dogs
they never took to flight.”
CERDOCYON MAGELLANICUS (Gray).
Cants magellanicus Gray, P. Z. S., 1836 (1837), 88, nomen nudum. —
Burmeister, Desc. phys. Rép. Argent., III, 1879, 146 (in part). —
Mivart, Mon. Canidz, 1890, 52, fig. 21 (skull), pl. xiv (animal,
type). —Milne-Edwards, Miss. Scient. du Cap Horn, VI, Zool.,
Mamm., 1890, 5. Orange Bay, Tierra del Fuego. — Prichard,
Through Heart of Patagonia, 1902, 244-246 (colored plate of ani-
mal), 259, 260 (habits, distribution, measurements).
Vulpes magellanicus Gray, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist., I, Nov., 1837,
578. Fort Famine, Straits of Magellan. — Waterhouse, Zodl. Beagle,
Mamm., 1839, 10, pl. v, animal, Chile. (In part only—not the plate,
which is based on a Chilian specimen.) —Cassin, U. S. Expl. Exped.
(Wilkes), Mamm. and Orn., 1858, 22. Tierra del Fuego.
162 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Cerdocyon magellanicus Ham. Smith, Jardine’s Nat. Libr., IX, 1839, 266,
pl. xxx. Based primarily on Gray as above.
Cants (Pseudalopex) magellanicus Burmeister, Erlaut. Fauna Bras., 1856,
51, pl. xxvi, fig. 3, skull, Punta Arenas, Patagonia.
Pseudalopex magellanicus Gray, P. Z. S., 1868, 512; Cat. Carn. Mamm.,
1869, 199.
Canis montanus Prichard, Through Heart of Patagonia, 1902, 260. A
provisional name for a supposed red variety of Canzs magellanicus.
Not Canis montanus Marsh, 1871.
EXTERNAL CHARACTERS. — Much larger than Cerdocyon griseus, and
much more strikingly colored. Head pale rufous, varied with gray and
black-tipped hairs, the latter more abundant on the face and upper part
of cheeks than elsewhere; back gray strongly varied with black, which
is the prevailing tint over the median region from the shoulders to the
tail; underfur fulvous gray; sides more fulvous, and less varied with
black-tipped hairs, passing into strong fulvous or light rufous on the sides
of the neck and lower part of sides; chin dusky; ventral surface yel-
lowish white, passing into pure white on lower part of abdomen; ears
externally deep rufous with a slight admixture of black-tipped hairs over
the apical portion, internally yellowish white ; fore limbs bright rufous
externally, fulvous internally ; thighs deep rufous red, paler rufous on the
legs externally and fulvous internally; upper surface of tail strongly
black on the basal fourth, and for three or four inches at the tip and for
six or eight inches on the sides; middle portion pale fulvous with an
abundance of black-tipped hairs ; lower surface pale rufous for its whole
length, except for the long black tip.
This beautiful species is represented by only a single flat skin, obtained
by Mr. J. B. Hatcher in the ‘Southern Andes of Patagonia.” Cevdocyon
magellanicus is undoubtedly closely related to Cerdocyou culpeus (Molina),
to which the present specimen may possibly be referable —a point impossi-
ble to establish in the absence of other material, especially from Tierra
del Fuego, the type region of C. mage/lanicus. The present specimen,
however, agrees exceedingly well with Mivart’s colored plate of the type.
Mr. Brown’s manuscript notes contain the following reference to the
present species :
‘A large fox, Canis magellanicus, is found in considerable numbers on
Tierra del Fuego, and is reported from the Andes on the mainland. This
~erell
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: CANIDA. 163
animal varies considerably in size, some skins being as large as a coyote.”
Mr. Prichard had a more intimate acquaintance with this species, and
has presented the following interesting observations :
“The study of the Cordillera wolf (Cans magel/lanicus) from the present
point of view is exceptionally interesting. To this animal man is practi-
cally unknown, and it manifested the most utter fearlessness, when brought
into contact with human beings, during our expedition. This wolf will
advance within five or six yards of a man within open daylight; it will
walk over him when asleep in camp. They haunted our camps about
Lake Buenos Aires, lurking about all the night through and eating every-
thing that came within their reach; then, instead of departing when day-
light came, they usually remained crouching near by, and put in an
appearance during breakfast-time with an absolute disregard or ignorance
of probable danger from the neighbourhood of man.
“On the River Fenix one of these wolves came into Rosy Camp during
the night, stole a duck and a goose, and further gnawed my rifle-slings
within a few feet of where I was sleeping. We only discovered our loss
at dawn, and while we were still discussing it, I perceived the animal
itself lying under a bush close at hand calmly watching us. Deprived of
breakfast, I had no thought of mercy, and shot her with a Mauser. She
was an old female. That night her mate paid us a visit, and frightened
the horses, who seem to fear the large Cordillera wolf almost as much as
the puma. I was rather crippled at the time with an injury to my knee,
and was sitting by the fire. I happened to look up and caught sight of
the wolf standing within a few yards of me. He quietly returned my look
but made no movement to run away. In a moment or two I got up and
limped across to fetch my gun, the wolf watching me with interest, but
without the smallest sign of apprehension. As a matter of fact, he came
a few steps nearer to me, still gazing at me fixedly. He also joined the
majority in a very short space of time. We could not afford to have such
desperate thieves about our camp. At another place in the same neigh-
bourhood a wolf, coming in to investigate our camp, was attacked by my
big deerhound Tom. The wolf made no attempt to escape but met his
foe with a fearful bite, and in the end we had to go to Tom’s assistance
before the wolf could be killed.
‘From these instances it will be seen that the Cordillera wolf has
absolutely no fear of man. The pampa fox shares this characteristic, but
164 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
possesses it in a much less prominent degree... .” (Prichard, 7 c.,
Pp- 244, 245.)
“This is the animal locally known as the Cordillera fox. I have else-
where touched upon its strongest characteristic of courage, and also the
dread it inspires among horses. It is, of course, a much larger animal
than the pampa fox, which latter can wander about among the troop with-
out causing any disturbance. <A single Cordillera wolf will attack young
huemules as well as the young of the guanaco. Although found in the
forest, this animal also frequents the plains at the foothills of the Cordil-
lera. Personally I never observed it farther east than the River Fenix.
In the one case that came under my observation, when sheep had been
brought within its range, its depredations among them were considerable.
‘The measurements which I made of three of these animals were as
follows: Female killed at the River Fenix, Lake Buenos Aires, thirty-
nine inches; dog-wolf killed at the same place, forty-one inches; dog-
wolf killed at the Lake Argentino, forty-one inches. These measurements
were taken from the teeth to the end of the tail directly after the shooting
of the animals.
‘When with young the Cordillera wolf, indeed I may say the Cordil-
ler@ wolves, both male and female, will run growling towards man if he
attempts to approach their litter. As far as could be judged from an
examination of the lair of one, their bill of fare is very varied. There
were the remains of many kinds of birds, as well as the bones of the
young of guanaco and huemul.” (Prichard, 2 c., p. 259.)
Family FELID.A2.
According to Lahille' ten species of Felidz occur as far south as the
Argentine Republic, of which two are of doubtful status as Argentine
species. Including the two Patagonia forms now recognized of the old
Felis concolor group, four species of Lahille’s list reach southern Pata-
gonia.
In addition to these, the Jaguar (/e/s onca Linn.) extends southward,
according to authors, to northern Patagonia, ranging formerly to the Rio
‘Ensayo sobre la distribucién geografica de los mamiferos en la Republica Argentina. Por el
Doctor F. Lahille. Congr. cient. Lat. Amer., 1898, III (1899), pp. 165-206, with map. Felide,
Pp. 177-179.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: FELIDA. 165
Negro. Mr. Prichard, however, states! that it is not now found south of
the Rio Colorado, although as late as about 1890, according to the same
authority, specimens were killed near the Rio Negro.
The nomenclature and classification of the Felide are in a far from
satisfactory state. Some authors, even in quite recent times, have referred
nearly all of the hundred and fifty or more species and subspecies to
the single genus Ae/s, with or without subgenera. According to Dr.
Palmer,” the generic and subgeneric names proposed for subdivisions of
the Linnzean genus /e//s, for the existing species alone, number 58, ex-
cluding a number of alternative names not enumerated by him. The
family Felidae is by no means homogeneous, and may for convenience be
divided into a considerable number of superspecific groups, several of
which are clearly entitled to recognition as genera, while many others will
rank as either genera or subgenera, according to the individual predilec-
tion of systematists. In recent years more and more attention has been
given to the discrimination of local forms or subspecies, so that in many
instances groups formally considered as wide-ranging species have been
found to consist of a considerable number of more or less well-marked
types, each restricted to rather definite areas, and each apparently the prod-
uct of special climatic and other conditions of environment. In some
cases they appear to have become fully segregated “species,” but in many
instances are believed to merge, through gradual geographic intergrada-
tion. In any case, the number of new forms believed to be entitled to
recognition in nomenclature has of late enormously increased. Groups
that formerly were looked upon as constituting a single species, now often
have the rank, numerically at least, of a superspecific (or subgeneric)
group, while assemblages of species formerly rated as subgenera seem to
acquire, from the standpoint alike of convenience and exact taxonomic
expression, an enhanced valuation. While the general tendency is to
recognize this higher rating of superspecific groups as consistent with the
finer ultimate divisions, a few eminent ‘‘splitters’’ exhibit an inconsistent
tendency to lump genera.
The Felids of Patagonia and immediately adjacent territory (northward
to include Paraguay) fall into several quite distinct superspecific groups,
none of which are properly referable to the restricted genus Fe/s (type,
‘Through the Heart of Patagonia, 1902, pp. 68, 248.
*Index Generum Mammalium, 1904, pp. 826-829.
166 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Felis catus Linn.). The task of assigning to them their proper designa-
tions is by no means simple ; the subjoined synonymy is an effort toward
that end. In reviewing the names proposed for the numerous subdivi-
sions of the Linnzean genus /e/s, the number of synonyms based on a
single species (at least five or six on Fels planiceps, and about the same
number on /. 7#da/a) is hardly less surprising than the frequency with which
the same name has been used for widely different groups.
Severtzow, in a remarkable paper on the Felidz, published in 1858,
divided! the family into five genera and twenty-seven subgenera, to
nearly all of which he gave new names (7. ¢., X, pp. 385-389), regardless,
in large part, of those given by previous authors. In most cases his sub-
genera were monotypic, and in addition to the names he adopted, he also
provided alternative names for about one-fourth of them. We have hence
names ready made for probably all possible contingencies. Yet a number
of others were added by J. E. Gray in 1867,” but fortunately very few have
been proposed since that date. *
‘Notice sur la classification multisériale des Carnivores, spécialement des Feélidés, et les
études de zoologie générale qui s’y rattachent ; par M. N. Severtzow. Rev. et Mag. de Zoologie,
2° sér., IX, 1857, pp. 387-391, 433-439; X, 1858, pp. 3-8, 145-150, 193-196, 241-246, 385-
393:
*Notes on the Skulls of Cats. Proc. Zodl. Soc. London, 1867, pp. 258-277. Fourteen
genera, 5 additional sections (3 named), and 60 species.
3 The superspecific names applicable to the American cats are principally the following :
For the Lynxes:
Genus LINX Frisch.
Felis Linn., Syst. Nat., 1758, 41, part, namely, Felis lynx,
Linx Frisch, Das Natur-System vierfuss. Thiere, 1775, afud Palmer, Index Gen. Mamm., 1904,
954. Type, Fels lynx Linn.
Lynx Kerr, Anim. Kingd., 1792, 41, 155, as a subgenus of Fels.
Lynceus Gray, London Med. Repos., XV, April 1821, 302; preoccupied for a genus of Crus-
tacea (Miiller, 1785).
Lynchus Jardine, Jardine’s Nat. Library, Mamm., I, 1834, 274, part; full genus. = Lynceus
Gray. — Severtzow, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. (2), X, 1858, 385, 390, part; full genus.
Lyncus Gray, List Spec. Mamm. Brit. Mus., 1843, xx, 46; P. Z. S., 1867, 276; Cat. Carn., .
Pachy., and Edent. Mamm., 1869, 37. Full genus, restricted to the true Lynxes.
Lynx Gray, P. Z. S., 1867, 276; Cat. Carn... . Mamm., 1869, 37. Subgenus of Lynchus,
to contain the Z. dorealis and L. canadensis groups.
Cervaria Gray, ibid., subgenus of Lyncus, to include the L. pardinus and L. ruffus groups.
Name preoccupied in Lepidoptera (Walker, 1866).
Eucervaria Palmer, Science, N. S., XVII, 873, May 29, 1903. To replace Cervaria Gray.
The Jaguar group has received the following :
Felis Linn., 1758, part (Felis onca); also in part of most subsequent authors.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: FELIDA. 167
—
Genus PUMA Jardine.
Felis in part, of many authors.
Puma Jardine, Jardine’s Nat. Library, II, 1834, 266. Full genus, to in-
clude Fels concolor, F. yagouarond, F. eyra, F. payeros, and two
nominal species. Type by elimination, Fe/s concolor Linn., or more
strictly, Feds puma Molina.
' Leopardus Gray, List Spec. Mamm. Brit. Mus., 1843, xix, 40-44, part.
Panthera Severtzow, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. (2), X, Sept. 1858, 384, 390,
part— Leopardus Gray. Also Panthera Fitzinger, 1869, part.
Puma Severtzow, t67@., 384, 390, a subgenus of Pauthera, to include only
Felts concolor Linn.
Uncia Cope, Amer. Nat., XIV, Dec., 1880, 852, and subsequently (part) ;
nearly equal to Leo, Tigris, and Leofardus (part) of Gray, 1843.
Not Uncza of Gray, 1854, restricted to the Ounces of Asia (Fe/is
wuncta and allies), but includes it.— Lahille, Congr. cient. Lat. Amer.,
(}T;- 1899; 177, ex Cope:
PUMA PUMA PATAGONICA (Merriam).
Felis concolor (nec Linn.), in part, of most authors prior to 1901.
Felis (Uncia) puma Lahille, Congr. cient. Lat. Amer., III, 1899, 177,
part.
Leopardus Gray, List Spec. Mamm. Brit. Mus., 1843, xix, 40-44; P. Z. S., 1867, 263-265 ;
Cat. Carn., Pachy., and Edent. Mamm., 1869, 10-13, part; type, /e/’s /eopardus Schreber.
Panthera Severtzow, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. (2), X, Sept. 1858, 386, 390, part, with the subgenera
(1) Jaguarius, (2) Panthera, (3) Uncia, ex Gray, 1854, (4) Puma, ex Jardine, 1834; all
monotypic except Unxcia; subgenus Panthera = Panthera Frisch, 1775; genus Panthera
= Leopardus Gray. Also Panthera Fitzinger, 1860, part.
Jaguarius Severtzow, 2bid., 386, 390, subgenus of Panthera, for Felis onca Linn.
Onca Severtzow, zbid., 390; alternative name for Jaguarius.
For the Eyra and Yaguarondi Cats :
Felis, in part, of most authors, even when Fe/zs is taken in a more or less restricted sense. Not
Felis s. str., with Helis catus as type.
Puma Jardine, Jardine’s Nat. Library, II, 1834, 266, part.
Herpailurus Severtzow, Rev. et Mag. de Zool., X, Sept., 1858, 385, 390; for Felis eyra and F.
yagouaronai.
Eyra Severtzow, zbid., 391, alternative name for Herpailurus.
Catopuma Lahille, Congr. cient. Lat. Amer., III, 1899, 179. Not Catopuma Severtzow, 1858,
type Felis moormensis Hodgs.
The synonymy of the Pumas, the Pampa cat, the Ocelots and other small American spotted
cats, is given below, in the main text, these groups having representatives in southern Patagonia.
168 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Felis concolor puma Prichard, P. Z.S., 1902, I, 273 (field notes); Through
Heart of Patagonia, 1902, 44, 45 (description and text figure of
animal), 242-244 (habits), 251-253 (habits and distribution).
Felis puma patagonica Merriam, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., III, 1gor,
598 (Dec. 11, 1901). East base of Andes, Patagonia, lat. 47° 30’.
‘‘Color.—Upperparts ash gray, everywhere abundantly mixed with
black hairs, the median dorsal region from top of head to end of tail suf-
fused with buffy; belly buffy gray, the hairs much longer than on the
back; pectoral and inguinal regions soiled whitish; throat gray; chin and
lips white, the posterior part of upper lip and cheeks suffused with buff;
patch at base of whiskers gray (instead of black) ; rest of face gray, except
a buffy streak above and below the eye; backs of ear gray, with apical
third and a faint basal band dusky; feet buffy gray; tail pale buffy fulvous
above, ash gray below, with only the extreme tip dusky.
“Cranial Characters. — Skull massive, elongate; facial and frontal
regions low and narrow; interorbital region narrow; nasals rather broad
posteriorly and obliquely truncate ; sagittal crest low, continuous to frontal
shield ; bulla rather large; postpalatal notch broad; the palatal margin
nearly straight; presphenoid normal. Canines large (the upper ones 14.5
mm. in diameter) ; crowns of premolars and carnassials long; upper molar
small (as usual in the group); inner cusp (protocone) of upper carnassial
very small. Compared with the skull of 7. Awma from Santiago, Chile,
the following tooth differences are conspicuous: crown 2d upper pre-
molar larger and thinner; crown of upper carnassial longer, with inner
tubercle greatly reduced; upper molar small (less than half the size of
this tooth in Awa) ; 2d lower premolar smaller (decidedly less swollen) ;
lower carnassial decidedly larger.
“Compared with an old male cozco/or from Sao Paulo, Brazil, the facial
and frontal regions are very much lower; frontal flatter; bullz smaller;
presphenoid narrower ; sphenoid suture distinct ; postpalatal notch broader ;
sagittal crest present ; underjaw more massive, the symphysis much longer ;
canines much larger; crown of second upper premolar much longer and
narrower; crowns of upper and lower carnassial (particularly the lower)
decidedly longer ; crowns of lower premolars longer, the 2d much more
swollen posteriorly.
‘Remarks. — Compared with the skin of a head of 7: Awma from San-
tiago, Chile, the color of the corresponding parts in Jatagonica is lighter
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: FELIDA. 169
and everywhere much grayer (less brownish and without fulvous cast) ;
ears with distinct markings at base and tip; upper lip with only a trace
of the dark mark below whiskers; lips and chin whiter; light band on
under eyelid much broader and purer. Compared with subspecies Jear-
sont Thomas, the general color is much paler and grayer, the ear and face
markings much more distinct, the tip of the tail dusky.
“ Measurements. —(From dry skins). Total length 2015 ; tail vertebre
670.
“Cranial Measurements. — Type specimen (3% young adult) from base
of Andes. Basal length 168; occipito-nasal length 177; zygomatic breadth
135; postpalatal length 86; interorbial breadth 36; upper carnassial
24.3.” (Merriam, 7. c., pp. 598-600.)
Through the kindness of Dr. Merriam I am able to compare his type
specimen (No. 108693, U. S. Nat. Mus.), skin and skull, with specimens
of fearsont from the Coy River. As shown by the skull, it is a young
adult (said by Dr. Merriam to be a male), and the cranial differences be-
tween this skull and those of Jearsonz pointed out by Dr. Merriam are
sustained by further comparison with Rio Coy skulls, as the greater eleva-
tions of the frontal region and greater interorbial breadth of the Rio Coy
specimens in comparison with the type skull of Aafagonica, and also the
greater width and more abrupt posterior termination of the nasals. The
teeth are much larger in fearsonz, the upper carnassial (p4) having a
length of 26.5 mm. as against 24 in patagonica, and they are quite differ-
ent in form; while the body of p4 in fearsonz is much broader, its
transverse diameter at the front of the tooth is the same as in Jatagontca,
owing to the much greater relative development of the deuterocone, which
is also more pointed and more sharply set off from the body of the tooth.
In other words, as said by Dr. Merriam (2 ¢., p. 580), the inner tubercle
or deuterocone is ‘largest and most distinct ina young male Felis Juma
from Santiago, Chile,’ while it is ‘nearly obsolete” in Jearsonud from the
coast region of Patagonia, ‘‘the inner side of the front part of the tooth
sloping down [in fearsonz] to the inner root very gradually.” The last
cusp on p3 is greatly reduced in fafagonica as compared with the same
feature in fearsonz. Also the last upper molar in Aafagonica is less than
one half the size of the same tooth in Jearsonz. There are thus very good
cranial and dental characters to separate the two forms, apparently even
specifically.
170 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
In color the type of Aafagonica is very much darker — more varied with
black-tipped hairs on the median dorsal area—than the gray phase of
pearsont (in summer-coat), while Aafagonica is in much fuller (probably
winter) pelage. On the other hand, Jearsonz is much more strongly
suffused with fulvous throughout, while the ventral surface is strongly yel-
lowish instead of nearly clear white as in Aafagonica. There is little
difference in the distinctness of the dusky ear-markings in the two forms.
In general terms, Aafagonica is darker above than the gray phase of fear-
sont, and lighter below, and almost wholly lacks the strong fulvous suf-
fusion that forms so strong a feature in even the light phase of Aearsonz.
With the ‘“red”’ phase of Jearsonz the contrast is so great that no compari-
son is necessary, though in all probability, as shown by Mr. Hatcher’s
observations, there is also a ‘“‘red”’ phase of Aatagonica.
Finally, in view of the strong differences in dentition between the Juma
group and fearsonz, especially through the practical suppression of the
deuterocone in p4 of Aearsoné and its strong development in Aatagonica,
I prefer for the present, or till more material is available for examination,
to regard fearsonit as specifically distinct from both.Pama concolor and
Puma puma.
Mr. Hatcher describes the capture of the type specimen of Puma puma
- patagonica, and gives welcome information regarding its habits. He says:
‘After some two weeks spent in the vicinity of Lake Pueyrredon, we
decided to return to the coast. Messrs. Peterson and Brown, with the
wagon and outfit, returned by the route by which we had come, while I
parted company with them a short distance east of Lake Pueyrredon, and
with pack-mule and saddle-horse started off to the south to explore the
country lying between the lake and the headwaters of the Rios Belgrano
and Chico. On the day previous to our separating, while ascending
one of the lower benches of the bluff, that rises above the valley extend-
ing east of the lake, I observed a mountain lion that had been fright-
ened from its place of concealment and went galloping up the bluff and
across the narrow plain at the top. As the country was an open one
and I was mounted on a good horse, this seemed an excellent oppor-
tunity and I was not slow in giving chase. Although the animal had
several hundred yards the start of me, I rapidly gained on him, and when
he reached the head of a small cafion at the opposite side of the narrow
table I was not more than one hundred yards in the rear. On reaching
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: FELID. yl
the point where he had disappeared over the crest of the bluff I halted
for a moment to reconnoitre. I knew the inability of this animal, like all
the others of his tribe, to maintain any considerable speed for a long dis-
tance, and that when once beyond my sight he would seek refuge in con-
cealment rather than flight. Over the slopes and bottom of the shallow
cafion there was a considerable growth of scattered brush. By carefully
scanning the ground about these I soon discovered the object of my search
lying stretched at full length upon the ground. To despatch him with a
rifle ball was the work of but a moment and required neither skill nor
courage. I preserved both skin and skeleton, and, much to my surprise,
they have been considered by Dr. C. Hart Merriam as belonging to a
new subspecies.
“Pretty nearly every traveler in Patagonia has remarked upon the
naturally timid and cowardly nature of the puma. So far from a general
disposition to attack man they are, as a rule, exceedingly timid, and
examples are not at all uncommon where, when brought to bay, they have
sought the shelter of a bush, and, without offering any real resistance,
allowed the hunter to despatch them with his sheath knife, or by knocking
them in the head with his bolas. Such timidity is not, however, univer-
sally characteristic of these animals, which are among the most abundant
and by far the largest and most powerful of the Patagonian Carnivora.
A notable exception to this rule, which came to the writer's knowledge,
may be mentioned in this connection, since the facts connected with it are
supported by unimpeachable authority. The case referred to is that of
Sefior Theodoro Arneberg, Chief Engineer in charge of the work of the
Southern Division of the Argentine Boundary Commission. While en-
gaged in his work in the vicinity of Lake Viedma in the autumn of 1898, in
walking one day through a tangled mass of brush and tall grass, he came
suddenly and unexpetedly upon a puma lying in concealment. The ani-
mal not only made no attempt to escape, but, instantly and without warn-
ing, attacked the intruder in the most savage manner. Springing upon him
with its full force, it hurled him to the ground, although Mr. Arneberg is
a large and powerful man, and the lion seizing him by the lower jaw, suc-
ceeded in breaking out several teeth and otherwise mutilating its then com-
paratively helpless victim, before one of his companions could rush up and
despatch the thoroughly angered brute, which, after it had been killed, was
found to be a very old male.’’ — Hatcher, Narrative, pp. 196-198.
172 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Mr. Brown’s notes, like Mr. Hatcher's, relate in part to both of the
Patagonian forms, and are as follows:
‘‘What appears to be two species of lion, judging from the pelage, are
found in southern Patagonia, ranging from the Andes to the coast. Both
species are found along the coast, although it is generally understood by
the sheep farmers that the red lion is a native of the mountains and fol-
lows the guanacos to the coast as those animals are driven to the sea board
by the winter snows.
‘“‘T counted six lions one day while riding in the foot hills of the Andes
in February, all of a decided ferruginous buff color. The gray species
resembles our northern Fe/’s concolor in pelage and is most often met
along the coast.
‘‘Neither species seems as fierce as the North American lion, probably
because of the ease with which they get food. I heard of but one instance
of a lion attacking a man, and that was in the mountains where the guana-
cos were scarce. The natives do not hesitate to ride onto a lion and kill
it with a stirrup iron if a gun is not handy. I was on one hunt where
this was done, and my friend said he had killed many in this way. I pre-
ferred, however, to shoot mine.
“In the broken camp along the coast where caves are numerous the
lions breed in considerable numbers causing great destruction among the
sheep. In riding through a paddock one morning I counted sixty little
lambs lying dead on a side hill where during the night a lioness with two
cubs had run through the bunch batting the lambs as a kitten plays with a
ball.”’ — Barnum Brown, MSS. notes.
Mr. Prichard’s account of the Puma, which he calls Ae/’s concolor puma,
is quite in agreement with the statements of Hatcher and Brown. He
credits the Puma with attacking man, but only in rare instances and in
wild places remote from settlements. He says that in the Cordillera
‘they actually reconnoitred the camp,” and ‘often stampeded our horses
and left plain tracks near the camp, but in spite of this they killed no
animal, not even a dog, belonging to us.”’
‘Puma cubs,” he says, “in captivity become very tame. One settler
whom I met had two cubs about a year old. They were attached to their
new home, and though they would follow a horse for two hundred yards
or so, they invariably returned after a short distance to the shanty of their
owner. Another puma cub . . . was wont to fight battles royal with the
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: FELID@. 173
hounds, but in the cold of winter would lie among them for warmth.
All of these cubs were those of Felis concolor puma. So long as they
were well fed they were docile, but when hungry their fierce nature reas-
serted itself. Mr. Cattle had finally to shoot the cub that belonged to
him. Mr. Waring, however, still had his at the time of my departure.
I heard these two killed a colt in the month of May.” (Through Pata-
gonia, pp. 222-244.)
“This,” Mr. Prichard continues, ‘‘is the silver-gray variety of puma most
commonly met with in Patagonia. The distribution of this animal extends
over the entire country. It is to be found in the Cordillera as on the pam-
pas. . . . The number of pumas in Patagonia is very great, more so than
any zodlogist has yet given an idea of. During one winter two pioneers
killed seventy-three near Lake Argentino. Near San Julian immense num-
bers are yearly destroyed, but lately, owing to the advent of settlers, they
are becoming less numerous. At Bahia Camerones, on the farm of Mr.
Greenshields, fourteen pumas were killed during the winter of 1900.
“A female killed near Santa Cruz measured 6 ft. 10 in., and a male
killed near Lake Argentino 8 ft. 1 in.
“The puma can easily be galloped down, as it rarely runs more than
300 yards or a quarter of a mile when pursued on horseback. It invari-
ably stands at bay with its back to a bush or a rock.
“Tn strong contradistinction to the habit of the /e/’s onca (jaguar), F-.
c. Puma, when hunting, kills a number of animals from a flock or herd.
To one only of these kills, however, does it return, and it always makes
some pretense of burying the victim singled out for its meal, throwing
upon the body in many cases merely a small bunch of thorns. This
custom of the puma is frequently taken advantage of by the shepherds,
who poison the chosen carcass. The puma, ninety times out of a hun-
dred, makes its first meal upon the entrails of the victim or upon the thigh
inside of the groin.
“The destruction wrought by pumas upon flocks of sheep is immense.
One animal killed upwards of 100 head from among a single flock. One
night alone its total amounted to fourteen. Another point in connection
with the predatory habits of the puma is that it will travel a long distance,
even as much as ten or twelve miles, after killing.
“Tts method of attack, judging from an examination of its victims,
appears to be to spring upon the shoulders of its quarry and to break its
174 ' PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
neck. Cases are reported of pumas attacking horses, but no instance of
this came under my notice. They generally select a stormy and tempes-
tuous night during which to make their depredations. It is rather curious,
as occasionally happens, to see a herd of cows with their calves take up
the trail of a puma with a great deal of lowing and fuss, but they do not
follow it for any distance. .. .
‘‘Pumas are more often destroyed in winter, when the snow lies on the
ground, and their tracks can be followed to their hiding places; otherwise
they are so marvellously expert in concealing themselves that it is often
impossible to find their lair.” (ZL. ¢, pp. 251-253.)
So far as known, the mainland of Patagonia forms the southern limit
of distribution of both forms, they being unknown on Tierra del Fuego
and neighboring islands. How far they range to the northward, or what
their geographical relations are with the more northern forms of the Puma
group, are matters at present quite unknown.
PUMA PEARSONI (Thomas).
(Plates XXV, Animal, gray phase; XXVI, Animal, red phase; XXVII-XXIX, Skull.)!
Felts concolor (nec Linn.) in part, of most authors prior to 1901. —Cun-
ningham, Nat. Hist. Strait Magellan, 1871, 106, pl. facing p. 118,
skull, from near Sandy Point, Patagonia.
felis concolor pearsont Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), VIII, Sept.,
1901, 188. Santa Cruz, Patagonia, about 70 miles inland. — Prich-
ard, P. Z. S., 1902, 274 (field notes); Through Heart of Patagonia,
1902, 155, 253 (account of the type specimen and colored plate of
animal), 334, 335 (reprint of the original description by Oldfield
Thomas).
felis puma pearsont Merriam, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., III, 1891,
600 (Dec. 11, 1901). Based on Thomas, as above.
Red phase.— Am. Mus., No. 17434, 2, Smith’s Ranch, near mouth of
Rio Coy, about sixty miles south of Santa Cruz, Patagonia; Barnum
Brown. Total length, 2332 mm.; head and body, 1557; tail, without
hairs, 775; hairs at end of tail, 50; ear from top of head in dried skin, 80.
Top of head, top of neck and shoulders ferruginous buffy, the tips of
the hairs grayish and with a slight mixture of black-tipped hairs. This
color extends down the median line of the back, forming a distinct dorsal
' Felis pearsoni on the plates.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: FELIDA. 175
band from two to several inches in width, but strongly varied with blackish
tipped hairs. Sides of the body and outer sides of limbs pale buffy gray ;
ventral surface and inner side of the limbs white, the basal portion more
or less buffy, particularly at the base on the abdomen. Tail strongly
bicolor, the dark dorsal band being continued down the upper surface of
the tail to the tip, the sides and lower surface of the tail being buffy white.
Eyelids and an indistinct patch on the upper lip at the base of the whiskers
blackish. Forehead and nose brownish gray, lighter and more whitish
between the orbits. Ears buffy gray, mixed strongly with blackish at the
base and tip, leaving an enclosed large grayish area over the middle por-
tion. The dark color at the base and tip is strongest at the base of the
ear and lighter and more mixed with brown at the apical border.
This specimen is evidently in winter coat, judging by the fullness and
length of the pelage, the hairs of the upper surface of the body averaging
from 25 to 30 mm. in length, while the white hairs of the lower part of
the abdomen (inguinal region) attain a length of 70 to 80 mm.
Gray phase. — Am. Mus., No. 17433, 9, Smith’s Ranch, near mouth of
Rio Coy, on the coast, about sixty miles south of Santa Cruz, Patagonia;
Barnum Brown. Total length, 2285; head and body, 1470; tail without
hairs, 815; hairs at end of tail, 55; ear from top of head in dried skin, 80.
General color above gray, slightly inclined to ferruginous on the top
of the head and less so on the shoulders. A dark rufescent brown dorsal
stripe about 2 to 3 inches in width extends from the shoulders to the base
of the tail, slightly varied with black-tipped hairs. The gray of the sides
becomes paler toward the lateral line and passes insensibly into pale buffy
white on the ventral surface and inner surface of the limbs. Outer surface
of the limbs like the sides of the body. Tail sharply bicolor, the upper
third being a continuation of the dorsal band, but darker and more mixed
with ferruginous. Sides and front of the face gray, slightly varied with
black-tipped hairs; a blackish patch at the base of the whiskers; upper
eyelid edged with blackish. Ears black at the base and tip, enclosing a
large patch of gray.
This specimen is evidently in summer coat, the pelage being short,
scarcely exceeding 15 mm. in length on the upper surface of the body.
A young example, in spotted coat (Am. Mus., No. 17435), also col-
lected by Mr. Barnum Brown, differs considerably in color from the adult,
as follows: General color above dull pale fulvous, darker over the
176 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
shoulders, along the median line, and on the outer surface of the fore
limbs. Middle of the dorsal region, from the shoulders to the tail, striped
and spotted with dark brown, three fairly distinct stripes running from
just behind the shoulders nearly to the base of the tail, the median one
darkest, and strongly defined over the posterior part of the back, and
continued along the upper surface of the tail. Sides of the body indis-
tinctly blotched with pale brown, the spots becoming more distinct and
darker on the outer surface of the hind limbs. Ventral surface yellowish
white, distinctly blotched with dark brown, especially on the inner side
of the fore limbs. Top of the head darker than the nape and similar to
the color on the top of the shoulders, except more mixed with grayish; a
narrow black superciliary streak, and above this a small oval vertical
blackish spot. Anterior canthus of the eye also blackish and a quite
broad distinct black spot at the base of the whiskers. Back of the ears
blackish brown, with a distinct paler median spot, not at all conspicuous,
so that the outer surface of the ear is nearly uniform dusky brown. Fore-
head from the anterior canthus of the eye posteriorly to the termination
of the black temple spot whitish, mixed with brownish medially. Cheeks
and upper lip whitish. Nose grayish brown mixed with dusky. Fore
and hind feet externally grayish fulvous, with indistinct dusky spots at
the base of the toes on the fore feet. Tail on the sides and below pale
fulvous brown, with a median dark stripe continued from the back over
the basal half; the posterior third of the tail wholly dusky brown becom-
ing nearly black towards and at the tip.
Skull.— The Pearson Puma is represented by two adult specimens
one of which is a very old adult with strong sagittal and occipital crests ;
the other is fully adult. In the principal dimensions of the skull these
specimens agree almost exactly with the measurements given by Dr.
Merriam (Proc. Wash. Acad. Science, Vol. III, 1901, pp. 587, 588) of
Puma hippolestes from Colorado. The chief difference consists in the
much greater development of the teeth of the Patagonian form, especially
the upper carnassial and molar, which considerably exceed those of the
largest specimens of the Azfppolestes group. The principal measurements
of the two Patagonian skulls are as follows, the larger measurements re-
lating to the older of the two specimens: Basal length, 193 and 187;
occipito-nasal length, 194.5 and 192; basal length of Hensel, 186 and
182; zygomatic breadth, 156 and 155; foramen magnum to plane of
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: FELIDA. W997)
back of last premolar, 113 and 112; interorbital breadth, 49 and 47.3;
lower jaw, symphysis to condyle, 150 and 144; length of upper carnas-
sial, 27 and 27. The upper molar has a transverse breadth of 8.6, with
a length of 4 in one specimen and in the other it measures 11 x5; this
tooth being two to three times the size of the corresponding tooth in the
North American forms of Puma hippolestes, etc.
Another striking feature of the dentition is the almost complete absence
of the inner tubercle or deuterocone of the upper carnassial.
The dental armature is exceedingly heavy, the upper toothrow having a
length of 52 mm. in one specimen and 50 in the other, exclusive of the
molar. In the older specimens the canines have a transverse diameter of
16 and an antero-posterior diameter of 20.5, measured at the alveolar
border. This specimen has the appearance of being a male. A very old
mave skull from Arizona, in which the sagittal crest is strongly developed,
has teeth only half as massive as in the Patagonian skulls, which exceed
in size any of the Colorado specimens of /Azppolestes of which measure-
ments are given by Dr. Merriam.
In most respects these skulls agree with the skull of Pama puma from
Santiago, Chili, described by Dr. Merriam (¢ c., page 597), except that
it is larger, with even heavier dentition, and lacks the inner tubercle of the
upper carnassial, which Dr. Merriam describes as ‘‘very large”’ in P. puma.
Color Phases. —The Pearson Puma presents two strongly marked
phases of coloration, which appear to be purely individual and not due to
either season or sex. The specimens from which the two phases of color
are described above were both taken on the same ranch in Santa Cruz,
but obviously at different seasons of the year. Mr. Hatcher informed me,
in a letter dated December 28, 1901, that he “frequently saw and exam-
ined sets of from six to a dozen skins of these animals killed on the same
farm and observed that in each instance there was every shade of color
represented from very light brown or gray to dark tawny. This was true
alike of individuals taken on the plains or along the mountains. I believe
the color of the pelage due very largely to the season, while at the same
time depending somewhat on the age and sex of the individual. In no
way do I think it of specific importance.”’
This wide range of color variation of the Pumas is not restricted to
those of Patagonia, but is recorded by Dr. Merriam as occurring in several
of the North American forms. He says: “Most of the Cougars present
178 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
two color phases independent of season. One of these is usually redder
than the other. Thus at any time of the year the animal of the Puget
Sound region (/. olympus) may be ‘red’ or ‘brown’—both of these
terms, it must be understood, giving an exaggerated idea of the real color
and of the difference between the two. On Vancouver Island, according
to John Fanin, Curator of the Provincial Museum at Victoria, the brown
pelage is the common one; the red pelage rather rare. On the mainland
the red is more common. In the case of the Rocky Mountain species
(Azppolestes), according to Roosevelt [Scribner’s Magazine, October, 1901,
p- 435], the colors designated as ‘red’ and ‘blue’ are equally divided,
six of each being recorded among the twelve animals killed by him in
mid-winter in Colorado.” (Z. ¢., p. 580, and table, p. 587.)
A wide range of color variation is probably present throughout the
Puma group, to such an extent that characters based on coloration have
very little importance; yet, in the present scarcity of material, authors are
apt to lay more or less stress on such features. Thus Dr. Merriam
describes his Felts puma patagonica, from the eastern base of the Andes,
Patagonia, as being gray, with the black on the back of the ears nearly
obsolete, while Mr. Thomas, in describing his Ae/'s concolor pearsont, based
on a skin from Santa Cruz, coast. of Patagonia, gives the coloration as ful-
vous or clay color, with the black on the back of the ears obsolete.
In the three specimens collected by Mr. Barnum Brown, described
above, the black on the back of the ears is nearly obsolete in one, fairly
distinct in another, and very strongly developed in the young specimen
in spotted coat, all of these specimens being from the same locality. It
would thus appear that the pattern of marking on the ear is also a variable
feature, and in all probability subject to much seasonal variation.
Mr. Prichard (2 c., p. 253) appears to believe that Pama pearson? is
especially distinguished from P. Jatagonica by its red color (‘‘reddish-fawn
instead of silver-gray’’); but his personal knowledge of it appears to be
confined to the type specimen, taken by him on the coast near Santa
Gruz.
Genus ONCOIDES Severtzow.
Felis Linn., part, and in part of most authors.
Leopardus Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., X, Dec. 1842, 260, part; also
Gray, 1843, 1867 and 1868, part, and of several subsequent authors
who have employed the name.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: FELID. Si ke ye.
Panthera Fitzinger, 1869, part.
Oncoides Severtzow, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. (2), X, Sept. 1858, 386; as a
subgenus of Felis; includes Felis pardalis Linn., Fels macroura
Wied (=F. wedi Schinz, of earlier date), and Fels fgrina. ‘Type,
Felis pardalis Linn. Also of Trouessart, 1897, part, and of Lahille,
1899.
Pardalis Severtzow, 7b7d., 391, alternative name for Oxcozdes.
Oncifelis Severtzow, tbid., subgenus of Fe/s, to include only Fels geof-
Jroyt Gervais.
Pardalina Gray, P. Z. S., 1867, 266. Type and only species, Pardalina
warwickit Gray = Felis geoffroyt D’Orb. & Gerv., apud Sclater, P.
ZL. 5. Togo) 796, and: Elliot, Z5 541572) 7203:
Pardalis Gray, P. Z. S., 1867, 270, as a subgenus of Fe/s; includes F/.
pardalis Linn., Leopardus griseus Gray, Felis melanurus Ball, and
Leopardus pictus Gray. Type, Fels fardalis Linn.
Margay Gray, P. Z. S., 1867, 271; subgenus of evs, to include Fels
macroura Wied (=F. wiedi Schinz), /. mitts F. Cuv., F. geoffroyt
Gerv., /. colocola Molina.
Zibethailurus Lahille, Congr. cient. Lat. Amer., III, 1899, 178; includes
only Fels pardalis Linn; not Zbethailurus Severtzow, type and oy
species, Felis viverrina Beane
The name Leofardus Gray was apparently first used by him in a paper
entitled ‘Descriptions of some new genera and fifty unrecorded species
of Mammalia” (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. X, Dec., 1842, pp. 255—
267), in describing four new species of cats, two of which (Leofardus
griseus and L. pictus) were from Central America, and two (ZL. e//oti, and
L. horsfieldi) from India. There is nothing in this conection to indicate
that the genus Leofardus was new, as is the case with ten other genera
described in the same paper. A few months later (List Spec. Mamm. in
Brit. Mus., 1843, pp. 40-44) he employed the name to cover a group of
twenty-four species, the first of which was Fefs leopardus Schreber, and
this, bearing the same name as the genus, becomes, by rules widely
accepted, the type of the genus Leofardus. In subsequent papers
(mainly in 1867), he greatly restricted the genus by transferring from it
nearly all of the species, except the Fes leopardus group, to other genera,
including the four species originally associated with it in 1842, the two
Central American species being transferred to a section (or subgenus) Par-
180 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
dats of his restricted genus Fe/’s. In the meantime, however, Severtzow
proposed (in 1858) Ovzcozdes, as a subgenus of his restricted genus Fess,
for Felis pardalis, F. macroura, and F. tigrina,; and also in the same
paper (see synonymy above), Ounczfelts for Felts geoffroyt, Nochfelis for F.
guigna, Lynchailurus for F. pajeros, and Herpailurus for F. jaguarondi
and /. eyra, all as subgenera of his restricted genus Fe/s. Names are
thus provided for each of the several hitherto recognized minor groups of
the smaller Central and South American cats, whether spotted or plain-
colored. In the absence of sufficient material for a satisfactory revision
of the South American cats, Fels geoffroy¢ is here placed in Ouxcotdes
with the other small spotted species, although it is evident that they con-
stitute several well-marked sections or subgenera of Oxcozdes.
ONCOIDES GEOFFROYI (D’Orb. & Gerv.).
felis geoffroyt D’Orbigny & Gervais, Bull. Soc. Philom., 1844, 40; Mag.
de Zool., 1844, Mamm., pl. lvii, animal; Voy. Amér. Mérid., 1847,
21, pl. xii (skull), pl. xiv (animal). Rio Negro, Patagonia. —Gray,
P2Z.S., 1867, 272; Cat: Carn., Pach); andvedent, Mamm. Bre Wise
1869, 23.—Sclater, P. Z. S., 1870, 796 (Paraguay).— Elliot, P. Z.
S., 1872, 203; Mon. Felidz, 1883, pl. xx.— Burmeister, Descrip.
phys. Rép. Argent., III, 1879, 124.— Matschie, Sitzb. Ges. Nat. Fr.
Berlin, 1894, 59. — A. Milne-Edwards, Miss. Cap Horn, Zool., Mamm.,
VI, 1890, 3, Santa Cruz, Patagonia.
Felts (Oncifelis) geoffroyt Severtzow, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. (2), X, 1858,
386, “la Plata, Patagonie.”
Felis (Oncowles) geoffroyt Lahille, Congr. cient. Lat. Amer., III, 1899,
178.
Pardalina warwick Gray, P. Z. S., 1867, 267, fig. 4 (skull), 405, pl.
xxiv (animal); “ Himalaya (Warwick). Probably from South Amer-
ica?”); “Cat. Carn, Pach), and’ Edent.’ Mammy Br. Mus... 1869;)104
(same-as)the last): (Cf SclaternsPZ 'S.re70) 706; Elliot PAA
S.; LB72, 203.)
Fels pardmoides Gray, PZ. S:,.1867,400 ; Cat-Carn....'. Mammy
1869, '27'(¢: Elhot, PZ. Sj 18720203):
felts guigna Mivart (not Molina), The Cat, 1881, 410.
External Characters. —No. 16696, 3 adult, Cafion de las Vacas, July
25, 1899; Barnum Brown. Ground color above pale yellowish gray
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: FELIDA. 181
over the median dorsal region, lighter gray and less yellowish on the
sides, passing into white on the ventral surface, everywhere irregularly
spotted or streaked with black; sides of nose, edge of upper lip, a narrow
streak below the eyes and a broader one above the eyes, cheeks and chin
white or yellowish white ; top of nose and front of head to posterior can-
thus of eyes grizzled yellowish gray and black; a narrow streak from
nose to eye, small spot over the eye, three narrow streaks on sides of
nose in the mystacial region, a streak beneath the eye, joining a broader
streak behind the eye running along the side of the face, and another
below this across the cheek and joining a broad transverse bar across the
throat black; five narrow black stripes continued from top of head over the
top of neck to the shoulders with an additional stripe on each side on the
neck; area of the back from shoulders to tail, more or less blended, and giv-
ing a prevailing blackish tint to the whole median dorsal region; on each
side of the median area the black spots are more scattered, variable in
size and in outline from circular to elliptical, sometimes merging to form
short stripes; on the flanks, limbs and ventral surface the spots are more
scattered and larger, and on the ventral surface sharply contrast with the
white ground color; palms and soles dark blackish brown; ears externally
black with a broad central patch grayish white; tail with the basal two
thirds heavily spotted and half-ringed with black, the apical third ringed
and tipped with black, the last four or five rings completely encircling the
tail.
Another specimen (J. B. Hatcher, mouth of Santa Cruz River) is prac-
tically the same in the general tone of the ground color, but the spots on
the sides of the body are smaller, more uniformly circular and more
numerous, and the stripes running from head to shoulders are less regular
and continuous, and the middle of the dorsal region has the black spots
and streaks less massed, giving the effect of much less black.
Measurements. —No. 16696, 3, a flat skin gives the following dimen-
sions, which are, of course, only approximate: Head and body, 800 mm. ;
tail vertebra, 360; tip to tip of outstretched fore limbs, 690; ear from
crown, 50. Su//: Total length, 108; basal length, 98 ; palatal length, 39 ;
length of nasals, 26.5; breadth of nasals, anterior, 14, posterior, 5.5;
zygomatic breadth, 73; mastoid breadth, 44.3; postorbital breadth, 28;
greatest breadth of brain-case, 45; breadth at base of canines, 28; upper
toothrow (molar-premolar series), 24; length of p.4, 13.2; breadth at
182 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
deuterocone, 3.5; m.1, length, 2; transverse breadth, 5.5; lower jaw,
meal ee height at condyle, 10; height at coronoid, 34; depth at
m.7, ; length of toothrow, 23.
There is a striking similarity in size and general form between the
skulls of O. geoffroy? and L. payeros crucina, the two skulls before me
representing these two species differing in general dimensions by only a
few millimeters. The chief difference in general conformation consists in
the greater and more abrupt expansion posteriorly of the zygomatic arches
in cvucena and the much greater width of the posterior nares. In denti-
tion, however, the differences are marked, the dental armature being much
heavier in geoffroy¢ than in crucina ;, the upper molar is more than twice
as large in the former, and the upper premolars are longer and broader.
In geoffroyi the lower molar has the posterior cusp or talon strongly de-
veloped, while in cvacéna it is practically obsolete, being represented by a
barely perceptible knob on the inner posterior border of the cingulum.
O. geoffroy? has the skull relatively shorter and broader than in the O.
pardatis group, with weaker dentition ; it is, of course, a much smaller
animal, with a relatively longer tail. It is, however, very much more
different from the long-tailed, very small cats of the O. wed? group.
GEOGRAPHICAL DistRIBUTION. — Felis geoffroyi was originally made
known from specimens collected by D’Orbigny on the banks of the
Rio Negro, Patagonia. The specimens in the present collection show it
to range southward to the Rio Gallegos, some five hundred miles to the
southward of the type locality, and near the southern boundary of Pata-
gonia, where it is apparently not uncommon. Burmeister reports it as
occurring throughout the Argentine Republic, and states that he has seen
it on the Parana and Tucuma, and that it was found by Leubold at
Mendoza.
GENERAL History.— Molina, in 1782, gave the name Fes guigna to
a small spotted cat found in the forests of Chili, but his brief description
is inadequate for the satisfactory determination of the species. The
name, however, has been employed by some authors for the Patagonian
animal, described as Fels geoffroyd by D’Orbigny and Gervais in 1844.
Dr. J. E. Gray, in 1867, described a cat supposed to have come from the
Himalayas, as Pardalina warwickit. It has since been identified by Dr.
Sclater (7 ¢c.) and Mr. D. G. Elliot (2 c.) with Fels geoffroyi, its supposed
Indian origin having proved to be erroneous.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: FELIDA. 183
The Felis guigna of Philippi (Arch. f. Naturg., 1873, pp. 8-15, pll.
ii and iii) from the province of Valdivia, Chili, is evidently very different
from the Patagonian Fels geoffroyt, being much smaller and differently
colored, with quite different cranial characters, and doubtless represents
the true / guzgna of Molina.
Genus LYNCHAILURUS Severtzow.
Felis auct. plur., part, not of Linnzeus.
Puma Jardine, part; Leopardus Gray, part.
Lynchatlurus Severtzow, Rev. et Mag. Zool. (2), X, Sept., 1858, 386; to
include only Feds pajeros Desm.
Payeros Gray, P. Z. S., 1867, 269; type and only species, Fels Jayeros
Desm.
Felts, s. str. Lahille, Congr. cient. Lat. Amer., III, 1899, 178, for Fees
pyeros Desm.
LYNCHAILURUS PAJEROS CRUCINA (Thomas).
(Plate XXIV, Skull.) '
Le Chat Pampa, Azara, Quad. Par., I, 1801, 179, part.
Lieo] drunneus Oken, Lehrb. Zool., II, 1816, 1070 (in part). Obviously
based on le Chat Pampa of Azara. (Gf Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat.
ist... VL, 1902,. 370.)
Felis pajeros Desmarest, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat., VI, 1816, 114; Mamm.
1820, 231 (in part). Based on Azara.
Felis pajeros Waterhouse, Zoél. Voy. Beagle, Mamm., 1839, 18, phi
animal. Santa Cruz and Bahia Blanca. — D’Orbigny & Gervais,
Mag. de Zool., 1844, Mammiferes, pl. Ivi, animal, Patagonia. —
Gervais, Zool. Bonite, I, 1841, 34, pl. vii.— Philippi, Arch. f. Naturg.
1873, i, 8, pl. iii, fig. 2, 3, skull.—Burmeister, Desc. phys. Rép.
Arg., 1879, III, 128.—Mivart, The Cat, 1881, 423, in part. —
Matschie, Sitzungsb. Ges. Nat. Fr. Berlin, 1894, 60. — Lahille, Congr.
cient. Lat. Amer., III, 1899, 178, part.
Payeros pampanus Gray, P. Z. S., 1867, 269 (in part = Fels payeros
Desm.); Cat. Carniv. Br. Mus., 1869, 18, part.
Felis passerum Sclater, List Vert. Anim., 1872, 40. (/. fasserum pro-
posed as a Latin substitute for 7. Aayeros /)
| Felis pajeros crucina on plate.
184 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Felis payero Berg, Com. Mus. nac. de Buenos Aires, I, 1900, 219
(emendation of / payeros Desm.).
Felis payeros cructna Thomas, Ann. & Mag., Nat. Hist. (7), VIII, Sept.,
1901, 247. Based on the Santa Cruz specimen collected by Darwin
and described and figured by Waterhouse, as above cited.
EXTERNAL CHARACTERS. — No. 16695, male adult, Rio Gallagos, 20
miles from coast, August 12, 1899, collected and presented to the American
Museum of Natural History by Mr. Barnum Brown. In winter pelage.
Pelage long and full. Especially characterized by a crest of elongated
hairs along the middle of the dorsal area. General color above pale gray
with a suffusion of fulvous beneath the surface and varied with black-
tipped hairs; a distinct median stripe of elongated hairs extends from a
little behind the shoulders to the base of the tail, the longest hairs forming a
prominent crest along the middle dorsal region. These hairs are brown-
ish fulvous at the base for three fourths of their length, then ringed with
black, the band being well outlined as a pale fulvous median stripe varied
with black. Sides of the nose whitish and a white ring encloses the eye
except posteriorly ; edge of the upper lip, chin and throat white, the lower
throat marbled with irregular bands of dull fulvous, mostly concealed
beneath the surface, but forming distinct crossbars on the extreme upper
chest where they become darker and are succeeded by irregular narrow
crossbars of black. Sides of the body with indistinct black fulvous stripes
nearly concealed by the tips of the hairs, only the under-fur being fulvous.
These stripes extend forward indistinctly to the cheeks, there being one
just below the eye and another near the lower part of the cheek. Abdomen
white, with large blackish spots more or less suffused with fulvous. Fore
leg whitish with two broad rings of black and a third imperfect ring below
strongly suffused with fulvous. Forefoot below fulvous, irregularly
blotched with deeper fulvous. Hindfoot below fulvous, the soles deep
fulvous, the lower part of the hind leg imperfectly ringed with blackish,
suffused with fulvous. Ears gray posteriorly darkening to form a promi-
inent black spot at the tip; along the edge of the ear fulvous white, the
hairs of the front margin elongated. Tail grayish fulvous, the hairs brown-
ish plumbeous basally, ringed near the tip with black and below fulvous
with many black-tipped hairs ; base of the tail below fulvous white.
Measurements from flat skin, tail slightly imperfect. Head and body,
790 mm.; tail, 270?; ear from crown, 45. Mr. Waterhouse gives the
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: FELID. 185
measurements of his Santa Cruz specimen, reduced to millimeters as
follows: Length from nose to root of tail, 660; length from nose to base
of ear, 89; length of tail (fur included), 279; length of ear, 26.3; height
of body at shoulders, 330.
Skull: (No. 16695, Rio Gallegos; Barnum Brown). Total length,
109; basal length, 98; palatal length, 4o; length of nasals, 25; breadth
of nasals, anterior, 14, posterior, 6; zygomatic breadth, 79; mastoid
breadth, 50; postorbital breadth, 29; greatest breadth of brain case, 41 ;
breadth at base of canines, 29; upper toothrow (molar-premolar series,
first Beals lacking), 20.3; length of p.4, 11.5; breadth at deuterocone,
5; m.*, length, 2, breadth, 4; lower jaw, (eae 69.5; height at condyle,
14; ioe at coronoid, 31.5; depth at m.;, 31; length of toothrow, 22.
In this Ball there is no trace of p.* on either side, nor any indication of
its former presence.
GENERAL History.—As shown by the references given above, the
Pampa Cat was first described by Azara in 1801, under the vernacular
name Le Chat Pampa. His description was the basis, in 1816, of two
specific names, dvununeus of Oken and fayeros of Desmarest. As it is
doubtless impossible to determine which name was published first, and as
the name fayeros has always been current and évanuneus has almost
escaped notice, the propriety of retaining the name Hes as the specific
name of the group is evident.
Mr. Brown informs me that this specimen was the only one he met
with during his explorations in Patagonia. He states that it is very rare,
being almost unknown to the residents of that country. Neither was it
met by Mr. Hatcher during his three years work in Patagonia, nor is it
mentioned by Prichard.
This form of the Pampa Cat was first described by Waterhouse in the
‘Zoology of the Beagle” (Z c.) who speaks of it as being remarkable for
the length of the fur, and especially for the crest of elongated hair along
the median line of the back. This crest is not mentioned in his descrip-
tion, nor is it shown in the colored plate. He says the animal is variable
in markings and in the intensity of coloration. The specimen described
by Mr. Waterhouse, became, in r1go1, the type of Mr. Thomas’s Feds
pyeros crucina.
Darwin, in his notes on this species, as published by Waterhouse, says :
“This animal takes its name from ‘paja’, the Spanish word for straw,
186 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
from its habit of frequenting reeds. It is common over the whole of the
great plains, which compose the eastern side of the southern part of
America. According to Azara, it extends northward as far as latitude 30°,
and to the south, I have reasons to believe, from accounts I have received,
that it is found near the Strait of Magellan, which would give it a range
of nearly 1400 miles, in a north and south line. One of my specimens
was obtained in 50° south, at Santa Cruz: it was met with in a valley,
where a few thickets were growing. When disturbed, it did not run away,
but drew itself up, and hissed. My other specimen was half-grown, and
was killed in the end of August, at Bahia Blanca.”
Order CHIROPTERA.
Family VESPER TILIONIDA:.
While Bats in great variety reach Paraguay and northern Argentina,
representing at least ten genera and about twenty species, only four species
appear to have been authentically recorded from Patagonia south of the
Rio Negro. None of these is represented by specimens in the collections
made by the Princeton Patagonia Expeditions. Mr. Brown reports see-
ing a skin of a large bat in the possession of a ranchman, as noted below,
which, from his account of it, was apparently A/zstzotus velatus. All of the
bats reported from southern Patagonia belong to the family Vespertilioni-
dz, and to genera that reach, also, the highest latitudes attained by bats
in the northern hemisphere.
Genus MYOTIS Kaup.
Myotis CHILOENSIS (Waterhouse).
Vespertilio chiloensis Waterhouse, Zoél. Voy. Beagle, Mamm., 1839,5, pl.
ili, animal. Island of Chiloe, Chilii— Wagner, Schreber’s Saug.
Suppl., I, 1840, 536 (from Waterhouse); V, 1855, 753. — Dobson,
Cat. Chirop., 1878, 322.—Lataste, Act. Soc. scien. du Chili, I,
1892, 79.
Myotis chiloensis Lahille, Congr. cient. Lat. Amer., III, 1899, 174.
Not Vespertilio chiloensts P. Gervais.
This species was described from a specimen obtained on one of the
islets on the eastern side of the island of Chiloe, as stated by Darwin (in
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: VESPERTILIONIDA. 187
Waterhouse, / c.), who also says that he ‘‘saw one of these animals on
the wing” in Tierra del Fuego. Dobson cites a specimen from Mendoza,
Argentina; Lataste cites Valdivia, San Fernando, and Santiago, Chili ;
Lahille gives its range as southeastern Patagonia, Chili, and the southern
part of his sub-andean province.
Genus HISTIOTUS Gervais.
HIsTIOTUS VELATUS Gervais.
Plecotus velatus Gervais, Ann. Sci. Nat. (1), III, 1824, 446 (Curityba,
Brazil). —Is. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire, Mag. de Zool, Me 1332) Cir
pl. ii, animal (same specimen as above). — Wagner, Schreber’s Saug.
Suppl., V, 1855, 717-—Pelzeln, Bras. Saug., 1883, 44, Ypanema,
Brazil, Natterer.
Vespertilio velatus Temminck, Mongr. Mamm., II, 1835-41 (1838), 240,
pl. ix, fig. 3 (Ypanema, Brazil, Natterer’s specimen).— Lahille,
Congr. cient. Lat. Amer., III, 1899, 1°73.
Histiotus velatus Gervais, Expéd. du Comte de Castelnau, Zool., 1855,
77, part, cf Peters. — Peters, Monatsb. k. p. Akad. Wiss. Berlin,
1975 (1870), 787, pl., me. 1, eat
Vesperugo velatus Dobson, Cat. Chirop., 1878, 188.
Vesperus velatus Burmeister, Desc. phys. Rép. Argent., III, 1889, ror.
This big-eared bat ranges, according to Burmeister (/. ¢c.), from south-
ern Brazil to northern Patagonia, where specimens were taken by Mr.
Henry Durnford on the Rio Chubut. Mr. Barnum Brown has described
to me a specimen (skin) taken at Mr. H. S. Felton’s estancia, about
twenty miles from the mouth of the Rio Gallegos, which, from the size
(spread of wings about g inches) and very large ears, seems referable to
the present species.
Genus VESPERTILIO Linnzus.
VESPERTILIO MAGELLANICUS Philippi.
Vesperus magellanicus Philippi, Arch. f. Naturg., 1866, 1, 113, Straits of
Magellan. — Lahille, Congr. cient. Lat. Amer., III, 1899, 173.
Southern Patagonia.
Vesperus magellanicus Peters, Monatsb. k. p. Akad. Wissen. Berlin,
1875 (1876), 790, pl., fig. 4 and 5, ear, skull, and dentition, from
Philippi’s specimen.
188 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Vesperugo magellanicus Dobson, Cat. Chirop., 1878, 190.—Lataste, Act.
Soc. scien. du Chili, I, 1892, 90. Straits of Magellan.
Vespertilio capucinus Philippi, Arch. f. Naturg., 1866, i, 114 = V. magel-
fanicus, apud Peters, Z c.
The only definite locality known for this species for many years was
that of the type, Straits of Magellan. In 1892, Lataste (/ c.) states that
the missionary Doria had informed him that he had a specimen taken at
Santa Cruz, Patagonia, and also records a specimen which he had him-
self examined, captured January 20, 1892, at-the hacienda de San Igna-
cio de Peruchue, in the Province of Bio-Bio, Chili. The Santa Cruz
record perhaps requires confirmation.
Genus LASIURUS Gray.
LASIURUS BOREALIS BONARIENSIS (Less. & Garn.).
Vespertiho bonartensis Lesson & Garnot, Voy. Coquille, Zool., I, 1826,
137-139, pl. ii, animal, skull, and teeth. Rio de la Plata. — Allen,
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XIII, 165, Oct. 1900; discussion of syn-
onymy ; zded., XIV, 184, Dec., 1901, synonymy of / villosissimus E.
Geoffroy.
Atalapha bonaérensis Burmeister, Desc. phys. Rép. Argent., III, 1879,
93. Paraguay, Chili, Patagonia. Emendation of donariensis.
Lasiurus borealis bonariensis Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), VIII,
Nov., 1901, 435, Paraguay; zézd¢., 1X, Apr., 1902, 238, footnote.
Vespertiho blossevillit Anonymous, Férussac’s Bull. Sci. Nat. et Geol.,
VIII, No. 1, 1826, 95. ‘Hab. Monte-Video.” = / bonariensts
Less. & Garn.—Allen, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XIII, 165, Oce.
1900, as a synonym of /. donariensis.
Atalapha blossevilled Gervais, Expéd. du Comte de Castelnau, Mamm.,
1855, 72, 87, pl. xiv, fig. 2, skull and teeth, from the type specimen.
Burmeister states, under his A4talapha bonaérensis (Z..¢:),, that hevhad
received this species from Carmen, Patagonia, near the mouth of the Rio
Negro—the most southern record I am able to trace for any form of
Lasiurus.
Note on Vesfertitio villosissimus GROFFROY.
Burmeister gives two species of Atalapha (= Lasiurus) as found in
Paraguay and Argentina—one, his 4falapha villosissima, as occurring
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: VESPERTILIONID-. 189
in Paraguay, and avowedly based on Azara and Rengger, evidently mainly
on the latter; the other, his 4falapha bonaérensis, as found in Argentina,
and based on Argentine specimens. He says that the latter is one of the
largest and handsomest species found in the Republic of Argentina, and
gives its spread of wings as 14 inches, as against 10 to 11 in his 4. ve/-
fosissima. This would seem to indicate that his donaévensis could not be
a form of the Z. dorea/is group, were it not that the “envergure”’ is incon-
sistent with the other measurements, thus implying an error.
Mr. Thomas has referred Lesson and Garnot’s donariensis to L. borealis,
as Lasturus borealis bonariensts (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), VIII,
Nov., 1901, p. 436), adding: ‘The Red Bat was not observed by Azara,
his Chauve-souris septiéme, the basis of Vespertilio villosissimus, Geoff.,
being clearly a southern representative of the Grey Bat (Lasturus cinereus,
P. de Beauv.).”
A few weeks later, in calling attention to the apparent identity of Les-
son and Garnot's Vesfertilio bonariensis (1820) with E. Geoffroy’s Vesper-
tho villosisstmus (1807), I incidentally said (Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XIV,
p. 184, Dec. 12, 1901): ‘That Azara’s Chauve-souris septiéme is not ref-
erable to the Lastwrus cinereus group, as stated by Mr. Thomas (Ann.
and Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), Vol. VIII, Nov., 1901, p. 435), is evident from its
small size, which barely equals that of an average example of ZL. borealis.”
A few months later Mr. Thomas returned to the subject (é/d., IX, April,
1902, p. 238, footnote), as follows: ‘I can by no means accept Dr. Allen’s
recent alteration of my identification of Azara’s ‘Chauve-Souris septi¢me’
_ from the local race of Lasturus cinereus to that of L. borealis, a determina-
tion I came to after most carefully weighing the claims of the three Para-
guayan Laszur7 to this doubtful honour. I freely grant that the ‘envergure’
given by Azara (313 millim.) is a good deal below the corresponding
dimension in fresh and well-stretched specimens of Z. céneveus; but if
Azara’s specimens were a little dry and stiff, or immature, the discrepancy
would easily be made up, while nothing will give any specimen of Z.
borealis an ear-length of 15 millim. . . . But the primary point is the
coloration. With such conspicuously different and brilliantly colored
bats as L. cenereus and dorea/is the first thing that would strike any, and
especially any non-technical, observer is the hoary or whitish-washed
colour of ceereus and the brilliant rufous of doveaZis. Now Azara says
‘le poil est . . . d’un brun trés-blanchatre,’ an expression perfectly appli-
190 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
cable to céneveus, hopelessly at variance with the coloration of either dore-
alts or ega. The colour of the body and the size of the ear appear there-
fore to me to settle the question, and consequently I still consider
Geoffroy’s name z7/osissimus to be applicable to the local form of the
‘trés-blanchatre’ Las¢urus cinereus.”
This question, in the abstract, is a small matter, and being averse to
controversy, I had concluded to accept Mr. Thomas's argument and de-
cision as final, until in compiling the synonymy for the record here given
of a Lasiurine bat in Patagonia, it became necessary to examine critically
the literature of the subject with a view to determining which of two sup-
posed species of Laséurus (L. borealis and L. cinereus) was the one
represented.
The outcome has been quite different from what was anticipated, for
instead of now referring 7 villosissimus to the genus Laszurus 1 believe
it to be a species of Dasyfrerus, closely allied to D. ega, and apparently
the earliest name for that group.
The reasons for this conclusion are as follows: The only authors who
have described this bat appear to be Azara and Rengger,’ neither of whom
gives any account of the dental formula, and their accounts of the external
characters are far from satisfactory. From them we gather: (1) That it
was of about the size of Z. dorea/is,? having an alar expanse of about 317
mm. (2) That it had a rather long, pointed ear,* much larger and differ-
ently shaped from the ear in Laséwrus. (3) The naked edges of the in-
terfemoral membrane,‘ which do not exist in the Z. doveal’s group, and are
only slightly seen in the LZ. cénereus group. (4) The extreme softness, great
1 Rengger cites under his Vespertilio villosissimus Geoff. : “Azara’s chauve-souris septi¢me.”
2The measurements given by Azara are: ‘‘ Longueur, 4 pouces I tiers (11 centimetres 2
tiers). Queue, 23 lignes (5 centimetres). Envergure, 11 pouces et demi (31 centimetres).”’
Rengger’s measurements: ‘“ Die Dimensionen dieser Fledermaus sind: 0, 9’” Lange des
Kopfes; 1 9/” Lange des Rumpfes; 1/’ 10’’’ Lange des Schwanzes; r1’’, 0 Flugweite.”’
Adding together head, body and tail would give a total length of 4% pouces, the same as
Azara gives; while the ‘“ Flugweite” is a half inch less than Azara’s ‘“‘envergure,” —a very
close agreement.
3 «T ’oreille est comme celle du rat ; elle est haute de 7 lignes (1 centimétre et demi),” Azara ;
‘Die Ohren sind etwa zehn Linien lang und fanf Linien breit,” Rengger.
4«C’est de la meme couleur qu’ est la membrane de la queue; cette dernicre est velue,
excepté dans sa bordure,” Azara; “ Die Fliigelhaut, bei ihrer Verbindung mit dem Rumpfe, die
Arme und die Interkruralhaut, die letzteren mit Ausnahme des Randes, sind mit feinen kurzen
Harchen besetzt,” Rengger.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: VESPERTILIONIDZ. 1g!
length, and the color of the pelage, which does not agree in any respect
with that of Z. dorvealis, nor very well with that of L. cewereus, but does
agree in length and softness with the DasyAterus ega group." (5) Y2lo-
sissimus also differs from the species of Lascurus in habits. Rengger
says it lives in societies, often of many thousand individuals, in the lofts
of churches, in hollow trees, and in clefts in rocks. The species of Lasz-
uvus do not assemble in large companies, and inhabit woods, clinging
head downward from the leaves and smaller branches of trees, and do not
resort to cavities in trees or rocks, or to lofts of buildings.
Mr. Thomas has recorded both Lasiurus borealis bonariensis and Dasyf-
terus ega argentinus from Central Paraguay; but there appears to be no
record for the Z. cinereus group from this region. Hence, apparently, the
first specimens of Azara’s Chauve-souris septitme seen by any recent
naturalist are those from Central Paraguay referred by Mr. Thomas to his
Dasypterus ega argentinus (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), VIII, Sept.,
1901, p. 247; 22d, Nov., 1901, p. 435).
1“ Te poil est extreémement doux, plus long que d’ordinaire, et d'une brun trés-blanchatre,”
Azara; ‘‘ Der Pelz dieser Fledermaus is langharrig und weich anzufiihlen,” Rengger. Hence the
appropriateness of the name v2//osissemus.
* DASYPTERUS VILLOSISSIMUS.
The synonymy of Azara’s “ Chauve-souris septiéme, ou Chauve-souris brun-blanchatre,” if the
above hypothesis prove well-founded, will be as follows :
Chauve-souris septieme, ou Chauve-souris brun-blanchétre, Azara, Quad. du Paraguay, II, 1804, 284.
Vespertilio villosissimus E. Geoffroy, Ann. du Mus., VIII, 1807, 204. Based on Azara, as above.
—Rengger, Naturg. Saeug. Parag., 1830, 83.
Atalapha villosissimus Burmeister, Desc. phys. Rép. Argent., III, 1879, 95.
Lasiurus villosissimus, Allen, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XIV, Dec., 1901, 184, critical.
Lasiurus cinereus [villosissimus] Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), VIII, Nov., 1901, 435;
inferentially ; considered as ‘‘ clearly a southern representative of the Grey Bat (Lasturus cin-
ereus P. de Beauv.)”’ ; bid. (7), IX, Apr., 1902, 238, footnote, reaffirming this opinion.
Dasypterus villosissimus Allen, as above.
Dasypterus ega argentinus Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), VIII, 1901, 247, 435.
POSTSCRIPT.
Since passing the first fifty pages of this Report for the press I have found that the name
Ctenomys robustus as used by me (antea, pp. 38 et seg.) is preoccupied by a Ctexomys robustus
Philippi (An. del Museo nac. de Chile, Zool., entr. 13, 1896, p. 11, pl. iv, fig. 2, animal, pl. v,
fig. 1, skull; Province of Tarapaca, Chile, alt. 1200 m.). Although I have a reference in my
bibliographical notes, made in 1gor, to Philippi’s species, I had quite overlooked the prior use of
the name till recently reminded of the lapsus by my friend Mr. Wilfred H. Osgood, of the
U. S. Biological Survey. My Ctenomys robustus (nec Philippi) may therefore be appropriately
renamed Ctenomys osgoodi.
192 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Following are the titles of most of the special works and papers referred to or cited in the fore-
going pages. General works are not included, nor are the histories of voyages in which many of
the Pinnipedia, and sometimes other species, are mentioned, even in some cases at much length.
The more important of these are referred to passim in the text or cited in the tables of synonymy.
The annotations following the titles have special reference to the bearing of the papers upon the
mammals of Patagonia.
Abbott, C. C.
1868 On the Seals of the Falkland Islands, with Notes by P. L. Sclater (P. Z. S., 1868,
pp. 189-192).
Notes on Morunga elephantina, Otaria jubata, Otaria falklandica, and Stenorhynchus
leptonyx. Nomenclature, and comment thereon, by P. L. Sclater.
Albert, F.
1902 Los Pinipedos de Chile (Act. Soc. scient. du Chili, XI, 1902, pp. 215-272).
Descriptions and extended account of the 5 species, known from Chilian waters.
Allen, J. A.
1880 History | of | North American | Pinnipeds | A Monograph of the | Walruses, Sea-Lions,
Sea-Bears | and | Seals | of | North America | —| by Joel Asaph Allen | Assistant in the
Museum of Comparative Zodlogy at Cambridge | special Collaborator of the Survey | — |
Washington | Government Printing Office | 1880 (Miscellaneous Publications — No. 12,
U. S. Geological Survey of the Territories. F. V. Hayden, Geologist-in-Charge.) —
8vo, pp. i-xvi, 1-785, 60 text illustrations.
Treats of the classification, synonymy, nomenclature, and technical history of all the
species of Pinnipedia (Otariide, pp. 187-231, and Phocide, pp. 412-557), including
those of the southern hemisphere.
1892 A Synopsis of the Pinnipeds, or Seals and Walruses, in Relation to their Commercial
History and Products. (Fur Seal Arbitration, Appendix to the Case of the United
States before the Tribunal of Arbitration to Convene at Paris, etc., Vol. I, 1892, pp.
367-391).
List of the species of Otariidee and Phocide, with notes on their distribution, and
commercial value.
1892 Fur-Seal Hunting in the Southern Hemisphere (Ibid., pp. 393-404).
History of the principal Fur-Seal rookeries in the Southern Hemisphere.
1892 The Alaskan Fur-Seal and Pelagic Sealing (Ibid., pp. 405-410).
1901 New South American Muride and a new Metachirus (Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XIV,
1901, pp. 405-412).
Eligmodontia morgani, sp. nov., p. 409. Also Phyllotis [Eligmodontia griseoflavus]
chacoensts from the Chaco boreal of Paraguay, and Phyllotis [Eligmodontia griseoflavus |
cachinus from Salta, Argentina (cf. Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), LX, April,
1902, pp. 240, 241).
Allen, J.
1901
1901
1902
1902
1902
1903
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: BIBLIOGRAPHY. 193
A.
The proper generic Names of the Viscacha, Chinchillas, and their Allies (Proc. Biol.
Soc. Washington, XIV, pp. 181, 182, Dec. 12, 1901).
Viscaccia Schinz, Chinchilla Bennett, Lagidium Meyen.
Note on the Names of a few South American Mammals (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washing-
ton, XIV, pp. 183-185, Dec. 12, 1901).
The specific name of the Patagonia Armadillo shown to be ci/iatus (Dasypus ciliatus
Fischer, 1814), and should stand as Zaédyus ciliatus (Fischer).
A Further Note on the Name of the Argentine Viscacha (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washing-
ton, XV, Oct. 10, 1902, 196).
The generic name Viscaccia Schinz, 1825, is carried back to Oken, and the specific
name chilensis (Lepus chilensis Oken, 1816), is shown to have one year’s priority over
maximus (Dipus maximus Desmarest, ex Blainville), so that the Argentine Viscacha
should stand as Viscaccia chilensis (Oken).
The Generic and Specific Names of Some of the Otariida (Bull. Am. Mus, Nat. Hist.,
XVI, 1902, pp. 111-118).
Phoca jubata Schreber is assigned to the Northern Sea Lion, following the restriction
made by Péron in 1816; O¢aria byronia ( Blainville ) is shown to be the earliest avail-
able name for the Southern Sea Lion (O¢aria jubata auct.); Otoes Fischer, 1817, is
shown to be a pure synonym of O¢aria Péron, 1816.
Mammal names proposed by Oken in his “ Lehrbuch der Zoologie” (Bull. Am. Mus.
Nat. Hist., XVI, 1902, pp. 373-379).
The generic name Viscaccia carried back from Schinz (1825) to Oken (1816), and
chilensis Oken (1816), shown to have priority over maximus Desmarest (181 7) for
the Viscacha of Azara.
Descriptions of New Rodents from Southern Patagonia, with a note on the genus Eunco-
mys Coues, and an Addendum to Article IV, on Siberian Mammals (Bull. Am. Mus.
Nat. Hist., XIX, 1903, pp. 185-196).
Ctenomys robustus, C. sericeus, C. colburni, Oxymycterus mucrotts, Reithrodon cunicu-
loides obscurus, R. hatcheri, and Euneomys petersoni, spp. et subsp. nov.
Azara, Félix d’.
1801
Baur, G.
1897
Essais | sur 1’ Histoire naturelle | des Quadrupédes | de la | Province du Paraguay, | Par
Don Félix D’Azara, |... [= 5 lines, titles] | Ecrits depuis 1783 jusqu’en 1796 (an
4 de la République Frangaise) ; | Avec une Appendice sur quelques Reptiles, | Et for-
mant suite nécessaire aux Oeuvres de Buffon. | Traduits sur le Manuscrit inédit de
l’Auteur,| Par M. L. E. Moreau-Saint-Méry, | . . . [= 6 lines, titles. |—| Tome
Premier [Second].| Paris, | Charles Pougens, quai Voltaire, N? 10. |—| An IX (1801).
2 vols., 8vo. Tom. I, half-title, pp. i-Ixxx + 1-366; Tom. II, half-title, title page,
and pp. 5-499.
An important work bearing on the mammalian fauna of Patagonia. Azara’s excel-
lent descriptions are in many instances the sole basis of names imposed by later
systematists.
Note on the Seals of the Galapagos (Science (2), V, 1897, pp. 556, 557):
194 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Barrett-Hamilton, G. E. H.
1g0x_ [Report on Antarctic Seals] (Antarctic Manual for 1901, pp. 209-224).
Republished in 1902 in Report on the Natural History Collections of the ‘ Southern
Cross,” 1902, pp. 1-66 (g. v.), with additions by, and under the editorial supervision of
Dr. R. Bowdler Sharpe.
1901 Note on Exhibition of Skulls of Antarctic Seals (Rep. 7oth Meet. Brit. Assoc. Adv.
Sc, 1901, p92):
Brief mention of 4 spp. of Phocide.
1902 [Antarctic] Mammalia (Report on the Collections of Natural History made in the
Antaractic Regions during the Voyage of the “ Southern Cross,” 1902, pp. 1-66, pl. i,
and 6 half-tone illustrations).
Detailed synonymy, descriptions, measurements, etc., of Leptonychotes weddellit (pp.
17-23), Ogmorhinus leptonyx (pp. 23-34), Lobodon carcinophagus (pp. 35-45), Ommato-
phoca rossi (pp. 46-66, pl. i, dentition), with half-tone illustrations of animals from
photographs from life.
Republished from the Antarctic Manual for 1901, pp. 209-224, with additions by,
and under the editorial supervision of Dr. R. B. Sharpe.
Beddard, Frank E.
1890 On the Structure of Hooker’s Sea-Lion (Arctocephalus hookeri) (Trans. Zool. Soc.
London, XII, Part X, No. 4, April, 1890, pp. 369-380, pll. xiv and lxv, and 7 text
figures).
External characters, visceral anatomy and osteology of Hooker's Sea Lion. Figures
of head and muzzle of this species in comparison with those of Zalophus, Otaria and
Arctocephalus, all from living specimens in the Garden of the Zoological Society.
Bennett, E. T.
1835 Ona Second Species of Lagotis (P. Z. S., 1835, 67, 68).
Lagotis pallipes sp. nov.
1835 Ona New Species of Ctenomys Blainv. and on other Rodents collected near the Straits
of Magellan by Capt. P. P. King, R.N. (P. Z. S., 1835, 189-191).
Ctenomys magellanicus, Kerodon kingit, Cavia cutlert and Mus magellanicus spp. nov.
Berg, C.
1898 Lobodon carcinophagus (H. J.) Gr. en el Rio de la Plata (Comun. Mus. Buenos Aires,
I, No. 1, Aug., 1898, p. 15).
Record of two specimens taken in the Rio de la Plata, near Buenos Aires.
1898 Dolichotis salinicola Burm. est bona species (Comun. Mus. Buenos Aires, I, No. 1,
Aug., 1898, pp. 23, 24). ;
Reaffirming its specific distinctness from D. patagonica, on the basis of an examina-
tion of specimens by Mr. Oldfield Thomas.
1898 A propdsito de Dolichotis salinicola Burm. (Comun. Mus. Buenos Aires, I, No. 2, Dec.,
1898, pp. 44, 45).
Synonymy of D. patagonica and D. salinicola.
1900-01 Notas sobre los nombres de algunos mamiferos sudamericanos (Comun. Mus. Nac.
de Buenos Aires, I, No. 6, May, 1900, pp. 219-223; No. 10, Dec., 1901, pp. 260-263).
Synonymy and emendation of names: Felis pajero, p. 220; Viscacia maxima, p,
221; Lama huanacus, p. 260; Maszama bisulca, p. 262.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: BIBLIOGRAPHY. 195
Blainville, H. D. de.
1820
Sur quelques Cranes de Phoques (Journ. de Physique, XCI, Oct., 1820, pp. 286-300,
pl. (Dec., 1820), figs. 1-5).
Describes (p. 387) “1°. Sea Lion from the island of Tinian by Commodor Byron,”
which is named “ P[hoca] byronia?” on p. 300. P[hoca] coronata, sp. nov. (p. 295),
is based on a young mounted eared seal in Bullock’s Museum, London, black, with a
yellow band on the head, etc. P[/oca] /eptonyx, sp. nov., p. 298; “ Ph. ansonina”’ is
proposed as a provisional name on p. 299, and repeated as ‘“‘ P. ansonii” on p. 300.
A brief review of the Seals is given (pp. 290-296), which are divided into ‘‘ A. Les
Phoques sans oreilles,"” and ‘“‘B. Les Phoques 4 orielles.” They are later grouped into
five sections, A—E, on the basis of cranial characters and dentition. Altogether some
16 species are recognized.
Brooke, Sir Victor.
1878
On the Classification of the Cervide, with a Synopsis of the existing Species (P. Z.
S., 1878, pp. 883-928, pl. lv, and 1g text figs.).
Cariacus (Furcifer) antisiensis and C. (F-) chilensis, pp. 923, 924, fig. 17 (antler),
and passim.
Burmeister, Hermann.
1868
1854
1856
1870
Ueber die Ohrenrobben der Ost-kiiste Siid-Amerikas (Zeitsch. fiir gesammte Natur-
wissenschaften Halle, XX XI, 1868, pp. 294-301).
Occurrence of Oraria jubata and O. falklandica on the coast of Buenos Aires, with
critical comment on various species of authors. O¢aria ulloe considered to be the
female of O. jubata, and O. godeffroyi believed to have been based on the male sex of
O. jubata; O. nigrescens is referred to O. falklandica, from which O. philippit is thought
to be perhaps separable.
Systematische Uebersicht | der | Thiere Brasiliens, | welche | wahrend einer Reise durch
die Provinzen von Rio de | Janeiro und Minas geraés | gesammelt und beobachtet |
wurden | von | Dr. Hermann Burmeister, | 0. 6. Prof. d. Zoologie und Direct. d. zool.
Mus. der Universitat zu Halle. | — | Erster Theil. | Saugethiere (Mammalia). | — |
Berlin, 1854. | Druck und Verlag von Georg Reimer. — 8vo, pp. x + 342.
Contains many important references to the Mammals of Patagonia.
Erlauterungen | zur | Fauna Brasiliens, | enthaltend | Abbildungen und ausfiihrliche
Beschreibungen neuer | oder ungeniigend bekannter Thier-Arten. | Von | Dr. Herm.
Burmeister, | 0. 6. Prof. d. Zoologie und Director des zoologischen Museums der
Universitat zu Halle. | — | Mit XXXII Tafeln. | — | Berlin. | Druck und Verlag von
Georg Reimer. | 1856. — Fol., pp. i-viii + 1-115, pll. i-xxxii, part colored, of animals,
part osteological.
Canidz, pp. 1-54, pll. xvii, xxi-xxv, animals, colored, pll. xviii-xx, XXvVi-xxix, skulls
and dentition ; Didelphiidz, pp. 55-89, pll. i-xvi (13 colored of animals, 3 of skulls and
dentition); Batrachia, pp. 90-115, pll. xxx—xxxiil.
Catalogo de los Mamiferos Argentinos con las especies exoticas que se conservan en el
Museo Publico de Buenos Aires (Anales del Mus. Pub. de Buenos Aires, I, 1864—
1869 (1870), pp. 446-465).
References to a number of Patagonian species.
196 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Burmeister, Hermann.
1872 Notes on Arctocephalus hookeri, Gray (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), IX, 1872, pp. 89-91).
Mainly relates to the confusion by authors, himself included, of Arctocephalus
hookeri Gray with “ Otaria jubata s. leonina of older authors,” and incidentally to the
characters separating the two species.
1875 Description of a new species of Dolichotis (P. Z.S., 1875, pp. 634-637, pl. xix,
animal).
Dolichotis salinicola, sp. nov., from the great Central Argentina Desert.
1876 Additional Notes on Dodlichotis salinicola (P. Z.S., 1876, pp. 461, 462).
On its characters and range.
1876 Ueber einige Canis-Arten des siidlichen Siid-Amerika’s (Arch. f. Naturg., 1876, pt. i,
pp. 116-124).
Canis gracilis Burm., in reply to Philippi, R. A., 1860, ¢. v.
1879 Description physique | de la | République Argentine | d’aprés des observations person-
elles et étrangéres | par | le Dr. H. Burmeister | . . . [3 lines, titles | traduite de 1’ Alle-
mand avec le concours de | E. Daireaux |. . . | Tome Troisiéme | Animaux Vertébrés
| Premicre Partie | Mammiféres vivants et éteints | Avec Atlas | Buénos-Ayres | Impri-
merie de Paul-Emile Coni, Rue Alsina, 60 | Paris | F. Savy | Halle | Ed. Anton | En
Commission |1879 | Tous droits réservés — 8vo, pp. vi + 556.
Contains many important references to the mammals of Patagonia.
1880 Ueber Mustela patagonica (Arch. f, Naturg., 1880, i, 111-114).
Western Patagonia, from Mendoza southward. Its external characters and dentition.
1883 Atlas | de | la Description physique | de la | République Argentine | contenant des vues
pittoresques et des figures d'histoire naturelle | composées | par | le Dr. H. Burmeister |
. . - [3 lines, titles].| Le texte traduit en Frangais avec le concours | de | E. Dai-
reaux|... [1 line, titles] | Deuxiéme Section | Mammiféres | — | Deuxiéme Livraison |
Die Seehunde der Argentinischen Kiisten | — | Buenos Aires | Texte de 1’Imprimerie
de Paul-Emile Coni, Rue Alsina, 60 | Paris | E. Deyrolle | Halle | Ed. Anton | En Com-
mission | 1883.— Folio. [The copy examined is incomplete. ]
Pl, viii, figs. 1-14 + 6a and 13a, Otaria jubata. Skulls of adult males and
females, young male ( x 2), and a foetal skull ( x #); also teeth of young male and of
a foetal skull (x 4). Pl. x, figs. 1-11 + 9a and 100. Animal x }, adult $ skull, 3
views, x }; a young skull, 3 views, x 3; teeth of adult, x 1; osteology of fore and
hind limb and hyoid, x 1.
1888 Relacion de un Viaje a la Gobernacion del Chubut (An. Mus. Buenos Aires, III, 1888,
PP. 175-252).
A list of Patagonian Mammals, pp. 239, 240.
Chapman, F. R.
1893 Notes on the Depletion of the Fur Seal in the Southern Seas (Canadian Record of Sci-
ence, V, Oct., 1892, pp. 446-449).
Relates mainly to the Fur Seals of the New Zealand coasts and islands.
Cunningham, Robert 0.
1871 Notes on | the Natural History | of the | Strait of Magellan | and West Coast of Pata-
gonia | made during the Voyage of H.M.S. “ Nassau’’ | in the years 1866, 67, 68, &
69| By | Robert O. Cunningham, | M.D., F.L.S., etc. | Naturalist to the Expedition |
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: BIBLIOGRAPHY. 197
Cunningham, Robert 0.
With Map and Illustrations | Edinburgh | Edmonstonand Douglas | 1871 | All rights
reserved — 8vo, pp. i—xviii + 1-517, map, 22 pll.
A few references to Patagonian mammals, fass?m, and illustrations of the skull of the
Guanaco and Puma.
Cunningham, J. T.
1900 Sexual Dimorphism in the Animal Kingdom; a theory of the evolution of secondary
sexual characters — 8vo, London, pp. xi + 317, 32 text figs.
Macrorhinus leoninus figured, pp. 67, 68.
Dabbene, A.
1902 Fauna Magallanica, — Mamiferos y Aves de la Tierra del Fuego (An. Mus. Buenos
Aires (3), I, 1902, pp. 341-409).
Mammals, pp. 348-351.
Distant, W. L.
1899 The Sea Elephant (Macrorhinus elephantinus) (Zodlogist (4), III, Sept., 1899, pp.
385-387, pl. iii).
The plate is from a photograph of a specimen killed at the Falkland Islands. Also
measurements are given in a letter, from James Smith, here reproduced, regarding the
present rarity of the animal at these islands, and measurements of another (?) speci-
men killed at Stanley Harbor, Falkland Islands.
Elliot, D. G.
1872 On Felis pardinoides, J. E. Gray (P. Z. S., 1872, 203).
Felis pardinoides and F, warwickii Gray, both referred to Felis geoffroyi D’ Orb.
Flower, William Henry.
1831. On the Elephant Seal, Macrorhinus leoninus (Linn.) (P. Z. S., 1881, pp. 145-162.
with text figures).
Detailed description of skull, dentition (including milk dentition), auditory ossicles,
and discussion of systematic position and affinities,
1884 Catalogue of the Specimens | illustrating the | Osteology and Dentition | of | Vertebrated
Animals, | Recent and Extinct, | contained in | the Museum | of | the Royal College of
Surgeons of England. | Part IJ. | Class Mammalia, other than Man. | By | William
Henry Flower, LL.D., F. R. S., | Conservator of the Museum. | Assisted by | John
George Garson, M.D., | Assistant in the Museum. | — | London: | Printed for the Col-
lege ; | and sold by | J. & A. Churchill, 11 New Burlington Street. | MDCCCLXXXIV.
— 8vo, pp. xlili + 779.
Pinnipedia, pp. 186-218; Ofaria jubata, pp. 187-190, including an account of the
historic skull brought to England by Commodore Byron in 1769, which later formed
the basis of Phoca byronia De Blainville, 1820; Otaria [ = Arctocephalus| australis,
p. 191; Stenorhynchus leptonyx, pp. 211-213 ; Macrorhinus leoninus, pp. 215-218.
Gay [Claude], et Paul Gervais.
1846 Remarques sur le Capra pudu et Equus bisculus de Molina (Ann. des Sci. Nat., sér.
3, Vol. V, 1846, pp. 87—94).
Cervus chilensis, sp. nov. = Hippocamelus bisulcus (Mol.).
198
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Gibson, E.
1899 Field-notes on the Wood-Cat of Argentina (Fels geoffroy7) (P. Z. S., 1899, pp. 928,
929). Also includes measurements of two specimens.
Gray, J. E.
1837 Description of some new or little known Mammalia, principally in the British Museum
Collection (Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist., I, Nov., 1837, pp. 577-587).
Spp. nov.: Vulpes magellanica, V. griseus, p. 578, Straits of Magellan; Lutra cali-
Sornica, p. 580, “ California’ (= Patagonia?) ; Conepatus (gen. nov.) humboldti, p. 581,
Straits of Magellan; Marputius (gen. nov.), p. 581, Chili; ZLeptonyx (gen. nov.) wed-
dell, p. 582, “South Seas”; Lepus longicaudatus, p. 586, “ Magellan Land” (=
South Africa, Waterhouse).
1844-1846 Mammalia of the Zodlogy of the Voyage of the Erebus and Terror. 1844-1846.
1850
1849
1850
Title page not seen. See Gray, J. E., 1875.
“The Seals of the Southern Hemisphere,” pp. 1-8, pll. i-x (résumé of the literature,
pp. 1,2); ‘Synopsis of the Species of Seals,” pp. 2-5 ; ‘‘ Description of the Seals of the
Southern Hemisphere,” pp. 5-8 (incomplete). Zododon (p. 5) and Ommatophoca (p. 7),
gen. nov.
Figures: Lobodon carcinophaga, pl. i, animal, pl. ii, skull; Stenorhnychus leptonyx,
pl. iii, animal, pl. iv, skull; Loptonyx weddellii, pl. v, animal, pl. vi, skull ; Ommatophoca
rossit, pl. vii, animal, pl. viii, skull ; MWorunga elephantina, pl. ix, animal (female), pl. x,
skull ; Lobodon carcinophaga, pl. xi, skull; Arctocephalus hookeri, p\. xiv, animal, pl.
xv, skull; Arctocephalus lobatus, pl. xvi, animal, pl. xvii, figs. 3-5, skull; Ovaria
jubata, juv., pl. xvii, figs. 1, 2, skull. Plates xii and xiii are lacking. Plates i-xii,
1844; pll. xiii—xvii of later date.
In the copy examined the text terminates abruptly in the middle of a sentence at the
end of p. 8. It contains, however, plates ix—xvii, completing the series of seal plates,
and pll. xviii-xxv of the miscellaneous mammals, pll. i-xxx of the Cetacea, and pill.
i*—xxv of the birds, or the complete series of bird plates, except pll. i, vii, xii, xx*, and
XXii,
See the 1875 ed., with complete text and plates.
“Sir James Ross’s expedition obtained specimens of each of the four species [of
Antarctic Seals], and accordingly Gray’s work became, and still remains, the standard
description of them all. It contains in fact the first written description of the Crab-eat-
ing Seal and of Ross’s Seal, and the first intelligible description of Weddell’s Seal.” —
Barrett-Hamilton, Report on Southern Cross Collections, 1902, p. 2.
Catalogue | of the specimens of | Mammalia'| in | the Collection | of the | British Mu-
seum.| Part II. | Seals. | London: | Printed by order of the Trustees.| _1850.—12mo,
pp. viii + 48, text figs. 1-16.
A systematic synopsis of the Pinnipedia.
Ona very large Roe-Deer (C. /eucotis) in the Collection of the Earl of Derby (P. Z,
S., 1849, pp. 64, 65, pl. xii).
Capreolus leucotis, sp. nov. = Hippocamelus bisulcus (Mol.).
Synopsis of the species of Deer (Cervina), with the description of a new species in the
Gardens of the Society (P. Z.S., 1850, pp. 222-242, pl. xxii—xxviii).
Furcifer antisiensis and F. huamel, p. 236.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: BIBLIOGRAPHY. 199
Gray, J. E.
1865 Revision of the Genera and Species of Mustelide contained in the British Museum (P.
Z. S., 1865, pp. 100-154, pl. vii).
The species of Gray’s genus Wutria, pp. 128, 129.
1866 Notes on the skulls of Sea Bears and Sea-Lions (Otariadz) in the British Museum (Ann.
& Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), XVIII, Sept., 1866, pp. 228-237).
Important historical and critical comment on the Falkland Island species.
1866 Catalogue | of | Seals and Whales | in the | British Museum.| By | John Edward Gray,
F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., F.L.S., &c. | Second Edition. | London: | Printed by order of the
Trustees. | 1866.— 8vo, pp. viii + 402, 101 text figures.
Pinnipedia, pp. 1-60, figs. 1-18.
1867 Notes on the Skulls of the Cats (Felide) (P. Z. S., 1867, pp. 258-277).
Systematic review of the family. Payeros, gen. nov., for Felis pajeros Desm.
1867 Notes on certain species of Cats in the Collection of the British Museum (P. Z. S.,
1867, pp. 394-405, pll. xxiv, xxv).
Contains critical comment on various South American species, with a redescription
and colored plate of Pardalina warwicki.
1868 Observations on Sea-Bears (Otariadz), and especially on the Fur-Seals and Hair-Seals
of the Ealkland Islands and Southern America (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), I, Feb.,
1868, pp. 99-110).
Valuable historical comment on the various specimens previously received, or reputed
to have come, from the Falkland Islands. Three species are recognized: (1) Arcto-
cephalus falklandicus, (2) Euotaria nigrescens, and (3) Phocarctos hookert.
1869 A New Deer from Chili (Scientific Opinion, Oct. 6, 1869, p. 385).
Anomalocera huamel, gen. et sp. nov., = Hippocamelus bisulcus (Mol.).
1869 On the Guemel, or Roebuck of Southern Peru (P. Z. S., 1869, pp. 496-499, text
cuts of antlers and skull).
Xenelaphus huamel, gen. et sp. nov., = Hippocamelus bisulcus (Mol.).
1871 Supplement | to the | Catalogue | of | Seals and Whales | in the | British Museum. | By
| John Edward Gray, F.R.S., F.L.S., &c. | London: | Printed by order of the Trus-
tees. | 1871.— 8vo, pp. vi + 103, II text figures.
Pinnipedia, pp. 1-33. Otariidze, 13 spp., of which five are South American.
1872 The Ears of Sea-lions and Sea-bears (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), IX, June, 1872, p.
483).
A short note on the size of the ears in Ofaria jubata ( = O. byronit) and Arctocephalus
antarcticus, from living specimens in the London Zoological Gardens.
1872 On the Guémul (Huamela leucotis) (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), X, Dec., 1872, pp.
445, 446).
Genus Huamela, type Capreolus leucotts Gray ; Xenelaphus leucotis Gray is renamed
Xenelaphus anomalocera,
1873 Further Remarks on the Guémul of Patagonia (Huamela leucotis) (Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. (4), XI, March, 1873, pp. 214-220, fig. of skull, p. 218).
Huamela, gen. char., p. 217; characters and history of HZ. deucotis (Guémul), and
Xenelaphus anomalocera, sp. nov.
1874 Notes7on the Skulls of two undescribed Sea-lions (O¢aria), (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4),
XIII, April, 1874, pp. 325, 326).
200 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Gray, J. E.
Spp. nov., Otaria minor and O. pygmea, both from unknown localities (= Otaria
byronia).
1874 On Xenelaphus, Furcifer, and Coassus peruvianus (Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), XIII,
April, 1874, pp. 331, 332):
1874 Handlist of Seals, Morses, Sea-Lions, and Sea-Bears in the British Museum. London,
1874. 8vo, pp. 43, pll. i-xxx.
“Similar to the author’s previous catalogues.’’ Not seen; from Zool. Record, 1874.
1875! The | Zoology | of the | Voyage of H.M.S. Erebus & Terror, | Under the Command
of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, R.N., F.R.S., | During the years | 1839 to 1843. |
By Authority of the Lords Commissioners of the Admirality. | Edited by | John
Richardson, M.D., F.R.S., &c. | and | John Edward Gray, Esq., Ph.D., F.R.S., &c. |
[°. . « | Vol. 1.| Mammalia, Birds;| [ . +. ~j]/London:|-E: W. Janson, 23;
Museum Street, W. C. | M.DCCC.XLIV.-M.DCCC.LXXV. [4°]
VOLE
CONTENTS.
Chart of the South Circumpolar Region. (Frontispiece.) Title Page. Contents.
Summary of the Voyage, by Joseph Dalton Hooker, M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., &c. (pp. iti-
xii). Mammalia, by J. E. Gray, Ph.D., F-R.S:, F.Z.S., a: 1, :iihe}Seals of the
Southern Hemisphere (pp. 1-8), 7844, (pp. 9-12), 7875. II, Miscellanea (pp. 12a—
12d@), 1875. III, On the Cetaceous Animals (pp. 13-53), 7846. Birds, by George
Robert Gray, F.R.S., &c. (pp. 1-20), 7844- ee Appendix, by R. Bowdler Sharpe,
F.L.S., &c. (pp. 21- 5a 1875.
PLATES.
Seals, I-X, XIV—XVII. Miscellanea, XVIJI-XXII, XXV-XXIX. Cetacea,
Balena antipodarum (referred to at p. 16 as B. antarctica), I-XXXII bis, XX XIII-
XXXVII._ Birds, I, 1 *, II—XI, XI *, XIII-XX, XX *, XXI*, XXI, XXITIE-XXXV.
[No birds in copy examined. ]
Hagmann, G.
1901 Kritische Bemerkungen zur Systematik der Amazonischen Fiichse. < Zool. Anz., XXIV,
1901, pp. 509-514.
Individual variation in premolars and in other characters.
Hall, Robert.
1900 Sea-Elephants on Kerguelen’s Land (Zoologist (4), IV, Oct., 1900, pp. 441-447).
Measurements, weight, habits, numbers, and method of killing them on Kerguelen
Land, with cut (from a photograph) of a disturbed herd.
Hamilton, R.
1838 Observations on the Fur Seal (Ann. Nat. Hist., II, Oct., 1838, pp. 81-95, pl. iv).
General account of ‘the Fur Seal of commerce,’’ named on the plate Osaria falk-
andica, and relating mainly to this species. Of much historical interest, and contains
a good description of the specimens obtained by Capt. Weddell at the Falkland Islands
and presented by him to the Museum of the University of Edinburgh.
' This work not being at hand at present, I am indebted to Dr. T. S. Palmer for the transcript, here presented,
of the title page and contents. See Gray, J. E., 1844-1846, for synopsis of text and collation of plates of
Pinnipedia.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: BIBLIOGRAPHY. 201
Hanson, Nicolai.
1902 Extracts from the private Diary of the late Nicolai Hanson (Report Nat. Hist. Collec-
tions of the “Southern Cross,” 1902, pp. 79-105), several half-tone illustrations.
Field notes, referring in part to seals, by the zodlogist of the Southern Cross Expedition ;
a half-tone cut of Ross’s Seal, p. 96.
Hensel, R.
1872 Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Saugethiere Siid-Brasiliens (Abh. K. Akad. der Wissen. zu
Berlin, 1872, pp. 1-130, pll. i-iii).
Includes references toa number of Patagonian species.
Heller, Edmund.
1904 Mammals of the Galapagos Archipelago, exclusive of the Cetacea (Proc. California
Acad. Sci. (3), Zodl., III, No. 7, pp. 233-250, pl. xxiii).
Otariide, pp. 243-248. <Arctocephalus galapagoensis, sp. nov., p. 245.
Hudson, W. H.
1872 On the Habits of the Vizcacha (Lagostomus trichodactylus) (P. Z. S., 1872, pp. 822-
833).
A detailed account of its habits and mode of life, based on the personal observations
of the author on the pampas of Buenos Ayres.
Lahille, F.
1899 Ensayo sobre la distribucién geografica de los mamiferos de la Republica Argentina
(Congr. Cien. Lat. Amer., III, 1899, pp. 165-206, with map).
Discussion of the faunal areas of Patagonia, with a map giving their boundaries, to-
gether with a list of the Mammals of Patagonia; their distribution indicated by use of
the names of the faunal “ provinces” here established.
Lesson, R.-P.
1826 Sur le Phoque léopard de mer (Sea Leopard) des Orcades australes; par James
Weddell. (Férussac’s Bull. des Sci. Nat. et de Géol., VII, 1826, 437, 438).
Otaria weddellit, sp. nov.
Lydekker, R.
1899 Specific Characters of the Chilean Guemal (P. Z. S., 1899, pp. 917-919, pl. Ix), and text
cut of head of adult male.
Colored plate of an adult male from Patagonia; text cut of head of a male from
Ultima Esperanza, Patagonia.
Martin, William.
1837 Observations on three specimens of the genus Fe/is presented to the Society by Charles
Darwin, Esq. (P. Z. S., 1837, pp. 3, 4).
Felis darwint, sp. nov., provisional name.
Matschie, P.
1894 Die von P. Neumann in Argentinien gesammelten und beobacteten Saugethiere (Sitz-
unsb, Ges. nat. Freunde Berlin, 1894, 56-74).
Forty-four spp. from southern Argentina and Tucuman.
202 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Matschie, P.
1894 [Ueber Cariacus peruvianus.| Mittheil. Nat. Mus. Lubeck (2) (i, 1894, 129). (Not
seen.)
1895 Ueber Lyncodon patagonicum (Sitzunsb. Ges. nat. Freunde Berlin, 1895, pp. 171-177).
1898 Hamburger Magalhzensische Sammelreise, Saugethiere. Hamburg, 1898, pp. 29, pl. 1.
Hesperomys (Acodon) michaelseni, sp. nov., p. 5, pl. i. Southern Patagonia.
Milne-Edwards, A.
1890 Mission Scientifique du Cap Horn, 1882-1883, Vol. VI, Zoologie. Mammiferes, pp.
32, pil. 8.
Sixteen species, of which 8 are figured.
Merriam, C. Hart.
1897 A New Fur Seal or Sea-Bear (Arctocephalus townsendi) from Guadalupe Island, off
Lower California (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XI, 1897, pp. 175-178, July 1, 1897).
Description of the species and historical account of the known occurrence of Fur
Seals at Guadalupe Island.
1901 Preliminary Revision of the Pumas (felis concolor group) (Proc. Washington Acad.
Sci., III, 1901, pp. 577-600).
Felis puma patagonica, subsp. nov., eastern base of Andes, Patagonia.
1902. Six new Skunks of the genus Conepatus (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XV, pp.
161-165).
Conepatus humboldti, Patagonia, referred to incidentally, p. 165.
Mivart, St. George. .
1881 TheCat.| An Introduction to the Study | of | Back-boned Animals | especially | Mam-
mals. | By St. George Mivart, Ph.D., F.R.S. | With 2oo illustrations. | London: | John
Murray, Albemarle Street. | 1881.| [All Rights reserved. ] — 8vo, pp. i-xxiv + 1-557,
frontispiece, and 209 text-figures.
Under “ Chapter XII., Different Kinds of Cats,” the South American small spotted
cats are treated, pp. 408-413; Melis concolor and F. onca, p. 397.
1890 Notes on the South American Canidz (P. Z. S., 1890, pp. 98-113, figs. 1-8).
A review of the literature and of the species. Five species and 10 “‘ varieties” recog-
nized ; Canis parvidens and C. urostictus, spp. nov.
1890 Dogs, Jackals, Wolves, and Foxes: | A | Monograph | of | the Canide.| By | St. George
Mivart, F.R.S. |—]| With woodcuts, and 45 coloured plates | drawn from nature by J.
G. Keulemans and hand-coloured. |—J| London: | R. H. Porter, 18 Princes Street,
Cavendish Square, W., | and | Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, W. | 1890.— Roy. 8vo,
pp. i-xxviii + 1-216, pll. col. i-xiv, text-figs. I-59.
South American species, pp. 52-84, pll. xiv—xix, text-figs. 21-33.
Moseley, H. N.
1879 Notes by a Naturalist on the ‘“ Challenger,” being an account of various observations
made during the Voyage of H.M.S. “Challenger” round the World, in the years
1872-1876, under the Commands of Sir G. S. Nares, R.N., K.C.B., F.R.S., and Capt.
F. T. Thompson. By H.N. Mosely, M.A., F.R.S., etc. With a Map, two coloured
Plates, and numerous Woodcuts. London: Macmillan and Co. 1879. — 8vo, pp.
xvi + 606.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: BIBLIOGRAPHY. 203
Moseley, H. N.
1892
Contains interesting notes on the Sea-Elephant as observed at Kerguelen Land, with
copies of Anson’s Sea Lion and Leseur’s plate of Sea Elephants, pp. 200-206 ; Sea Ele-
phant hunting and habits of Sea Elephants at Heard Island, pp. 227-229.
Notes by a Naturalist. | An Account of Observations | made during | the Voyage of
H.M.S.“ Challenger” | round the World in the Years 1872-1876. | Under the Command
of | Capt. Sir G. S. Nares, R.N., K.C.B., F.R.S., and | Capt. F. T. Thompson, R.N. |
By H. N. Mosely, M.A., F.R.S., | late Fellow of Exeter College, Oxford. | A new and
revised edition, with map, portrait, and woodcuts, | and a brief memoir of the Author. |
New York: G, P. Putnam’s Sons | London: John Murray | 1892.— 8vo, pp. xxiv
+ 540, with portrait, map, and numerous text-cuts.
Sea Elephants, pp. 98, 148, 174-178; Fur Seals, pp. 110, 164, 177, 179, 229,
517; Sea Leopard, p. 174. The text and illustrations are apparently the same as
in the 1879 edition, g. v.
Muller, J.
1841
See Nilsson, 1841.
Murie, James.
1867
1869
1872
Nehring,
1885
1886
1886
1887
1887
On the Cause of Death of the Sea-Bear (Otaria hookeri), lately living in the Society’s
Gardens (P. Z. S., 1867, pp. 243, 244).
Otaria hookeri ( = Otaria jubata auct.) captured near Cape Horn, June, 1862.
Report on the Eared Seals collected by the Society’s Keeper Frangois Lecomte in the
Falkland Islands (P. Z. S., 1869, pp. 100-109, pl. vii.)
Account of external and cranial characters of Otaria jubata, with a colored plate of
the animal, and text cuts of male and female skulls, from below, } natural size, and of
the ‘“‘ Habits and Economy of the Eared Seals.”
Researches upon the Anatomy of the Pinnipedia. — Parts II-III. Descriptive Anatomy
of the Sea-lion (Otaria jubata) (Trans. Zool. Soc. London, VII, pt. xvi, Jan., 1872,
pp. 527-596, pll. Ixvii-lxxii; VIII, pt. xvi, June, 1874, pp. 501-582, pll. Ixxv—Ixxxii).
Detailed account of the anatomy of a specimen of O¢aria jubata auct. from the Falk-
land Islands (Cf/. Sclater, P. L., 1866, and Murie, J., 1867).
A.
Ueber das Geweih eines Furcifer chilensis aus Siid-Patagonien (Sitzungsb. Gesells,
naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, No. 10, Dec., 1885, pp. 188-190).
Comparison of the antlers of Furcifer chilensis and F. antisiensis, with table of com-
parative measurements.
Ueber Furcifer antisiensis (Sitzungsb. Gesells. naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, No. 1, Jan.,
1886, pp. 17, 18). .
Further comparison with /. chélensis.
Ueber Lutra brasiliensis, Lutra paranensis, Galictis crassidens, und Galera macrodon
(Sitzungsb. Gesells. naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, No. 10, Dec., 1886, pp. 144-152).
Uber die Gray’schen Fischotter-Gattungen Lutronectes, Lontra und Pteronura (Sitzungsb.
Gesells. naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, 1887, No. 3, May, 1887, pp. 20-25).
Lutra latifrons, nom. nov., for Gray’s three species of Lontra.
Ueber eine Pelzrobben Art von der Kiiste Siid-Brasiliens (Arch. f. Naturg., 1887, i,
pp. 75-94, pl. ii), skull and dentition.
204
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Nehring, A.
1887
1887
1900
1900
1900
1900
1901
Arctocephalus (Arctophoca) gracilis sp. nov., from coast of Brazil, lat. 29° 59/S.,
near mouth of Tramandahy River.
Einige Notizen iiber die siidbrasilianische Pelzrobbe (Sitzungsb. Gesells. naturf. Freunde
zu Berlin, No. 8, Oct., 1887, pp. 142, 143).
Supplementary to the preceding paper.
Ueber eine Pelzrobbe von Rio de Janeiro (Sitzungsb. Gesells. naturf. Freunde zu Berlin,
No. 10, Dec., 1887, pp. 207, 208).
Reported capture, on the authority of Dr. Golde, of a Fur Seal at Ponta Negra, near
Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, referred by both Dr. Gdlde and Dr. Nehring, to “Arctophoca
Jfalclandica Burmeister.”
Ueber Lutra (Pteronura) paranensis Rengger, und ein lebendes Weibchen dieser Art
(Sitzungsb. Gesells. naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, No. 10, Dec., 1900, pp. 221-228).
Ueber Crenomys pundti n. sp., und Ct. minutus Nhrg. (Zool. Anz., XXIII, 1900, pp.
420-423, figs. I, 2), top view of skulls of Ct pundti and Ct. minutus.
Ueber Ctenomys neglectus n. sp., Ct. natterert Wagn. und Ct. lutjanensis Amegh.
(Zool. Anz., XXIII, Oct., 1900, pp. 535-541, figs. 1-3).
Ctenomys neglectus, sp. nov. (p. 535, fig. 1, skull), based on a weathered skull from
Patagonia.
Ueber die Schadel von Ctenomys minutus Nhrg., Ct. torquatus Licht. und Ct. pundti
Nhrg. (Sitzungsb. Gesells. naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, No. 9, Nov., 1900, pp. 201-
210), mit 7 figs.
Einige Notizen tiber die Lutra (Pteronura) paranensis des hiesigen zoologischen Gartens
(Sitzungsb. Gesells. naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, No. 3, Marz, 1901, pp. 133-135).
Nilsson, S.
1837
1841
Utkast till en systematisk indelning af Phocacierna (K. Vet. Akad. Handl. Stockholm,
LVIII, 1837, pp. 235-240).
Not now accessible ; see the German translation, Nilsson, 1841.
Entwurf einer systematischen Eintheilung und speciellen Beschreibung der Phoken, von
Nilsson. Aus dem Schwedischen tibersetzt von Dr. W. Peters (Arch. f. Naturg. 1841,
i, pp. 301-334).
An important revision of the subject with remarks (in footnotes) and a supplement
by J. Miller.
Owen, Richard.
1843 Notice of a new species of Seal (Stenorhynchus serridens) (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., XII,
Nov., 1843, pp. 331, 332).
= Lobodon carcinophaga (Jacq. & Puch.).
Peters, W.
1866 Ueber die Ohrenrobben (Seelowen und Seebaren), Ofari@, inbesondere iiber die in den
Sammlungen zu Berlin befindlichen Arten. (Monatsb. K. Akad. zu Berlin, 1866, pp.
261-281, pll. i, ii, iid, iic).
A general review of the group, of which 14 species, all placed in Ofaria, are indicated,
of which 3 appear to be considered doubtful. Phocarctos (p. 269) and Arctophoca (p.
276) proposed as new subgenera; Ofaria godeffroyi, sp. nov. (p. 266, pl. i), based on
an old male skull, from Chincha Islands, Peru; Otaria philippit, sp. nov. (p. 276, pll.
ii@, iid, tic), based on a skull from Juan Fernandez Island.
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: BIBLIOGRAPHY. 205
Peters, W*
1866
1871
1876
1877
Philippi,
1866
1870
1871
1873
1892
Nachtrag zu seiner Abhandlungen iiber die Ohrenrobben (Ofari@) (Monatsb. K.
Akad. zu Berlin, 1866, pp. 665-672, with plate).
Further comment, the species here apparently reduced to 10. The skull of Ofsaria
ulloe figured. A synopsis of the species (pp. 670-672), which are placed in 7
subgenera.
Ueber die Verschiedenheit der in dem atlantischen und stillen Ocean vorkommenden
Pelzrobben (Monatsb. K. Akad. zu Berlin, 1871, pp. 563-566).
Otaria argentata Philippi is thought to be the female of O. philippit Peters, and
Otaria falklandica (Shaw) the female of O. nigrescens Gray ; refers to the great similarity
between O. philippii and O. nigrescens and raises the question of their specific distinctness.
Ueber die mit /istiotws velatus verwandten Flederthiere aus Chile (Monatsb. K. Akad.
zu Berlin, 1875 (1876), pp. 785-782, with pl.)
Vesperus (Histiotus) velatus 1, Geoffroy, Vesperus (H.) macroius Poppig, and Vesperus
montanus Philippi discussed at length ; ear, head, skull, and dentition figured.
Ueber die Ohrenrobben, Otaria, als Nachtrag zu seiner im vorigen Jahre tiber diese
Thiere gelesenen Abhandlung. (Monatsb. K. P. Akad. Wissen. zu Berlin, 1877, pp.
505-507).
Supplement to a paper of the previous year on Eared Seals, read before the Academy
June 12, 1876, but apparently not published (cf. of. cit., 1876, p. 327). Systematic
list of genera and species, with annotations ; 3 genera, 13 species.
R.A.
Ueber ein paar neue Chilenische Saugethiere (Arch. f. Naturg., 1866, pt. i, pp. 113-
117).
Vespertilio magellanicus, p. 113, Straits of Magellan; Canis patagonicus, p. 116
Straits of Magellan.
Eine vermeintliche neue Hirschart aus Chile (Arch. f. Naturg., 1870, i, pp. 46-49).
Comment on Axomolocera leucotis Gray, doubting especially its alleged Chilian
habitat.
Ueber eine fiir Chile neue Art von Otaria (Monatsb. K. Akad. zu Berlin, 1871, pp.
558-562, pll. 2).
Otaria argentata, sp. nov. (p. 560, text, and pll. i and ii, skull), from Mas a Fuera.
Ueber Felis Guia Molina und iber die Schadelbildung bei Fe/’s Pajeros und Felis Colo-
,
Pl, iii, fig. 3 and 4, skull of Felis pajeros.
Las Focas Chilenas del Museo Nacional (An. Mus. Nac. Chile, 1892, Zool., Ent., 1,
pp. 1-52, pll. i-xxiii).
Otaria jubata, p. 9, pl. i, animal; O. ulloe, p. 12, pl. vi, animal; O. velutina, sp.
nov., p. 14, pll. vi, vii (skull), viii, animal (O. w//oe on plates); O. fulva, sp. nov., p.
17, pll. ii, animal, iii-v, skull ; O. molossina, p. 22, pl. ix, animal, x, skull of very young
specimen ; O. chilensis, p. 25, pll. xi, animal, xii, skull, young with milk dentition; O.
vufa, sp. nov., p. 28, pl. xiii, animal; O. philippii, p. 33, pll. xiv, xv, animal, xvi-xix,
skulls ; O. argentata ?, p. 38, pl. xx ; O. australis, p. 40, pll. xi, animal, xxi, skull, young —
“O. falklandica”’ on plates; O. érachydactyla, sp. nov., p. 43, pll. xiii, xxii, skull with
milk dentition ; O. /eucostoma, sp. nov., p. 46, pl. xxiii, animal; O. aurita, p. 47, from
206
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Philippi, R. A.
1892
1894
1896
1900
1901
1903
Tschudi. O. chonotica, p. 49, is a provisional name, suggested by Matschie, for O.
chilensis Miller.
El] Guemel de Chile (An. Mus. Nac. Chile, 1892, pp. 1-9 with plate).
On the Taruga (Cervus antisiensis) and the Guemul (C. chilensis) ; chiefly historical.
Cervus antisiensis, chilensis, brachyceros (An. Mus. Nac. Chile, Zool., Entr. 7, 1894, pp.
1-16, pll. i-iv).
Synonymy and descriptions, with figures of the animals and skulls, and critical com-
parison of the species. Cervus brachyceros evidently based on malformed antlers of
C. antisiensis.
Descripcion de los Mamiferos triados del viaje de esploracion a Tarapaca, hecho por
orden del Gobierno en el Verandode, 1884 a 1885 (An. Mus. Nac. Chile, 1899, Zool.,
Entr. 13, pp. 1-24, pll. i-vii).
Vespertilio atacamensis (p. 5), Lagidium lutescens (p. 8), four species of Crenomys, and
five species of “Hesperomys’’ described as new, and all figured.
Figuras y descripciones de los Murideos de Chile (An. Mus. Nac. Chile, Zool., Entr. 14°,
pp. I-70, pll. i-xxv).
A large number of species of ‘‘ M/ws’’ described and figured as new.
Neuva especie Chilena de Zorras (An. Univ. Chile, Feb., 1901, pp. 167-170, 1 pl.).
Canis domeykoanus, sp. nov., Island of Chiloe.
Einige neue Chilenische Camis-Art. (Arch. f. Nat., 1903, i, pp. 155-169).
Canis amblydon, C. maullinicus, C. trichodactylus, C. albigula, C. torguatus, spp. nov.!
Prichard, H. H.
1902
1902
Field-Notes on the larger Mammals of Patagonia (P. Z. S., 1902, I, pp. 272-277).
Notes on the Huemul, Guanaco, Puma, Pearson’s Puma, Patagonian Cavy, and
Little Armadillo.
Through the Heart | of Patagonia | By | H. Hesketh Prichard | F.R.G.S., F.Z.S. | Fel-
low of the Anthropological Institute; author of | ‘‘Where Black rules White: A
Journey | across and about Hayti’’ | With illustrations from drawings in colour | and
black and white by | John Guille Millais, F.Z.S. | and from photographs | New York |
D. Appleton & Company | 1902— Imp. 8vo, pp. i-xvi + 1-346, with 39 full-page
colored and plain illustrations, 87 text figures, and 3 maps. Chap. XVII (pp. 235-
246), “Onthe first Attitude of Wild Animals towards Man” ; Chap. XVIII (pp. 247-
260), “ The larger Mammals of Patagonia,’’— nine species formally treated. Also many
references passim to the same species, and a reprint of ‘‘On a New Form of Puma from
Patagonia” by Oldfield Thomas, pp. 334, 335. Many important illustrations from
photographs, including skulls of Huemul, and colored plates of the Huemul in summer
coat, the Cordillera Wolf, and Pearson’s Puma.
Rengger, J. R.
1830
Naturgeschichte | der | Saeugethiere | von | Paraguay, | von | Dr. J. R. Rengger. | —
Basel, | in der Schweighauserschen Buchhandlung | 1830. — 8vo, pp. i-xvi + 1-394.
Saint-Loup, Remy.
1895
Notes sur l’anatomie du Mara (Dolichotis patagonica Desm.) (Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat.
Paris, I, 1895, pp. 143-145).
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: BIBLIOGRAPHY. 207
Saint-Loup, Rémy.
1898
Une bonne espéce, 4 propos du Dolichotis salinicola (Burm.) (Comun. Mus. Buenos
Aires, I, 1898, p. 43).
Sclater, P. L.
1866
1868
1873
1870
1875
[A young living “ male Sea-Bear (Otaria hookeri” = Otaria jubata auct.) captured near
Cape Horn, June, 1862] (P. Z. S., 1866, p. 80).
Afterwards the basis of Murie’s memoir on the anatomy of this species. C/. Murie,
1872-1874.
[A young living female Sea-Lion (Oraria jubata), from the Falkland Islands, etc.] (P.
Z. S., 1868, pp. 527-529).
Remarks on Cervus chilensis and Cervus antisiensis (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), XI,
March, 1873, pp. 213, 214).
Cervus leucotis Gray identified with Cervus chilensis Gay & Gervais, and Anomalo-
cera huamel, Xenalaphus huemel and Xenelaphus leucotis Gray with Cervus antisiensis
D’Orbigny.
[Felis warwickii Gray = Felis geoffroyi D’Orb. & Gerv.] (P. Z. S., 1870, pp. 796, 797).
[The Huemul and its Allies.] (P. Z. S., 1875, pp. 44-47; fig. of left antler, p. 45).
Synonymy and discussion of (1) Cervus chilensis, (2) Cervus antisiensts, (3) Cervus
whitelyi, and (4) Cervus peruvianus.
Scott, W. B.
1902
The Origin and Development of South American Mammals (Science, N. S., XV, No.
337, pp. 470, 471; Ann. N. York Acad. Sci., XV, 1903, 14, 15).
Abstract of a paper read before New York Academy of Sciences.
Thomas, Oldfield.
1880
1881
1889
1891
1894
1895
Description of a new Species of Reithrodon, with Remarks on other Species of the Genus
(P. Z. S., 1880, pp. 691-696, 4 text cuts).
Reithrodon alstoni, sp. nov. (= type of the genus Sigmomys Thomas, 1901), with a
discussion of the relationships of R. typicus, R. cuniculoides, and R. chinchilloides.
Account of the Zoological Collections made during the Survey of H.M.S. “ Alert” in
the Straits of Magellan and on the Coast of Patagonia. I, Mammalia. By Oldfield
Thomas (P. Z. S., 1881, pp. 3-6).
An annotated list of 10 species; Hesperomys (Calomys) coppingeri, sp. nov., p. 4.
Preliminary Notes on the Characters and Synonymy of the different Species of Otter
(P. Z. S., 1889, pp. 190-200).
Important critical comment on the South American species, pp. 196-200.
Notes on some Ungulate Mammals (P. Z. S., 1891, pp. 384-389).
On the generic and specific names of the Llamas and Alpaca, pp. 385-387.
Descriptions of some new Neotropical Muride (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), XIV,
Nov., 1894, pp. 346-366).
Includes, among numerous other species, Acodon macronyx, n. sp. (p. 362), from near
Fort San Rafael, Province of Mendoza, east side of Andes.
Descriptions of Four small Mammals from South America, including one belonging to
the peculiar Marsupial Genus “/Zyracodon’’ Tomes (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6),
XVI, Nov., 1895, pp. 367-370).
Includes Acodon hirtus, sp. nov. (p. 370), from Fort San Rafael, Mendoza.
208
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
Thomas, Oldfield.
1897
1897
1898
IgO1
1901
1901
IQOI
1902
1902
1902
1902
1903
Descriptions of Four new South American Mammals (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6),
XX, Aug., 1897, pp. 118-221).
Oxymycterus lanosus, sp. nov., p. 118, from Monteith Bay, Straits of Magellan.
On some small Mammals from Salta, N. Argentina (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), XX,
Aug., 1897, pp. 214-218).
On some Mammals obtained by the late Mr. Henry Durnford in Chubut, E. Patagonia
(P. Z. S., 1898, pp. 210-212).
An annotated list of 7 species, with field notes by Mr. Durnford, collected on the coast
about 60 miles south of the Rio Chubut (cf Ibis, 1878, p. 391).
On a new Form of Puma from Patagonia (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), VIII, Sept.,
1901, pp. 188, 189).
Felis concolor pearsoni, subsp. nov.
New Neotropical Mammals, with a Note on the Species of Reithrodon (Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. (7), VIII, Sept., 1901, pp. 246-255).
Note on the species of South American groove-toothed Muridz, which are here
separated into 3 genera (Reithrodon, Euneomys, Sigmomys) and 8 species.
The name of the Viscacha (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XIV, p. 25). .
Viscaccia Schinz, 1825, the proper generic name for the Argentine Viscacha, also
correcting Mr. J. G. Rehn, on Viscaccica Brandis ex Molina. Also Lagidium viscacia
(Molina) the proper name of the Chilian Viscacha.
On a Collection of Bats from [Central] Paraguay (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), VIII,
Nov., 1901, pp. 435-443).
An annotated list of 19 species, the collection including topotypes of 8 of Azara’s
species.
On Mammals from the Serra do Mar of Parana, collected by Mr. Alphonse Robert
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), IX, Jan., 1902, pp. 59-64).
Annotated list of 18 spp.; Akodon serrensis, Coendou roberti, spp. nov.
On Mammals collected by Mr. Perry O. Simonds on the southern part of the Bolivian
Plateau (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), IX, March 1902, pp. 222-230).
Annotated list of 17 spp.; Phyllotis arenarius, P. hirtipes, Clenomys frater, Kerodon
nator pallidior, spp. et subsp. nov.
On Mammals collected at Cruz del Eje, Central Cordova, by Mr. P. O. Simons (Ann.
& Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), IX, April, 1902, pp. 237-245).
An annotated list of 14 spp.; Lasiurus borealis saline, Conepatus proteus, Eligmodontia
griseoflava centralis, Ctenomys bergi, Dolichotis magellanicus centricola, Dasypus vellerosus
pannosus, spp. et subspp. nov. Note on the proper name of Azara’s “ Chauve-souris
septieme.”’
The generic names of the Peccaries, Northern Fur Seal, and Sea-Leopard (Proc. Biol.
Soc. Washington, XV, 1902, pp. 153-156).
Callorhinus and Callirhinus considered as “ permissible variants’ of one compound ;
Stenorhinchus held to be not invalidated by the earlier Stenorhynchus or Stenorynchus for
the Leopard Seal.
Notes on Neotropical Mammals of the Genera Felis, Hapale, Oryzomys, Akodon, and
Ctenomys, with Descriptions of new Species (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XII, Aug.,
1903, pp. 234-243).
”
ALLEN: MAMMALIA: BIBLIOGRAPHY. 209
Thomas, Oldfield.
Chelemys (new subgen. of Akodon), p. 242. Type, A. macronyx Thomas. Also
Akodon suffusus, sp. nov., p. 241, Southern Chubut, Patagonia; Akodon (Chelemys)
vestitus, sp. nov. (p. 242), Southern Chubut, Patagonia.
Townsend, Charles H.
1899 Pelagic Sealing, with notes on the Fur Seals of Guadalupe, the Galapagos, and Lobos
Islands (The Fur Seals and Fur Seal Islands of the North Pacific Ocean, Part III,
pp. 223-274, pll. xxii-xxxv).
Important notes on the Guadalupe Island Fur Seal, pp. 265-272; and on the Gala-
pagos Islands Fur Seal, pp. 272, 273; note on the Lobos Islands Fur Seal rookery,
with a photograph (pl. xxxv) of a portion of the islands covered by seals.
Turner, William, and Wm. C. Strettell Miller.
1888 Report on the Seals collected during the Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger in the years
1873-76 (Zool. Challenger Exped., Part LX VIII, 1888, pp. 1-240, pll. 10).
Part I, Description of Genera and Species, pp. 3-54; Part II, Classification of the
Pinnipedia, pp. 55-88; Part III, Brain of Elephant Seal and of Walrus, pp. 89-134;
Part IV, Viscera of Elephant Seal, pp. 135-138. Appendix. The Myology of the
Pinnipedia, by W. C. Strettell Miller, pp. 139-234.
The species here recognized are (1) Macrorhinus leoninus, (2) Leptonychotes weddellii,
(3) Otaria jubata, (4) Arctocephalus gazella, (5) Arctocephalus austrais.
Waterhouse, George R.
183'7_ Characters of New Species of the Genus Mus, from the Collection of Mr. Darwin (P.
Z. S., 1837, 15-21, 27-32).
Twenty-two new species, four new subgenera, and two new genera.
1848 A | Natural History | of the | Mammalia. | By | George R. Waterhouse,|.... [= 3
lines of titles] Vol. II. | Containing the Order | Rodentia, or Gnawing Mammalia ; |
with | 22 illustrations engraved on steel, and engravings on wood. | London: Hippolyte
Bailli¢re, Publisher, 219 Regent Street; |... . [ = 4 lines] 1848.— 8vo, pp. 1-500,
pll. i-xxi + x*.
Includes the Patagonian Rodents, except the Muride.
Waterhouse, George R., and Charles Darwin.
1839 The | Zoology | of | the Voyage of H.M.S. Beagle, | under the command of Captain
Fitzroy, R.N., | during the Years | 1832 to 1836. | Published with the approval of | the
Lords Commissioners of Her Majesty’s Treasury. | Edited and Superintended by |
Charles Darwin, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Sec. G. S. | Naturalist to the Expedition. |— |
Part II. | Mammalia, | by | George R. Waterhouse, Esq. | Curator of the Zoological
Society of London, etc., etc. |—]| London: | Published by Smith, Elder and Co.
65 Cornhill. | MDCCCXXXIX. |—| 4to, pp. ix + v, + 97, pll. xxxv (32 col.). The
first of the two half titles reads :
Mammalia, | Described by | George R. Waterhouse, Esq. | Curator of the Zoologi-
cal Society of London, etc. etc. | with | a Notice of their Habits and Ranges, | by Charles
Darwin, Esq., M.A., F.R.S.| Secretary to the Geological Society. | Illustrated by
numerous coloured engravings.
210 ALLEN: MAMMALIA: BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Waterhouse, George R., and Charles Darwin.
The most important original source of information on Patagonian Mammals. In sev-
eral cases Darwin’s Patagonian specimens became the types of species described by
Waterhouse in 1837, and here redescribed and to a large extent figured. Darwin’s
notes on their habits and ranges are invaluable.
Weddell, James.
1825 A | Voyage | towards | the South Pole, | performed in the years 1822-23. | Contain-
ing | an examination of the Antarctic Sea, | to the seventy-fourth degree of latitude: |
and | A visit to Tierra del Fuego, | with a particular account of the inhabitants. | To
which is added, | much useful information on the coasting navigation of | Cape Horn,
and the adjacent lands, | with charts of harbours, &c. |—| By James Weddell, Esq. |
Master in the Royal Navy. |—]| London: | printed for | Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme,
Brown, and Green, | Paternoster-row. | 1825. — 8vo, pp. i-iv + 1-276, with maps,
charts and other illustrations.
Contains much valuable information on the habits of the seals of southern South
America and the islands to the southward, and their destruction for commercial pur-
poses. Also first description (by Prof. Jameson) and figure of Weddell’s Seal, which
formed the basis of Lesson’s Otaria weddellit (= Leptonychotes weddellit ).
Wilson, Edward A.
1902 Notes on Antarctic Seals, collected during the Expedition of the ‘Southern Cross’
(Report Nat. Hist. Collections of the ‘Southern Cross,’ 1902, pp. 67-78, pll. ii-vi).
On the distribution and habits of Leptonychotes weddellit (pp. 69-71, pl. ii), Ogmo-
vhinus leptonyx (pp. 71-73, pl. iii), Lobodon carcinophagus (pp. 74-76, pll. iv and v),
Ommatophoca rossii (pp. 76-78, pl. vi), with colored plates of the animals.
ae
f
PATAGONIAN | me
‘
EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.
PAGE
Zaépyus ciiaTus: Animal, d' ad., about 7% natural size. Swan Lake, Pat-
agonia. No. 30, Colburn Collection. 2 : ; : : : i,
(VOL. 111)
Le
oy
2
“i
.
fom
A
ry - *
a =F
a pl
One Sad et a eee
a ee a eee
Pl
te “a
Ma io a v
EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.
ZakEpyus ciLiaTus: Skeleton, nearly natural size. Swan Lake, Patagonia.
Princeton Museum. . ' : : : : : M . ; é ii
(VOL. 111) -
toM., |
PRAT I.
Werner & Winter, Frankfor
Ss VO
Oo
|
f
F.v.lterson del
PATAGONIAN FXPEDITION
LAE DVS CleLATUS
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.
PAGE
Zaipyus ciLiaTus: Three skulls, showing variation with age. Figures all
natural size.
Fig. 1-14. Skull, #ad., Swan Lake, Patagonia. No. 31, Colburn Collection.
Fig. 2-26. Young male, Swan Lake, Patagonia. No. 32, Colburn Collection.
Fig. 3-36. A very old skull, junction of Rio Chico with Rio Santa Cruz.
Am. Mus. No. 17,447
(VOL. II1)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOLII. PEAma. it.
i a
Qa
|
Werner & Winter, Frankfort ?M., lith.
ZAEDYUS.
4
. ave. i
" a ws 7
ea be Fe as
Sp eee
aa ao St ae
EW ws 4
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.
Hirrocameus pisutcus: Skull. oad, X %. Upper Rio Chico, eastern
base of Cordilleras, Patagonia. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 93,399 . :
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOLIU. PLATE IV.
Be a ee ee ered ee eer eee
fame
Werner & Winter, Frankfort?M., lith
R Weber del
HIPPOCAMELUS BISULCUS
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
EXPLANATION iOF PLATE V.:
PAGE
HippocaMELus BisuLcus. Upper view of skull shown in Plate IV. : ‘ II
(VOL, 111)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.III PLATE \
R Weber del Werner & Winter, Frankfort 2M., lit
HIPPOCAMELUS BISULCUS.
i
5 nar
: ve
‘ a
a *
¢ ‘a,
, . \
4
> af i
iJ y <c
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.
- Alay ees wees i me os
Hiprccame.us piscutcus. Lower view of skull shown in PlateIV :
Py ake
> =
»
: a
(vow. 111)
: '
. 2
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.III RAE Wie
R Weber del
Werner & Winter, Frankfort ?M., lith
HIPPOCAMELUS BISULCUS
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIL
KERODON AUSTRALIS and CTENOMYS OSGOODI.
Fig. 1-16. KeEropon austratis: Skull, # ad., x 4. Upper Rio Chico, near
Cordilleras, Patagonia. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 84,180
Fig. 2-26. Crrenomys oscoopr: Type skull, ad., xX +. Upper Rio Chico,
Patagonia. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 84,149. (Clenomys robustus
in text ; for change of name see Postscript, p. 191.) , .
Fig. 3-36. Crenomys oscoopr: Skull of ad., X +. Upper Rio Chico, Pata-
gonia. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 84,143.
(VOL. 111)
PAGE
38
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.III.
|
PLATE VII
rtoM., Lith
Frankfo
Werner & Winier,
R.Weber del
KERODON & CTENOMYS.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
EXPLANATION: OF PLATE, VEL
CTENOMYS SERICEUS and CTENOMYS COLBURNI.
Fig. 1-1. Crenomys sertceus: Skull, 9 ad. x}. Mayer Basin, upper
Rio Chico, Patagonia. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 84,195
Fig. 2-26. Crenomys sertceus: Skull, 3‘ ad., x ¢. Mayer Basin, upper
Rio Chico, Patagonia. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 84,1809.
Fig. 3-34. CrTenomys coLpurni: Skull, 9 ad., X +. Basalt Cajions, Pata-
gonia. No. 78, Colburn Collection ‘ : : :
Fig. 4-46. Crenomys coLtpurNnt: Type skull, fi ad., x}. Basalt Caiions,
Patagonia. No. 147, Colburn Collection.
(VOL. 111)
PAGE
40
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS WOME allies PLATE VIIL.
2
Werner & Winter, Frankfort 2M., li
Fig. 1-14.
Fig. 2-20.
Fig. 3-36.
Fig. 4-40.
Fig. 5-50.
Fig. 6-64.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.
ELiGmoponTIA, Oryzomys, and OxyMycTERUS.
ELIGMODONTIA MORGANI: Skull, o&' ad. X #. Cape Fairweather,
Patagonia. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 92,218 : ; ; :
OryYZzOMYS MAGELLANICUS: Skull, d' ad., XZ. Upper Rio Chico,
Patagonia. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 84,275 : P
OxymycTEerus LANosus: Skull, 9 ad, x4. Teeth figured on
Plate X, Fig. 6-62. Cordilleras, el iat Rio Chico, Pata-
gonia. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 84,211.
OxyMYCTERUS MicroTis: Type skull, 9 ad., X 7. Tene poe
on Plate X, Fig. 7-7a. Cordilleras, head al Rio Chico, Pata-
agonia. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 84,234 : : : :
OxymycTerus Inca: Type skull, Q ad., 2. Mavipis, Bolivia.
Am. Mus. No. 16,489.
OxymycTERus juLIac#: Type skull, & ad., x. Inca Mines,
Peru. Am. Mus. No. 15,804.
(VOL. 111.)
PAGE
53
47
83
84
“PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL III. EA SEs In
F.v.lterson del. « Werner & Winter, Frankfort?M., lith
ELIGMODONTIA, ORYZOMYS & OXYMYCTERUS
Fig.
Fig.
ie
| SE
. 3-34.
4-40.
. 9-94.
- 10-104.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.
OxymycTErRus, ELicmMoponT1a, and Oryzomys.
OxymycTerus apicatis: Type skull, 9 ad.; skull, X 2; teeth,
x4; teeth greatly worn. Inca Mines, Peru. Am. Mus. No.
16,064.
ELIGMODONTIA MORGANI: Upper and lower teeth of of ad., X +;
teeth much worn. Skull figured on Plate IX, Fig. 1-14.
Rio Coy, Patagonia. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 92,218
ELIGMODONTIA MORGANI: Upper and lower teeth of Q juv., with
unworn teeth, for comparison with Fig. 1. Rio Coy, Pata-
gonia. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 92,226.
ORYZOMYS MAGELLANICUS: ¢ ad.; upper and teeth, much worn,
x4. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 84,275. Skull shown in Plate IX,
Fig. 2-26 : 5 ; 4 : : : :
ORYZOMYS MAGELLANICUS: Q juv.; upper and lower teeth, un-
worn, X +. Upper Rio Chico, Cordilleras, Patagonia. U. S.
Nat. Mus. No. 84,263.
OxymycrTeErus Lanosus: Upper and lower teeth, 9 adx ¢. Skull
figured on Plate IX, Fig. 3-30
OXYMYCTERUS MICROTIS: Type, upper sad ower fe 3 aL,
xX +. Skull figured on Plate IX, Fig. 4-46 . :
Snes IncA: Type, upper and: lower teeth, o ad.; hem
very much worn, X 4. Skull figured on Plate IX, Fig. 5-54.
OxymycTEeRus JULIAc&: Type, upper and lower teeth, much
worn, d' ad., X ¢. Skull figured on Plate IX, Fig. 6-64.
Oxymycrerus apicatis: Upper and lower teeth, unworn, for
comparison with worn teeth, Fig. 1c-1d of this Plate.
juv., X#. Inca Mines, Peru. Am. Mus. No. 16,067.
(VOL, 111)
PAGE
53
47
83
84
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOLI PLATE xX.
Werner & Winter, Frankfort 2M., lith
OXYMYCTERUS , ELIGMODONTA & ORYZOMYS
Fig. 1-14.
Fig. 2-26,
Fig. 3-36.
Fig. 4-46.
Fig. 5-50.
Fig. 6-60.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.
Axopon. — Six species.
AKODON XANTHORHINUS: Skull, 3’ ad., with much worn teeth,
x2, Punta Arenas, Patagonia. No. 13, Colburn Collection.
AKODON CANESCENS: Skull, o ad., with much worn teeth, X 7.
Rio Coy, Patagonia. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 92,186. ;
AKopon CALIGInosus: Skull, 9 ad., with worn teeth, X 7. Inca
Mines, Peru. Am. Mus. No. 15,812.
AKODON PULCHERRIMUS: Skull, o ad., with teeth very much
worn, X 2, Inca Mines, Peru. Am. Mus. No. 16,511.
Axopon surrusus: Skull, 3‘ ad., with worn teeth, X #7. Rio Coy,
Patagonia. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 92,233. : F
Axopon vestitus: Skull, 2 ad., with worn teeth, X 27. Head of
Rio Chico, Cordilleras, Patagonia. U. S. Nat” Mus. No.
84,231 . : 5 : : é : : : :
(VOL. 111)
PAGE
Ff
73
76
78
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.III.
ee a a 4
F.v.ltersen del Werner & Winter, Frankfort?M., lith
AKODON
. g = a
ptr
5
<
'
a
7 é
4 “a
: 2
s
!
'
e
. .
2
a _
:
:
;
4s
.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE *X1IL
Akopon, six species, and PHYLLOTIS MICROPUS.
1-1a@. AKODON XANTHORHINUS: Upper and lower teeth, greatly worn,
oad. X 4. Skull figured on Plate XI, Fig. 1-14. No. 13,
Colburn Collection. : 5 5 : . ;
2-2a. AKODON XANTHORHINUS: Upper and lower teeth, of a young
specimen with unworn teeth, for comparison with Fig. 1-14.
Punta Arenas, Patagonia. No. 7, Colburn Collection.
3-3a. AKODON CANESCENS: Upper and lower teeth, greatly worn, &
ad., X +. Skull figured on Plate XI, Fig. 2-26
4-4a. AKODON CANESCENS: Upper and lower teeth, @ juv., with unworn
teeth, for comparison with Fig. 3-32. Mouth of Rio Gal-
legos, Patagonia. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 92,192.
5-5@a. AKoDON caLiciInosus: Upper and lower teeth, greatly worn, 9
ad., 4. Skull figured on Plate XI, Fig. 3-30.
6-62. AKopon caLicrnosus: Upper and lower teeth, unworn, Q juv.,
for comparison with Fig. 5-5a. Inca Mines, Peru. Am.
Mus. No. 16,055.
7—-7a. AKODON PULCHERRIMUS: Upper and lower teeth, greatly worn,
oad, x4. Skull figured on Plate XI, Fig. 4-40.
8-8a. AKoDON PULCHERRIMUS: Upper and lower teeth, unworn, for
comparison with Fig. 7-7a, d' juv., X ¢. Inca Mines, Peru.
Am. Mus. No. 16,510.
9-92. Axopon surFusus: Upper and lower teeth, greatly worn, dad.,
x +4. Skull figured on Plate XI, Fig. 5-54.
10-10a. AKopon suFFusus: Upper and lower teeth, very sliehily
worn, for comparison with Fig. 9-9a, J juv., X ¢. Upper
Rio Chico, Patagonia. U. S. ‘Nat. Mus. No. Bia:
11-11@. AKoDON vEsTITUS: Upper and lower teeth, greatly worn, 9
ad,, X +. Skull figured on Plate XI, Fig. 6-66 .
12-12a. AKopon vestitus: Upper and lower teeth, stent worn, 9
juv., for comparison with Fig. 11-11a, X 7. Upper Rio
Chico, Cordilleras, Patagonia. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 84,235.
13-13d. Puy.tiotis micropus: Skull (X ?) and upper and lower teeth
(x 4), # ad., with the teeth greatly worn. Upper Rio Chico,
Cordilleras, Patagonia. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 84,338.
(VOL. III)
PAGE
71
73
76
78
60
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL IIL. PLATE XII.
F.v.lterson del
Werner & Winter, Frankfort?M., lith
AKODON & PHYLLOTIS
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.
PuyLiotis and EuNromys.
Fig. 1-14. PuyLiotis xantHopycus: Skull, co ad, x7. Rio Coy, Pat-
agonia. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 92,133.
Figs. 2-26. Puyiiotis pictus: Skull, & ad. X% ‘Tirapata, Peru. For
comparison with Phyllotis muicropus and P. xanthopygus.
Am. Mus. No. 16,497.
Fig. 3-36. PuyLiotis Boxiviensis: Skull, Q ad. x7. Tirapata, Peru. For
comparison with the preceding species of Phyllotis. Am.
Mus. No. 16,500.
Fig. 4-46. EuNnreomys peTERSoNI: Type skull, @ ad. X ?. Upper Rio Chico,
Cordilleras, Patagonia. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 84,198
(VOL. 111)
PAGE
58
68
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL. II
PLATE San.
lith
tom
akfor
Fr
Werner & Winter.
PHYLLOTIS & EUNEOMYS
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
ices
2-24.
8-8.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
EXPLANATION -OF PEATE-XIV.
Puy.uotis, EuNgeomys and REITHRODON.
PHYLLOTIS MIcRopuUS: Upper and lower teeth, unworn (6c juv.,
x +), for comparison with worn teeth figured on Plate XII, Fig.
13c-13¢. Upper Rio Chico, Cordilleras, Patagonia. U.S. Nat.
Mus. No. 84,292 . : : : : : , :
PHYLLOTIS XANTHOPYGUS: Upper and lower teeth, greatly worn,
3 ad., +. Upper Rio Chico, near Cordilleras, Patagonia.
DS. ‘Nat, “Mus. No::92,1234
PHYLLOTIS XANTHOPYGUS: Upper and left te Bea ney
unworn, 9 ad., for comparison with Fig. 2-2a. xX. Same
locality. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 84,223.
PHYLLoTis pictus: Upper and lower teeth, greatly worn, Q ad.
x4. Skull figured on Plate XIII, Fig. 2-24.
eae BOLIVIENSIS: Upper and lower teeth, much worn, Q
ad., +. Skull figured on Plate XIII, Fig. 3-34.
EuUNEOMYS PETERSONI: Upper and lower teeth, 9 ad., X#. Skull
figured on Plate XIII, Fig. 4-4b ; :
EUNEOMYS PETERSONI : : Upper and left lower feeds fee unworn
(Q juv., X 4), for comparison with the worn teeth in Fig. 6-6a.
Upper Rio Chico, near Cordilleras, Patagonia. U.S. Nat.
Mus. No. 84,197.
REITHRODON HATCHERI: Skull (8-84, X #) and upper and lower
teeth (x +), d' ad. Upper Rio Chico, Cordilleras, Dieses
U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 84,199 . : s ;
(VOL. 111)
PAGE
60
58
68
in Qa
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL IU PEATE, xiv:
E: .
F.v.lterson del
Werner & Winter, Frankfort?M., lith
PHYLLOTIS EUNEOMYS & REITHRODON
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV-
ARCTOCEPHALUS AUSTRALIS and A, PHILIPPI.
Fig. 1. ARCTOCEPHALUS AUSTRALIS: Side view of skull. c'ad., X 7. Straits
of Magellan. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 23,331. , : ; ;
Fig. 2. ARCTOCEPHALUS PHILIPPI: Side view of skull, fi ad, x 3. Hood
Island, Galapagos Archipelago. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 23,281
(voL. 1111)
PAGE
124
131
PATAGON
ba
>
| reo
con]
a
Ny
f XPEDITIONS VOLI0 PLATE, XV
R. Weber del
Werner & Winter, FrankfortSM., lith
ARCTOCEPHALUS.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
BRT LANATION Of ePLATE XVL
ARCTOCEPHALUS PHILIPPII and A. AUSTRALIS.
PAGE
Fig. 1. ARCTOCEPHALUS PHILIPPII: Skull, from above, & ad., X?. Same
skull as Plate XV, Fig. 2 i : : : : ‘ : tat
Fig. 2. ARCTOCEPHALUS AUSTRALIS: Skull, from above, o ad., X 2. Same
skull as Plate XV, Fig. 1. : : ‘ ; : : ; 124
(VOL.. 111)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS V
ee
@
<4
hk
ha
i)
=
PLATE XVI.
R. Weber del
Werner & Winter, Frankfort 2M., lith
ARCTOCEPHALUS.
G
a
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.
ARCTOCEPHALUS PHILIPPII and A. AUSTRALIS.
Fig. 1. ARcCTOCEPHALUS PHILIPPIT: Skull, from below, oi ad., x 3.
skull as Plate XV, Fig. 2 ‘ f a 1
Fig. 2, ARCTOCEPHALUS AUSTRALIS: Skull, from below, o ad., X 3.
skull as Plate XV, Fig. 1
(VOL. 11)
r
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.III PLATE XVil
R.Weber del Werner & Winter, Frankfort ?M., lith
ARCTOCEPHALUS.
7 i) ve : ’
: +) iC Rh,
fs ‘ae a Sed ny iS
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.
ARCTOCEPHALUS TOWNSENDI.
Type skull, from below, o ad., X+. Guadalupe Island, Lower California.
U.S. N. Mus. No. 83,617
(VOL. 111)
PAGE
135
PATAGONIAN. EXPEDITIONS VOL.II. PLATE XVII.
R.Weber del Werner & Winter, Frankfort®M., lith
ARCTOCEPHALUS TOWNSENDI
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOO LOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.
ARCTOCEPHALUS TOWNSENDI.
PAGE
Skull, two views, Q ad., X +. Guadalupe Island, Lower California. U.S.
Nat. Mus. No. 83,618 . : ; ; : 4 . X F : 135
(VoL. 111)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.II PAG /AWISIER OGD.Ge
R. Weber del Werner & Winter, Frankfort?M., lith.
ARCTOCEPHALUS TOWNSENDI
le — ae
ard 7 n eC oe t : a
6
i a bias : os
., a ™ if ; - rms ?
7 an ry a 7 7 ; : '
ae EYL EIT roy Me nf a3
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX
ARCTOCEPHALUS TOWNSENDI.
PAGE
Skull, from below, 2 ad., X+. Same skull as shown in Plate XIX : 135
(VOL. 111)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.III PLATE XX.
R. Weber del. Werner & Winter, Frankfort®M., lith
ARCTOCEPHALUS TOWNSENDI
ee
a ee ee ee So Dr lia arr a, - sand a i
: ) ‘ : » “c. 4 hh 5 an : re
TW oe yy ?
xx 74.2%
Skeleton, 3 ad., X —
NATION OF PLATE 6.08
OTaARIA wet
Pa sal
=: SE gentle oi Princeton Museum
tad
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOLUN. : PLATE XXI
OTARIA BYRONIA.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
BXPLANATION OP WRLATE XXIT
CoNEPATUS HUMBOLDTI.
Fig. 1-1d. Skull, three views (X +), and teeth (x #), Q ad., teeth greatly
worn. Rio Gallegos, Patagonia. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 99,270.
Fig. 2-2d. Skull three views (X +), and teeth (x %), Q juv., with unworn
teeth. Basalt Cajions, Patagonia. No. 86, Colburn Collection.
(VOL. II
PAGE
144
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.II PLATE XXIL
yb
F.v.lterson del.
Werner & Winter, Frankfort ?M., lith
CONEPATUS HUMBOLDTI.
-
»
&
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIEE
CERDOCYON GRISEUS.
Skull, three views, 9 ad., X}. Rio Coy, Patagonia. Am. Mus. No. 10,081.
(VoL. 111)
PAGE
155
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.II PLATE x,
Werner & Winter, Frankfort?M., lith
R Weber del
CERDOCYON GRISEUS.
e
”
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV.
LyNCHAILURUS PAJEROS CRUCINA.
PAGE
Skull (x 7) and teeth (x 7), dad. Rio Gallegos, Patagonia. Am. Mus.
No. 16,695. (Felis pajeros crucina on Plate.) : : : ; : 183
(VOL. 111)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.II PLATE Seay
i 1 5
(
a. eee
F.v.Irerson del Werner & Winter, Frankfort?M., lith
FELIS PAJEROS CRUGCINA
: Ne
7 ale aT ee Cth Se a ta ;
/
7 A
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOGLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PEATE) XXV-
PUMA PEARSONI.
PAGE
Animal, gray phase, 9 ad. Rio Coy, Bag aes Am. Mus. No. 17,434.
(felis pearsont on Plate.) . : ; ‘ : ‘ : 175
(VOL. 111)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.
a
C.R Knight pink, ; aerial Werner & Winter, Frankfort?M., lith
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI.
PUMA PEARSONI.
PAGE
Animal, red phase, female and young. Rio Coy, Patagonia. Am. Mus. No.
17,433, 2 ad.; No. 17,435, young in spotted coat. (Fels pearsoni on
Plate.) : ; 174
(VOL, 111)
a.
ier
D
G
co
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII.
PUMA PEARSONI.
PAGE
Skull, adult, Rio Coy, Patagonia. Am. Mus. No. 17,437. (Felts pearsoni on
Plate:): . 176
(VoL. 111)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.II PLATE XXXVI
R. Weber del Werner & Winter, Frankfort ?M., lith
FELIS PEARSONI.
PA ~~ Geo ciate Uhre ce
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVIII.
PUMA PEARSONI.
PAGE
Skull, same specimen as shown in Plates XXVII and XXIX. (Felis pearsoni
on Plate.) . ; , : ‘ 176
(VoL. 111)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.II PLATE XXVIII.
R. Weber del Werner & Winter, Frankfort?M., lith
FELIS PEARSONI.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: ZOOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PEATE XXIX,.
PuMA PEARSONI.
PAGE
Skull, same specimen as shown in Plates XXVII and XXVIII. (Fes pear-
sont on Plate.) : ; : : : : : : : ; 176
(VoL. 111)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.II . PAs Soe.
R Weber del
Werner & Winter, FrankfortSM., lith
FELIS PEARSONI
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11